Home

OBM User Guide - agentur broglie

1. Group E000000B7D0 1log Restoring Log File E Temp restore tmp First Storage Group E000000B7D1 1log End Restoring transaction log First Storage Group Start Applying transaction log nd Applying transaction log Mount the Exchange database afterward in System Manager for Exchange 2003 or Exchange Management Console for Exchange 2007 Repeat the same procedure for each database to be restored Note Verify under the Event Viewer if there is any error generated during the restore process If the restore process failed with errors such as bad signature or null error the backed up database file restored may be incorrect Please try to manually restore and mount the database and log files Mounting database file manually 9 10 11 Dismount the Exchange database using the System Manager for Exchange 2003 or Exchange Management Console for Exchange 2007 Copy all restored database and log files to the Exchange database folders Exchange 2003 default folder path is Exchange Install Home MDBDATA Exchange 2007 default folder path is Exchange Install Home Mailbox First Storage Group Exchange Install Home Mailbox Second Storage Group Initiate soft recovery mode by applying the transaction log file E00 to the database Enter the following commands C Program Files Microsoft Exchange Server Mailbox First Storage Group gt eseutil
2. If a different version of the database to be restored exists on the MS Exchange server please dismount it from the services using System Manager or Exchange Management Console for MS Exchange 2003 and 2007 respectively 325 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Use the ExchangeRestore32 exe ExchangeRestore64 exe file found from the OBM bin directory to restore the database For 32bit MS Exchange installation OBM Install Home bin ExchangeRestore32 exe For 64bit MS Exchange installation OBM Install Home bin ExchangeRestore64 exe Example 1 For restore of all databases from backup data E Backup to an Exchange Server named win2k8 using the temporary directory E Temp Backup data source E Backup Temp folder for restore process E Temp Exchange server name Win2k8 The following command can be used Exchange server recovery Example 1 C Program Files OBM bin gt ExchangeRestore64 DIR E TEMP B Tempo SERVER win2k8 Backup Microsoft Exchange Server 2000 2003 2007 Backup Recovery Utility Start Exchange Server win2k8 Start Service Microsoft Information Store Start Storage Group First Storage Group Start Database Mailbox Database Restoring file C Program Files Microsoft Exchange Server Mailbox First Storage Group Mailbox Database edb End
3. j x User s Guide Restore Database Northwind iof x age Ss Script Te Help LA General iit 5 Restore options I Overwrite the existing database WITH REPLACE Preserve the replication settings WITH KEEP_REPLICATION Prompt before restoring each backup I Restrict access to the restored database WITH RESTRICTED_USER Restore the database files as Restore As _AdventureWorkslT2008_Data Rows Data D Program Files Microsoft SAL AdventureWorksLT 2008_Log Log D Program Files Microsoft SQL lal Recovery state gq Leave the database ready to use by rolling back uncommitted transactions Additional transaction logs cannot be restored RESTORE WITH RECOVERY Connection g Leave the database non operational and do not roll back uncommitted transactions Additional transaction logs can be restored RESTORE WITH NORECOVERY Server WIN2008 R2b Connection C Leave the database in read only mode Undo uncommitted transactions but save the undo WIN2008 A 2B Administrator actions in a standby file so that recovery effects can be reversed RESTORE WITH STANDBY View connection properties 3 Standby file Ready fo z i The Full Text Upgrade Option server property controls whether full text indexes are imported rebuilt or reset Cancel y 10 To start the restore operation click OK 11 Continue to the next section to restore differential or transaction log backup 18 5 3 2 Re
4. ceesceceeececseccecseeeecseeceesneeeeseeeeaees 233 LATMIGALIONIS eseti one e ei E E e E aA aE A Sa NE 234 ONE aA CN E S 234 How to backup virtual machines on VMware Fusion s es 234 How to restore virtual machines on VMware Fusion ccccceessceeesseeeeeees 239 13 3 1 6 How to restore virtual machines to the original hypervisor 239 13 3 2 6 How to restore virtual machines to another hypervisor 247 How to restore individual virtual disk 20 0 0 eeceeeecceceseceeeeeceeseeceeteeeeeseeeeaees 255 13 3 1 7 How to restore individual virtual disk to the original VM 255 13 3 2 7 How to restore individual virtual disk to a different VM 255 Supported Versions sses rii aa EEE EE AE EESE EE EE 259 Backup and restore of virtual machines on VMware Player and Workstation 259 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 14 1 1 Requirements and recommendations 0 00 0 eeeeeeeeeseeeseeceseeeeeeeeseecnaeeneensees 261 MA M2 Emai onS sh aa Slated ft eek oa hace Maeda lee A Rete Mees NN R tad 261 PADS OVERVIEW 5 hinn puaaaaes Foaetisuaeed a a ii decetauwasad a 262 14 1 4 How to backup Microsoft virtual machines e eee eeeeceseeeeeeeeneecseeeeeeeeeees 263 14 1 5 How to restore Microsoft virtual machines eeecceceeeeeeesececeteeeeeteeeenaees 267 14 1 6 How to restore individual virtual disk 20 0 0 elec eesceceeeeeeeeececeeeeeeeneeesnteeeeaees 277 14 1 1 6
5. Copied Files Total number and size of files copied User Setting Login Name Login name of the backup account Alias Alias of the backup account Language Preferred language of the backup account Contact Email address of the backup account Backup Setting Backup Source Backup source selected for the job Backup Statistics Data Area Total number and size of files stored in the data area Retention Area Total number and size of files stored in the retention area Previous copies of updated or deleted backup files are retained in the retention area according to the retention policy configured for the backup set Backup Quota Backup quota allocated for the account Remaining Quota Remaining quota of the account A full backup job report containing a listing of all files backed up by the corresponding job is also attached to the email in zipped format 455 Online Backup Manager User s Guide A full backup job report email contains the following information Sample 456 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Full Backup Report Backup Job Summary Backup Set E 3 2 8 3 EE saad 7067630 Backup Job 2012 01 19 17 Backup finished successfully 2012 01 19 17 59 2012 01 19 17 59 HKT Timestamp 2012 01 19 17 59 2012 01 19 17 59 2012 01 19 17 59 2012 01 19 17 59 20
6. Online Backup Manager User s Guide script file It is also recommended to add the absolute path location of the script such as pathname scriptname sh Note Please ensure that control is returned to the backup application once the command is executed Working Directory Location the script would be working from This field can be left empty but please note that any output from the script would be stored under the OBM installation folder Update Click to save the changes The availability of features listed above may be service provider dependent If a feature is not available please check with your service provider for further details and availability The pre and post backup command will run at different stages of a backup according to it backup type The following table outlines when they would be run Backup type Pre Backup command Post Backup command File backup Run before any file is Run when the backup type backed up uploaded to upload of all files are the backup server completed Non file Run before any database Run after spooling backup backup type file is spooled to the files to temporary designated temporary directory e g before the directory first backup file is uploaded 6 1 11 Extra Backup A Click on the Extra Backup tab to enable the Off Line Backup and System Logout Backup Reminder option 71 Online Backup Man
7. not available for full fie 466 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 22 5 Review Backup Jobs In addition to reviewing your backup activities from the email report and from OBM you can also review any of your backup jobs by using the Report panel available on the web interface To review a backup job select the required backup job from the Backup Set and Backup Job drop down lists Restore Profile Backup Set File Explorer Select Language Statisbes ise eaed BackupSet v S epa 2012 02 28 v Job Status Backup finished successfully Backup Time 2012 02 28 15 39 2012 02 28 15 41 CET gt More Information p A Detaled Repot is D acidi New Files Updated Files ihe eea ea O bytes Deleted Files Moved Files Copied Fifes Unit Number of files Total file size 17 27k bytes 0 0 bytes J 0 bytes 27k bytes 0 0 bytes 0 0 bytes Unit Compressed Sze Uncompressed Size Key Description Job Status The overall status of the backup job Normally you should see Backup finished successfully in this field If you happen to get something else please click the Detailed Report image on the page Backup Time The time when the backup job ran New Files Total number and size of backup files added to your backup set Updated Files Total number and size of backup files updated in your b
8. 267 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Please select the backup set Backup Set Delete all files 17 Next gt Cancel Select the virtual machines to be restored and choose Original location for restore files to Show files as of Job 2011 0916 Latest Filter Folders Name Size Date Modified 3 g Backup Server A Resource D S8 HA Test01 HA E3 Snapshots a 3 CSv XP Node2 E gt Virtual Hard Disks 0O E initial Store C Virtual Machines components xml 2KB 2011 09 16 13 07 26 writers xml 10KB 2011 09 16 13 07 26 Delete i Items per page 450 Z Page 171 gt Restore files to Original location Alternate location C Usersicsy Changes Search amp 4 Previous StartRestore gt Cancel Note 268 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 8 Select the Initial Store to restore the Authorization Manager Security role based access control settings Click the Start Restore button to begin the restore process User will be prompted if a virtual machine selected to be restored exist on the hypervisor Replace irtual Machine xi The Virtual machine CS V XP Node1 already exists Replace existing virtual machine Apply to all Yes vi No x Important For restore of existing virtual machine restoring a previous version the existing virtual machine will be removed before the restore process begin When the restore process is complet
9. 4 Back cs administrator Documents Computer Network Control Panel Devices and Printers Administrative Tools Help and Support Run Windows Security Search programs and files Log off gt to be restored to Under Virtual Machines powers down the corresponding virtual machine Select Setting to add the restored virtual disk to the VM Select Add Hardware SCSI Controller and press the Add button 282 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Eg Settings for 20110819_WinXP_Pro 1 102 20110819_WinkP_Pro 1 102 v l Add 1E B105 Boot from CD E Memory I Controller 1024 MB Network Adapter B Processor Legacy Network Adapter 1 Virtual processor RemoteFx 3D Video Adapter E IDE Controller 0 a Hard Drive 20110819_WinxP_Pro_D29 a Hard Drive Second Virtual Hard Disk_B E IDE Controller 1 DVD Drive None SCSI Controller Network Adapter Local Area Connection Virtual FF comi None T comz None H Diskette Drive None R Management Name 20110819_WinXP_Pro 1 102 Integration Services 4ll services offered amp Snapshot File Location G Hyper V Export 20110819_ TD Automatic Start Action Restart if previously running 10 Select Hard Drive and press the Add button 283 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Eg Settings for 20110819_WinxP_Pro 1 102 20110819_WinXP_Pro 1 102 E H Add
10. 6 Create a symbolic link for JRE In sf usr local diablo jre1 6 0 usr local obm jvm If you are using csh shell you need to type rehash and hit Enter for the symbolic link to take effect For other shell please use the following command setenv JAVA HOME usr local diablo jre1 6 0 7 Install OBM and its related services by using the following commands 18 Online Backup Manager User s Guide cd usr local obm bin install sh gt install log Details of the installation can be found under the install log file in OBM_HOME bin Enable the backup scheduler and auto upgrade services at machine startup by adding the following entries in the system file etc rc conf obmaua_enable YES obmscheduler_ enable YES Run the following scripts usr local etc rc d obmscheduler start amp usr local etc rc d obmaua start amp 3 4 Configure OBM via X Windows Set the DISPLAY environment variables sh bash DISPLAY IP_ADDRESS OF XTERMINAL 0 0 export DISPLAY For example DISPLAY 0 0 export DISPLAY or DISPLAY 127 0 0 1 export DISPLAY or DISPLAY 127 0 0 1 0 0 export DISPLAY or DISPLAY 192 168 0 2 export DISPLAY or DISPLAY 192 168 0 2 0 0 export DISPLAY csh setenv DISPLAY IP ADDRESS OF XTERMINAL 0 0 19 Online Backup Manager User s Gu
11. Control Panel Devices and Printers Administrative Tools Help and Support Run Windows Security Search programs and files Log off gt to be restored to Under Virtual Machines powers down the corresponding virtual machine Select Setting to add the restored virtual disk to the VM Select Add Hardware SCSI Controller and press the Add button 313 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Eg Settings for 20110819_WinXP_Pro 1 102 20110819_WinkP_Pro 1 102 v l Add 1E B105 Boot from CD E Memory I Controller 1024 MB Network Adapter B Processor Legacy Network Adapter 1 Virtual processor RemoteFx 3D Video Adapter E IDE Controller 0 a Hard Drive 20110819_WinxP_Pro_D29 a Hard Drive Second Virtual Hard Disk_B E IDE Controller 1 DVD Drive None SCSI Controller Network Adapter Local Area Connection Virtual FF comi None T comz None H Diskette Drive None R Management Name 20110819_WinXP_Pro 1 102 Integration Services 4ll services offered amp Snapshot File Location G Hyper V Export 20110819_ TD Automatic Start Action Restart if previously running 10 Select Hard Drive and press the Add button 314 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Eg Settings for 20110819_WinxP_Pro 1 102 20110819_WinXP_Pro 1 102 E H Add Hardware BIOs Boot from CD E Memory 1024 MB Hard Drive B Pro
12. Help Temporary Directory C Enable Delete Temp File Notes ini local notesdata notes ini Backup the following files directories Remove Add Exclude the following files directories Add Auto v Bytes 25 Mbytes Default In file Delta Type Differential Advanced Upload Full File when Maximum No of Delta greater than 100 1 Unlimited OR Upload Full File when Delta Ratio greater than 50 v Delta Size File Size Temporary directory for storing backup files root obm temp W a Menu Items Description Name Enter a backup set name of your choice Database Backup Setting Enter the directory path to the notes ini file Default location is local notesdata notes ini Temporary Directory Enter the directory path of the temporary spool path Please ensure that the user running OBM has sufficient permission to access this location and sufficient space is available 7 Enter the Backup Source required To backup all data enter Lotus Domino Data in the Backup the following files directories field 434 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 10 11 12 13 Help Backup Source Backup the following files directories 1 Lotus Domino Data Remove Z Add Exclude the following files directories T Add To backup or exclude individual data enter the corresponding directory path e g Lotus
13. gt Restore files to Original location Alternate location CAOriginal M s Location Change amp Search amp 4 Previous Start Restore gt Cancel For full instructions please refer to the above sections 13 1 2 7 How to restore individual virtual disk to a different VM 1 Login to the backup application s user interface For backup client computer on Windows double click on the OBM desktop icon or right click on the system tray icon 198 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Online Backup Manager Login Name username Password ecccecceoe _ Save password Forgot your password OK Cancel Options Online Backup Manager NINE Login Name username Password eeeeeeee _ Save password Forgot your password amp Language English Backup Server https hostname Gs Proxy Setting _ Use proxy to access the backup server OK Cancel Options For backup client computer on Mac OS X double click on the OBM desktop icon For VMware Server installation on Linux enter the following command to start the OBM graphical user interface 2 sh usr local obm bin RunOBC sh amp Select the Restore button and the corresponding backup set 199 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Restore Show files as ofJob 2012 01 31 Latest i O Show all files Filter Folders s Name Size Date Modified z a Backup Server Win03R2 x64 flatvrndk 4194
14. lt controller0 gt lt drived gt lt pathname type string gt D Hyper V Virtual Machine Name Virtual Hard Disks Name_GUID avhd lt pathname gt lt type type string gt VHD lt type gt lt drive0 gt lt drivel gt lt pathname type string gt D Hyper V Virtual Machine Name Virtual Hard Disks Second_Disk_GUID avhd lt pathname gt lt type type string gt NONE lt type gt lt drivel gt lt controller0d gt e Save the changes afterward 274 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 4 Remove the corresponding entry from the Snapshot configuration GUID xmI file e Open the corresponding snapshot s GUID xml file at the following location with a text editor S VM Location Snapshots S GUID xml e Locate the line of all non existing virtual disk lt controller0 gt lt drive0 gt lt pathname type string gt D Hyper V Virtual Machine Name Virtual Hard Disks Name_GUID vhd lt pathname gt lt type type string gt VHD lt type gt lt drive0d gt lt drivel gt lt pathname type string gt D Hyper V Virtual Machine Name Virtual Hard Disks Second_Disk_GUID vhd lt pathname gt lt type type string gt VHD lt type gt lt drivel gt lt controller0d gt e Modify the line from lt type type string gt VHD lt type gt To lt type type string gt NONE lt type gt lt controller0 gt lt drive0 gt lt pathname type string gt D Hyper V Virtual
15. Copied Files Total number and size of files copied Backup Logs Backup Logs Log messages of the backup operation File List New File List List of all new files uploaded Updated File List List of all updated files uploaded Permission Updated File List List of all permission updated files uploaded 458 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Deleted File List List of all files deleted Moved File List List of all files relocated Copied File List List of all files copied 459 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 21 4 Setting Change Report Setting change report is sent to the corresponding backup account after any setting change This report allows users to keep track of changes made to their backup account A backup setting changes report email contains the following information Sample Backup Setting Changes Report Generated at Thu Jan 19 20 43 51 GMT 08 00 2012 Why are you receiving this report User Setting You are receiving this report because your personal or backup Login Name user name settings have been updated Please confirm the information Alias shown on the right is correct and that these changes were Language English requested by an authrozed user on your contact list If the Contact username ex2k10 bsp test changes were not made by an authorized user change your password co
16. User s Guide Restore Select Language Profile Backup Set Report Statistics Logout Backup Set Last Modified Zipped Ratio BS BackupSet Note 1 This shows all backup sets available within this backup account 2 To restore backup files please click the Restore button shown above 3 To delete a backup set please click the Delete button shown above 3 Click on the Restore button to open the web restorer applet Restore Please selectthe backup set BackupSet Delete O Next gt Cancel 4 Select the corresponding backup set and press Next 5 Select the Show files as of Job to display files available as of a particular backup job 108 Online Backup Manager User s Guide For example select Show files as of Job 2011 03 11 and 11 00 00 to display the files available for restore since the backup job performed on 11 00am of Mar 11th 2011 Select the Show all files to display all files available for restore Restore Show files as of Job 2011 03 24 Latest x D Show all files Filter Folders Name Date Modified H Backup Server Oci om ci H O Backup Source Delete 0 items per page 50 x Page 1 1 gt Restore files to Original location Alternate location amp Restore file permissions Search amp Advanced gt 4 Previous StartRestore gt Cancel Expand the directories by selecting the button beside a folder Make use o
17. m Mount the Exchange database afterward in System Manager for Exchange 2003 or Exchange Management Console for Exchange 2007 Example 2 For restore of database name mail in storage group SG5 from backup data E Backup to an Exchange Server named win2k8 using the temporary directory E Temp Backup data source E Backup Temp folder for restore process E Temp Exchange server name win2k8 Database to be restored Mailbox Database of storage group First Storage Group The following command can be used Exchange server recovery Example 2 C Program Files OBM bin gt ExchangeRestore64 DIR E TEMP E Temp SERVER win2k8 SERVICE Microsoft Information Store STORAGE First Storage Group DATABASE Mailbox Database eh Backup Microsoft Exchange Server 2000 2003 2007 Backup Recovery Utility Start Database Mailbox Database Restoring file C Program Files Microsoft Exchange Server Mailbox First Storage Group Mailbox Database edb End Database Mailbox Database Start Restoring transaction log First Storage Group Restoring Log File E Temp restore tmp First Storage Group E000000B7CF log 327 Online Backup Manager User s Guide O Restoring Log Fil E Temp restore tmp First Storage
18. 292 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 14 2 4 Overview The following steps are performed during a backup job 1 2 Connection from the backup client to the backup server is established Download the server file list from the backup server Commands are issued to the hypervisor to create snapshot e g memory dump of the virtual machine with Volume Shadow Copy Important The corresponding virtual machine will be paused during the snapshot process and resume when the snapshot is completed Do not attempt to start the virtual machine while it is in the saving state The snapshot created may be invalid Furthermore the corresponding virtual machine uptime will also be reset to 00 00 00 in the Hyper V Manager After generating all files the files are copied to the temporary spool path and upload to OBS Commands are issued to the hypervisor to remove the Volume Shadow Copy snapshot created Backup completed successfully 293 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 14 2 5 How to backup Microsoft virtual machines in cluster environment Refer to the following instructions to backup VM running on Microsoft Hyper V Server in cluster environment 1 Install OBM on all Hyper V cluster nodes 2 Login to the backup application s user interface online Backup Manager e x R Online Backup Manager OT x LoginName username LoginName username Password iiig Password iiaii Save password
19. 338 Online Backup Manager 10 11 User s Guide Show files as ofJob 2011 10 27 Latest Filter Folders Name Size Date Modified 4 Backup Server M E00 chk 8KB 2011 09 22 20 01 15 2 amp Microsoft Exchange Server MV _ E0000000544 0g9 1 024 2011 09 13 14 07 45 3 0 m Microsoft Information Store V E00000005AB l0g 1 024 2011 09 22 20 01 15 j B QA W8X R2ETP 2 V E00000005AC log 1 024 2011 10 02 04 31 20 B Mailbox Database 2125S E00000005AD log 1 024 2011 10 11 12 01 25 V E00000005AE log 1 024 2011 10 19 19 47 27 E000000054F log 1 024 2011 10 24 16 00 48 V _ E00000005B0 log 1 024 2011 10 27 12 09 31 V _ E00000005B1 log 4 024 2011 10 27 12 10 48 M _ 00000005B2 log 1 024 2011 10 27 12 11 23 V _ E00tmp log 1 024 2011 10 27 12 11 23 M Mailbox Database 2125901992 147 5 2011 07 27 13 43 40 4 Mailbox Database 2125901992 Delete i Items per page 50 m Page 171 gt Restore files to Original location D Alternate location CAUsersiAdministrator Change amp Search amp 4 Previous Stat Restore gt Cancel Press the Start Restore button to begin the restore process The restore process is now completed Restore Exchange Database to Alternate Location To restore Exchange database to a new Exchange server 6 Login to the backup application s user interface E Online Backup Manager Iof xi online Ba
20. Example exp system pwd123 FULL y FILE oracle data dmp LOG oracle export log Connected to Oracle Database 10g Enterprise Edition Release 10 2 0 1 0 Production With the Partitioning OLAP and Data Mining options Export done in WE8MSWIN1252 character set and AL16UTF16 NCHAR character set About to export the entire database exporting tablespace definitions exporting profiles exporting user definitions exporting roles exporting resource costs VIIIISIIISISISS11 11117 exporting VIII 1111117 exporting dimensions exporting post schema procedural objects and actions exporting user history table exporting default and system auditing options exporting statistics Export terminated successfully without warnings 384 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 2 Backup the exported dump file to OBS Create a file type backup set to backup the newly exported dump file to an off site server Note For more details please refer to the File Backup chapter of this same guide Refer to the following instructions to perform a logical restore import For example to import a database 1 Restore the exported dump file from OBS 2 Import the database with the following command imp username password FULL y FILE import source data dmp LOG log destination import log Example imp system pwd123 FULL y FILE oracle data dmp LOG oracle impo
21. Online Backup Manager User s Guide Windows Authentication mode 5 6 10 Select Next to proceed Select the corresponding database for backup New Backup Set Wizard xi 4d Microsoft SQL Server VWWIN2008 R2B BM gP local M ig master O ternpab M g model A g msab M gf Adventurevorks A if Northwind A ig Ansay 4 Previous Next gt Cancel amp Configure a backup schedule for unattended backups Note Multiple backup schedules of different types can be configured for the same backup set Select an encryption setting for your backup set Press the OK button to complete the configuration of backup set For SQL Server database with Windows Authentication mode Configure the User Authentication for Windows setting Enter the login credentials of a Windows account with sufficient permission to access the MS SQL databases server 394 Online Backup Manager User s Guide SQL Backup Set Y b General M General Backup Set maai Name BackupSet a Backup Source Type MS SQL Server Backup Backup Schedule User Authentication for Windows al a Domain Server Name gt b Encryption amp ryp UserName Administrator C in File Detta Password m a Retention Policy ERPS over _ Server Server Name si w Command Line Tool Login ID sa ite Extra Backup Password i Local Copy res Options OK Cancel Menu Items De
22. Select the virtual machines to be restored and choose Alternate location for restore files to Click on the Change button and browse to the directory path which you would like to restore the data to Click the Start Restore button to begin the restore process When the restore process is completed data of the selected virtual machines will be restored to the specified location Register the virtual machines on the new hypervisor For any virtual disk that was not restored e g original backup source did not include all hard disks configured for the VM Continue to the next steps for instruction to remove the missing hard disk from the virtual machine s configuration For original virtual machine with no snapshot 1 Open VMware Server Console 2 Under inventory right click on the newly restored virtual machine select Settings 220 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 3 4 Close Power On Take Snapshot Revert to Snapshot Remove Snapshot Upgrade Virtual Machine Rename Remove from Inventory Delete from Disk Settings For each virtual disk that was not Hard disk from Hardware Virtual Machine Settings Hardware Options restored remove the corresponding Summary 128 MB Device Memory Go Hard Disk IDE 0 0 Hard Disk 2 IDE 0 1 5cD ROM IDE 1 0 Using image D Vir Ethernet Bridged Processors 1 Remove Disk file Wind
23. 2012 01 31 12 23 24 O amp Centos4 8 i386 O Win03R2 x64 nvram 9KB 2012 01 31 10 28 36 H O G Centos4 9 x86_64 B Win03R2 x64 vmdk 1KB 2012 01 31 10 28 30 H O E FreeBSD 8 2 amd64 O VWin03R2 x64 vmsd 1KB 2012 01 31 10 28 09 F E Win03R2 x64 B Win03R2 x64 vmx 3KB 2012 01 31 10 28 33 H O E wWinxP x86 O Win03R2 x64 vmf 1 KB 2012 01 27 18 46 23 B Win03R2 x64_1 flatvmdk 4 194 2012 01 31 12 23 01 O Win03R2 x64_1 vmdk 1 KB 2012 01 31 10 28 31 OB vmware 1 l0g 175KB 2011 12 20 10 30 49 GO vymware 2 l0g 95 KB 2011 12 21 16 32 02 _ vmware 3 log 259KB 2012 01 05 15 39 23 O vmware 4 log 1 905 2012 01 20 17 09 08 vinware 5 log 189KB 2012 01 27 12 02 37 L_ vrnware 6 log 1 149 2012 01 30 17 15 45 B vmware log 333 KB 2012 01 31 12 23 53 a a a a v v v v v v v v v v v Delete i Items per page 50 Page 1 1 gt Restore files to i Original location Alternate location C Alternate Location Change amp Search amp 4 Previous StartRestore gt Cancel Select the virtual machines to be restored and choose Alternate location for restore files to Click on the Change button and browse to the directory path which you would like to restore the data to Click the Start Restore button to begin the restore process When the restore process is completed open VMware vSphere Client Under the inventory powers down the corresponding virtual machine to be restored to Guest g P
24. 295 Online Backup Manager User s Guide New Backup Set Wizard Ea 35 Microsoft Hyper V Server R2 fa WIN Hyper V 3 A J WinxP_Pro 1 102 A a WinkP_Pro wvhd Second Virtual Hard Disk vhd 4 Previous Next gt Cancel Important Even with all VMs selected for backup only VM that belong the current node will be backed up VMs own by other cluster node will be skipped automatically Also special attentions must be paid to the license requirement for backup of all VM in the cluster Refer to the above section for details 9 Alternatively select individual virtual disk for backup by expanding the corresponding VM sub tree New Backup Set Wizard Ed 33 Microsoft Hyper V Server R2 Sa WIN Hyper V 3G 9 winxP_Pro 1 102 1 Ga WinkP_Provhd Second Virtual Hard Disk vhd 4 Previous Next gt Cancel 10 Configure a backup schedule for unattended backups 296 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Note Multiple backup schedules of different types can be configured for the same backup set 11 Select an encryption setting for your backup set 12 Press the OK button to complete the configuration of backup set 13 Scheduled backup will run automatically at the configured schedule time 14 Perform the same setup on each cluster node 15 Click Backup button on the left panel to perform a backup immediately Important Please ref
25. FreeBSD 64 bit 000001 vmdk FreeBSD 64 bit 000002 vmdk FreeBSD 64 bit 000003 vmdk FreeBSD 64 bit Snapshotl vmem FreeBSD 64 bit Snapshotl vmsn FreeBSD 64 bit Snapshot162 vmem FreeBSD 64 bit Snapshot162 vmsn FreeBSD 64 bit Snapshot165 vmem FreeBSD 64 bit Snapshot165 vmsn FreeBSD 64 bit nvram FreeBSD 64 bit vmdk FreeBSD 64 bit vmsd Items per page 150 Users admin 12 3 2011 09 17 10 57 40 1 1 MB 2011 09 17 11 02 07 1 1 MB 2011 09 17 11 15 16 8 GB 2011 09 09 00 28 26 496 2011 09 09 00 26 30 60 9 2011 09 17 10 57 40 1 2 MB 2011 09 17 11 02 07 2 4 MB 2011 09 17 11 15 16 1 GB 2011 09 09 00 29 33 1 2 MB 2011 09 09 00 29 33 256 MB 2011 09 17 10 58 16 1 1 MB 2011 09 17 10 58 15 256 MB 2011 09 17 11 02 37 1 1 MB 2011 09 17 11 02 36 8 KB 2011 09 14 17 59 55 4 1 GB 2011 09 09 00 28 26 1 KB 2011 09 17 11 04 59 Page AT Changete _ Search A 4 Previous Start Restore gt Cancel B n HL ha n J Click the Start Restore button to begin the restore process User will be prompted if a virtual machine selected to be restored exist on the hypervisor 240 Online Backup Manager User s Guide The Virtual machine FreeBSD 64 bit already exists A Replace existing virtual machine Apply to all Yes No2 When the restore process is completed the virtual machines will be restored to the original hypervis
26. Language Drop down menu for selecting language to start the backup application Backup Server Input box for entering hostname or IP address of the backup server http https Drop down menu for selecting protocol when connecting to the backup server Proxy Setting Input area for entering proxy setting such as address port proxy username and password The availability of options listed above may be service provider dependent If a feature is not available please check with your service provider for further details and availability Press the Option button to access the Language Backup Server and Proxy setting settings Configure the backup server information by entering the server hostname e g backup server com or IP address e g 192 168 1 1 of the backup server in the Backup Server field For backup server that accepts connection on custom port only append the hostname or IP address in the Backup Server field by adding a semi colon and the custom port number at the end Example backup server com 8080 192 168 1 1 8443 For security concerns you can configure the backup client application to communicate with the backup server in SSL protocol Secure Socket Layer select https from the dropdown menu at the Backup Server section Enter your login credentials in the Login Name and Password fields 30 Online Backup Manager User s Guide If you do not reme
27. Restore source Specify the source and location of the transaction log backups From previous backups of database Z From file or tape D Stemp 201 2 01 16 13 30 16 _LOG_ H Select the transaction log backups to restore Name Component Database Transaction Log Backup of AdventureWorksLT2008 AdventureworksLT20 Server WIN2008 R2b Connection WIN2008 R2B Administrator 3 View connection properties Restore to You can restore to the most recent available state a specific point in time or a marked transaction Ready Point in time Most recent possible a Marked transaction cmos Click the Options page and select appropriate options for the restore operation For the Recovery state setting Important If this is the final backup to be restored select Leave database ready to use by rolling back uncommitted transactions Additional transaction logs cannot be restored If there are further differential or transaction log to be applied selection one of the other two options for the Recovery completion state 417 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Restore Transaction Log Northwind SS LA General E orori Server WIN2008 R2b Connection WIN2008 R2B Administrator a View connection properties 9 To start the restore operation click OK 418 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 19 Backup Restore Lotus Domino an
28. Y or N y Running media recovery directory local notesdata already exists Please wait creating new transaction logs in directory local notesdata logdir 02 01 2007 11 38 43 AM Recovery Manager Restart Recovery complete 0 0 databases needed full partial recovery 02 01 2007 11 38 45 AM Recovery Manager Assigning new DBIID 439 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 10 for local notesdata names nsf need new backup for media recovery Media Recovery Replay 0 MB 100 02 01 2007 11 38 45 AM Recovery Manager Media Recovery complete for local notesdata dfc dfcl00 nsf last update applied Backup file local notesdata dfc dfcl00 nsf recovered Media Recovery Replay 0 MB 100 02 01 2007 11 38 46 AM Recovery Manager Media Recovery complete for local notesdata help decsdoc nsf last update applied Backup file local notesdata iNotes help70_iwa_en nsf recovered Media Recovery Replay 0 MB 100 02 01 2007 11 38 50 AM Recovery Manager Media Recovery complete for local notesdata mail notes nsf last update applied Backup file local notesdata mail notes nsf recovered bash 3 008 Restart the Lotus Domino services Restore a single database To restore a single database 5 Place the restored database file to the original directory path Database and archived transaction logs are stored on OBS along with their full path information plac
29. Backup Server http x hostname xl amp Proxy Setting Use proxy to access the backup server T ype Proxy Sock Address Port User Name Password OK Cancel amp Options 2 Select the Backup Settings button and the ch button to start the New Backup Set Wizard 3 Create a MS SQL Server Backup set by selecting MS SQL Server Backup from the backup set type dropdown menu 392 Online Backup Manager User s Guide New Backup Set Wizard x Backup Set Name BackupSet Type File Backup v File Backup a Lotus Notes Client Backup Lotus Domino Server Backup ie MS Exchange Server Backup MS Exchange Mail Level Backup MS SQL Server Backup MySQL Backup Oracle Database Server Backup x Cancel amp Next gt Enter the corresponding information required New Backup Set Wizard Eg s Backup Set Name BackupSet Type MS SQL Server Backup x eS Server Server Name x LoginID sa Password Next gt Cancel Menu Items Description Name Enter a backup set name of your choice Type Select backup set type MS SQL Server Backup Server Select the server instance to be backed up Login ID Enter the Login ID of the MS SQL administrator account Only for SQL Server database set to SQL Server and Windows Authentication mode Password Enter the password of the MS SQL administrator account Only for SQL Server database set to SQL Server and 393
30. Centos4 s x86_64 O Win03R2 x64 vmdk 1KB 2012 01 31 10 28 30 H O GY FreeBSD 8 2 amd64 O Win03R2 x64 vmsd 1KB 2012 01 31 10 28 09 3 E Win03R2 x64 B Win03R2 x64 vmx 3KB 2012 01 31 10 28 33 O E winkp x86 Win03R2 x64 vine 1KB 2012 01 27 18 46 23 Win03R2 x64_1 flatvidk 4 194 2012 01 31 12 23 01 O Win03R2 x64_1 vindk 1KB 2012 01 31 10 28 31 I vinware 1 log 175KB 2011 12 20 10 30 49 O vmware 2 log 95KB 2011 12 21 16 32 02 O vmware 3 log 259 KB 2012 01 05 16 39 23 O vmware 4 l0g 1 905 2012 01 20 17 09 08 O vmware 5 log 189KB 2012 01 27 12 02 37 vmware 6 log 1 149 2012 01 30 17 15 45 B vmware log 333KB 2012 01 31 12 23 53 m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m Delete 7 Items per page 50 m Page 111 gt Restore files to _ Original location Alternate location C Alternate Location Change amp Search amp 4 Previous Start Restore gt Cancel Select the virtual machines to be restored and choose Alternate location for restore files to Click on the Change button and browse to the directory path which you would like to restore the data to Click the Start Restore button to begin the restore process When the restore process is completed open VMware Server Console Under the inventory powers down the corresponding virtual machine to be restored to Right click on the corresponding VM and select Settings 229 Online Backup Manager User s Guid
31. Example Snapshot 1 SCSI 0 2 Disk 2 is removed snapshot lastUID 1 snapshot current 1 snapshot numSnapshots 1 snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto uid 1 filename Windows 2008 Snapshot1 vmsn displayName Snapshoti1 description createTimeHigh 309233 createTimeLow 1291281261 numDisks 3 252 gt Online Backup Manager User s Guide 9 snapshot0 disk0 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 disk0 node scsi0 0 snapshot0 disk1 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 disk1 node scsi0 1 snapshot0 disk2 fileName Windows 2008 2 vmdk snapshot0 disk2 node scsi0 2 e Remove the corresponding lines snapshot lastUID 1 snapshot numSnapshots 1 snapshot current 1 snapshot0 uid 1 snapshot0 filename Windows 2008 Snapshot1 vmsn snapshot0 displayName Snapshoti1 snapshot0 description snapshot0 createTimeHigh 309233 snapshot0 createTimeLow 1291281261 snapshot0O numDisks 3 snapshot0 disk0 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 disk0 node scsi0 0 snapshot0 disk1 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 diskl1 node scsi0 1 e Perform the same steps for each snapshot e Save the changes afterward Update the number of virtual disk e Open the corresponding VM Name vmesd file at the following location with a text
32. To snapshot0 numDisks 2 snapshot lastUID 1 snapshot numSnapshots snapshot current snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto 1 n I m uid 1 filename Windows 2008 Snapshot1 vmsn displayName Snapshoti1 description createTimeHigh 309233 createTimeLow 1291281261 numDisks 2 disk0 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk disk0 node scsi0 0 disk1 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk diskl node scsi0 1 e Perform the same steps for each snapshot e Save the changes afterward Add the VM back into the inventory Right click on the Inventory select Open Virtual Machine New Virtual Machine Open Virtual Machine 10 Browse to the corresponding VM Name vm x file 225 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Open Virtual Machine To open a virtual machine in the console select from the list below and click OK To open a virtual machine that is not in the list click Browse and select a virtual machine configuration file from a local or network drive VM name Configuration file There are currently no virtual machines available in the Inventory Browse 11 Remove any existing snapshot Important The restored virtual machine does not support the reversion of previous snapshots if they contain virtual disks not restored 12 Start the virt
33. e x Inline Backup Manage Online Backup Manager Login Name username Login Name username Password dii Password dii C Save password _ Save password Forgot your password Forgot your password OK Cancel Options Language English x Backup Server http hostname x iS Proxy Setting _ Use proxy to access the backup server Type Proxy Sock Address Port User Name Passw ord OK Cancel i Options Note OBM must be installed on the MySQL server Select the Backup Settings button and the button to start the New Backup Set Wizard Create a MySQL Backup set by selecting MySQL Backup from the backup set type dropdown menu New Backup Set Wizard xi Backup Set Name BackupSet Type MySQL Backup v 3 File Backup a musa Lotus Notes Client Backup UsernaL otus Domino Server Backup PassworMS Exchange Server Backup MS Exchange Mail Level Backup Host MS SQL Server Backup P MySQL Backup Path to Oracle Database Server Backup i Change amp Next gt Cancel Enter the corresponding information required 445 Online Backup Manager User s Guide New Backup Set Wizard xi Backup Set Name BackupSet Type MySQL Backup Mu Username root Password Host localhost Port 3306 Path to mysqldump Change amp Next gt Cancel Menu Items Description Name Enter a backup set name of your choice Type Selec
34. Create the directory path for the restoration if necessary 4 Download the backup data from the backup server 5 All the data will be decompressed and decrypted on the backup client computer 6 Merging of delta files for file with multiple delta files if necessary 7 Merging of combined delta file with full file 8 Restore is completed successfully 93 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 8 1 1 Restore Menu Restore Show files as of Job 2011 03 24 Latest Show all files Filter Folders S amp Backup Server se ci 0 O Backup Source Delete i gt Restore files to Original location Alternate location Search amp Advanced gt Name Date Modified mk ci Items per page 50 y Page 1 17 io Restore file permissions 4 Previous Start Restore gt Cancel Menu Items Description Show files as of Job Radio button to display files available for restore as of which backup job YYYY MM DD Dropdown menu to select the date of a backup job used with the Show files as of Job option hh mm ss Dropdown menu to select the time of a backup job used with the Show files as of Job option Show all files Radio button to display all files available for restore Filter Click to open the filter option Delete Click to delete the selected file from OBS Important File will not be available for restore in the future if they are
35. Database Mailbox Database Start Restoring transaction log First Storage Group Restoring Log File Group E000000B7CF log Restoring Log File Group E000000B7D0 log Restoring Log File Group E000000B7D1 log End Restoring transaction log First Storage Eal Temp restore tmp First Storage mj Temp restore tmp First Storage mj Temp restore tmp First Storage F Group tart Applying transaction log nd Applying transaction log nd Storage Group First Storage Group tart Storage Group Second Storage Group Start Database Public Folder Database Restoring file C Program Files Microsoft Exchange Server Mailbox Second Storage Group Public Folder FN uv m 326 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Database edb End Database Public Folder Database Start Restoring transaction log Second Storage Group Restoring Log File E Temp restore tmp Second Storage Group E0100004F10 1log Restoring Log File E E Temp restore tmp Second Storage Group E0100004F11 1log End Restoring transaction log Second Storage Group Start Applying transaction log End Applying transaction log End Storage Group Second Storage Group nd Service Microsoft Information Store End Exchange Server win2k8
36. ENCTYPU ON eri ETR E EE EEE EEEE R EARE R R 50 Continuous Data Protection CDP ccccccccccsessssecesececeeeessnseceeeseceeseeensaaees 56 DFe Delta ees eer 5 ee a a case EE A AEN A ET EEES 61 Retention POC Yunos nian aa e aa a a deanna 61 Bac kip Hie SAAE PEE EEE EAE E EEE en anne tS 65 Command Line V0 3 6 cg3 a ee diatd eee eee iets E oe an ee 68 Extra BaCkU piss lt iscccivacsheasascasactvssyicaiasgevenus R E G EAE E R ORS 71 6 1 1 11 Enable off line backup sssessesssessseeesseeesseesseessessseeesseeesseesseesseessees 12 6 1 2 11 Enable System Logout Backup Reminder ssesceeceeeeeeeeereerersne 73 TRC Al CODY AAE P EE aced eect EA EE EE T EA 74 OPOS n ee dae eere pe aera E E tues SE EEEE 78 6 1 1 13 Temporary Directory for storing backup files 78 6 al Beer bee al Folow Bi 11 enna A tee sey Wretert ont erst Re tert ee ere rrr tere 79 6 1 3 13 Enable Volume Shadow Copy sssessssssesssessesssesssesessseesseesseesseessees 81 GAA4 13 COMpresSiON isisisi sirere e e EEEa EAE EAER 83 6 1 5 13 Transfert Block SiZ spiser nse etsii ia 84 6 1 6 13 Backup File Permission ooseeeeseeeeseoeesseessesssorrrooersssesseesseesseersees 85 Restore Men ssnssiiionsrsai eed lens ace eet a ii aai 94 BL UEFE iaeiei a its cee a e a A E oot Mace 95 eZ ESC AEC irs a e sa octets A E E 97 Sb 3 Delete extra ES e eee AA eet ae 98 By Liha Folow Link Sonena nsa aa ariet 100 8 1 5 1 Resolve LINK ncnsasinnn iissa ana tien Wie eee 1
37. Hard disk 1 Virtual Disk Hard disk 2 Virtual Disk Hard disk 3 Virtual Disk m Mode Independent cdcodgsraia Independent disks are not affected by snapshots Persistent Changes are immediately and permanently written to the disk fs Nonpersistent Changes to this disk are discarded when you power off or revert to the snapshot 4 Start the virtual machine afterward 193 Online Backup Manager User s Guide For original virtual machine with snapshot 1 Open VMware vSphere Client 2 Under inventory right click on the newly restored virtual machine select Edit Settings 3 For each virtual disk that was not restored remove the corresponding Hard disk from Hardware Win2008 Exch2007 101 54 Virtual Machine Properties Hardware Options Resources Virtual Machine Version 7 Disk File Show All Devices M datastore4 Windows 2008 Exchange 2007 Ww 1 Window Hardware Summary Memory 1500 MB a Provisioning m CPUs 4 ype Thic video card video card Provisioned Size 50 GB gt VMCI device Restricted Maximum Size GB 256 00 CD DVD Drive 1 Client Device Network adapter 1 101 0 Network aria bavica Kode Network adapter 2 VLAN 104 scs 0n Hard askz SCSI controller 0 LSI Logic Parallel SCSI 0 1 Hard disk 2 Hard disk 1 Virtual Disk Hard disk 2 Virtual Disk Hard disk 3 Virtual Disk Mode Independent Independent disks are not affected by snapshots c Ch
38. If the VM to be restored still exist on the original hypervisor The existing VM will be replaced by the backed up version 13 3 1 6 How to restore virtual machines to the original hypervisor 1 Login to the backup application s user interface OQ Online Backup Manager __ O A Online Backup Manage Login Name username Login Name username Password eeccee Password eeccee 7 Save password Save password Forgot your password Forgot your password OK Cancel amp Options Language English X ll Backup Server http v hostname x Ga Proxy Setting Use proxy to access the backup server OK Cancel Options 2 Select the Restore button and the corresponding backup set 239 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 3 4 5 Please select the backup set Backup Set _ Delete all files Next gt Select the virtual machines to be restored and choose Original Location for restore files to Show files as of Job 2011 09 17 Latest _ Folders Name Show all files Filter Size Date Modified vi Backup Server E FreeBSD 64 bit Delete Q gt Restore files to Original location Alternate location oe FreeBSD 64 bit 0 000001 vmdk FreeBSD 64 bit 0 000002 vmdk FreeBSD 64 bit 0 000003 vmdk FreeBSD 64 bit 0 flat vmdk FreeBSD 64 bit 0 vmdk
39. Linux 1 Install OBM on the Oracle database server Note OBM must be installed on the Oracle database server 2 Create a new Oracle Database Server Backup set on the web interface 3 Login to the OBS web console select Backup Set 4 Press the Add button to access the Add New Backup Set menu 362 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Restore File Explorer Report Statistics Add New Backup Set Type J rie C E Microsoft SQL Server gt 7 Microsoft Exchange Server Please select one ofthe following S rade Database Server mySQL Database Server S O totus Domine Lotus Notes F system State 5 S microsoft Exchange Mail Level Backup EP ShadowProtedt System Backup D Microsoft windows System Backup VMware VM Backup VMware vSphere ESX35 4 i Ta Microsoft Windows Wirtualzation Microsof Hyper V Server Update Cancel Select the Oracle Database Server radio button and Update Enter the Name and Database Backup Setting required Restore Select Language Profile File Explorer Report Statistics Backup Set BackupSet Add Remove Help Name BackupSet Heip Type Orade Database Server Help Database Backup Setting Admin User Admin Password Hosiname TNS Port Grade SID Delete archived logs older than 50 Help Backup Source Backup the following files directories 1 Add Exclude the following files directorie
40. Online Backup Manager User s Guide e Select the Transaction Logging tab then Edit Server pe wil el idas AhsayPAhsay Acerenistr ation Mozilla Mrefox fe Cot Wew igoy Goolrets Dos tbb os Cc A 19 http localhost websdren nsf E Mot ated Getting Started p Latest rimaires E are ehB US Ab ay Abnary Ad i Seve yaw 1f88 GIBS ARaay Flelease 2 5 1 on Wingo Viata apa Geter canel E Ad Serve Documents Emenn Server qa w8 sql08 ld85 Ahsay saunos gt sarees EA E Corector an Progere Bazs Sasu T Enema Donan Nepean Irho uj notes riie s i a Transactional Sae Eome Aika praoca ELAn Macedon Enoging 1 Orena owt bie G TA Messagng Transactional fogging Enabled 5 B gt Repication Log pot i D O Ovecteey a g Poseses Logging ste ades S weh Automatic tap of conmupt e jmo c waup of conmug Eratied E 2 Q Mordcong Continuation databases a gj Osa FanimaMastat a i D gt Oline Server pertormance TN 1a Cotfoxes POJ Morines Quota erfcecament Check tie see nhen extending he Me z3 e Complete all required fields then save the document afterward Field Enter Transaction Logging Choose Enabled The default is Disabled Log Path Path name location of the transaction log There should be at least 1GB of disk space for the transaction log If you are using the device solely for storing the transaction log set the Use all available space on l
41. Open database RMAN gt alter database open Example export ORACLE SID GDB1 rman target Recovery Manager Release 9 2 0 1 0 Production Copyright c 1995 2002 Oracle Corporation All rights reserved connected to target database not started RMAN gt startup mount Oracle instance started database mounted Total System Global Area 235999352 bytes Fixed Size 450680 bytes Variable Size 201326592 bytes Database Buffers 33554432 bytes Redo Buffers 667648 bytes RMAN gt report schema using target database control file instead of recovery catalog Report of database schema using target database controlfile instead of recovery catalog Report of database schema File K bytes Tablespace RB segs Datafile Name 1 419840 SYSTEM oa oracle OraHomel oradata GDB1 system01 dbf 2 204800 UNDOTBS1 adaa oracle OraHome1 oradata GDB1 undotbs01 dbf 382 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 3 20480 CWMLITE aa oracle OraHomel oradata GDB1 cwmlite01 dbf 4 20480 DRSYS aa oracle OraHomel oradata GDB1 drsys01 dbf 5 141440 EXAMPLE aa oracle OraHomel oradata GDB1 example01 dbf 6 25600 INDX oracle OraHomel oradata GDB1 indx01 dbf 7 20480 ODM aa oracle OraHomel oradata GDB1 odm01 dbf 8 10240 TOOLS aa oracle OraHomel oradata GDB1 tools01 dbf 9 25600 USERS aa oracle OraHomel oradata GDB1 users01 dbf 10 39040 XDB oracle OraHome1 oradata GDB1 xdb01 dbf 11
42. Permissions list click Allow next to Full Mailbox Access and then click OK 9 Click OK all the way out 10 Restart the Microsoft Exchange Information Store service For mailboxes located within a specific mailbox store Use the following procedure to grant access to Exchange 2003 2007 mailbox found on a specific mail store 1 Start the Exchange System Manager applet 2 Navigate to the server object within the appropriate Administrative Group 346 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 5 6 A File Action View Window Help e m x PB em fy First Organization Exchange Mailbox Store MAIL Ea Global Settings EB Recipients E Administrative Groups Ei Logons First Administrative Group Mailboxes 9 Servers Ea Full Text Indexing 3 8 MAIL 19 Queues First Storage Group Eee s Mailbox Store MAIL B Public Folder Store MAIL Protocols Connectors Folders E Tools Expand the server object and find the required mailbox store within the appropriate Storage Group Right click it and choose Properties In the Properties window go to the Security tab Mailbox Store MAIL Properties 27x General Database Limits Full T ext Indexing l Details Policies Security Group or user names Administrator AHSAYMAILS Administrato
43. Programs Google chrome 166 00MB Online Backup Manager Size 208 00MB ip Microsoft Visual C 2008 Redistributable x86 9 0 30729 4148 10 19MB 5 Microsoft visual C 2008 Redistributable x86 9 0 30729 6161 10 20MB Add Remove Windows Mware Tools 28 29MB Components Set Program Access and Defaults e Select Programs and Features for Windows Vista or above 24 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 2 4 1 2 F a TA seed g VIEL gt Contre Dorel AiConini Darel term p Programa and Fostises 4s p f Control Pand Home Uninstal or Namge a progran View intaies updates To urinated a progran select it from the bet and then chek Uninstall Change or Repar Turn rtas lasten on w 7 Orgetie gt Uninitall 9 Neme Pubtiher Iratated On Sise verum A Onine Backup Manager Backhup 3 12012 W5MB 6720 utam 7 2 20 12 Q DSe fre 3 ACD Spsteerts International ine 7 2 2012 IMMB 3035 O de ar Adobe Systems Incorporsted 7 4 20 ipa BB tdcte Communty Hep Adobe Stern Incorporated 7 2 2002 30040 utes Sate Maita Cotkecbon Adobe Systeme Incorporated awoh 5a 24IMB 1015214 AdMe 11110255 697MB 11110262 14 BB Adebe Reade x 110 1 2 ISMB 1012 Adobe Drockwewe Playe 1165 nassi Barano 2 012 a30 PP opie Appricanon Support Appie Ire 7 2 2012 iimb 2th Oj Apple Sattrawe Update Apple Ine 7 2 2012 23MB 212127 h j Armia ASAID LA 10 Hort Cortrstet Driver Aumed
44. Show all files Filter Folders Name Size Date Modified E J Backup Server O amp Centos4 8 i386 O amp Centos4 s x86_64 O FreeBSD 8 2 amd64 E Win03R2 x64 O amp winxP x86 IR Win03R2 x6 4 flatvmdk 4 194 2012 01 31 12 23 24 Win03R2 x64 nvram 9KB 2012 01 31 10 28 36 Win03R2 x64 vmdk 1 KB 2012 01 31 10 28 30 Win03R2 x64 vmsd 1KB 2012 01 31 10 28 09 Win03R2 x64 vimx 3KB 2012 01 31 10 28 33 Win03R2 x64 vinx 1KB 2012 01 27 18 46 23 Win03R2 x64_1 flatvmdk 4194 2012 01 31 12 23 01 Win03R2 x64_1 vmdk 1KB 2012 01 31 10 28 31 ymware 1 log 175KB 2011 12 20 10 30 49 yvmware 2 log 95 KB 2011 12 21 16 32 02 ymware 3 log 259KB 2012 01 05 15 39 23 yvmware 4 log 1 905 2012 01 20 17 09 08 yvmware 5 log 189KB 2012 01 27 12 02 37 yvmware 6 log 1 149 2012 01 30 17 15 45 vmware log 333 KB 2012 01 31 12 23 53 m HENNA COO Delete items per page 450 y Page 111 gt Restore files to _ Original location Alternate location C Alternate Location Change Search amp 4 Previous StartRestore gt Cancel 3 Select the virtual machines to be restored and choose Alternate location for restore files to Restore of individual virtual disk is only supported for restore to Alternation location 4 Click on the Change button and browse to the directory path which you would like to restore the data to 5 Click the Start Restore button to begin the restore process
45. This is what will happen in the backup of a 10 GB Outlook pst file with 100 MB increment each day 117 Online Backup Manager User s Guide After the initial full backup the backup application would continue to generate and upload delta instead of the full file until one of the following two rules are true Number of delta files generated since the last full backup exceeded the No of Delta setting The delta ratio ratio of delta file size against the full file size exceeded the Delta Ratio setting With differential delta delta generated by comparing the current file with the last full file is about 100 MB for the ist delta 200 MB for the 2nd delta and 300 MB for the 3rd delta increment of 100 MB per day Since the delta file size increase by 100 MB per day OBM will continue to generate and upload delta files until day 52 full file uploaded on day 1 when the delta ratio exceeds the Delta Ratio setting Delta file size of approximately 51 x 100 MB 5 1 GB All delta files are generated with respect to changes made since the last full backup This means that only the last full backup file and the last delta file are required to restore the latest snapshot of a backup file In the event of corrupted delta file only one particular snapshot of the file is non restorable All other snapshots with its delta would remain intact Backup Setting Backup Set ii In File Delta V Enable In File Delta
46. To specify additional restore options click Advanced 10 The restore process is now completed 139 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 10 5 2 For Windows 2008 R2 SBS 2011 Refer to the following instructions to restore Windows System State on Windows Server 2008 R2 SBS 2011 1 Install OBM on the machine to be restored to 2 Login to the backup application s user interface A Online Backup Manager E 5 A Online Backup Manager BACKUP manag Ne oac Login Name username Login Name username Password eccceooes Password eeseeeeee T Save password Save password Forgot your password Forgot your password OK Cancel Options amp Language English Backup Server https hostname Us Proxy Setting Use proxy to access the backup server a OK Cancel Options 3 Select the Restore button and the corresponding backup set 140 Online Backup Manager A 5 User s Guide Please select the backup set Backup Set Next gt Cancel Select the System State file to be restored and its restore destination Show files as ofJob 2011 09 14 Latest Show all files Filter Folders Name Size Date Modified g Backup Server L MicrosoftWindows_System_Backup 10 009 2011 09 14 14 12 48 DS qa w8x r2etp 2 items per page 50 i Page 171m7 gt Restore files to Local Disk C2 Search amp 4 Previous Stat Restore gt Cancel Insert
47. User s Guide Add Hardware Device Type What sort of device do you wish to add to your virtual machine Device Type Choose the type of device you wish to add Serial Port Parallel Port 8 Floppy Drive 5 CD DVD Drive QJ USB Controller Ethernet Adapter a SCSI Device This device can be added to this Virtual Machine 11 Choose the option to Use an existing virtual disk Add Hardware Select a Disk Device Type Select a Disk E 4 virtual disk is composed of one or more files on the host File system Together these files appear as a single hard disk to the quest operating system Select the type of disk to use m Disk Create a new virtual disk Use an existing virtual disk C Ra Reuse a previously configured virtual disk Give your virtual machine direct access to SAN This option allows you to use existing SAN commands to manage the storage and continue to access it using a datastore lt Back next gt Cancel 12 Click Browse and browse to the newly restored virtual disk lt Back next gt Cancel 202 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Add Hardware Select Existing Disk Which existing disk do you want to use as this virtual disk Device Type Select a Disk Select Existing Disk Browse Disk File Path lt Back inex Cancel 13 Follow the instruction provided in the Add Hardware menu 14 Start the
48. User s Guide New Backup Set Wizard Ea La Backup Set Name Backup Set Type MS Exchange Server Backup Microsoft Exchange Server Version Microsoft Exchange Server 2010 Microsoft Exchange 2000 Server post SP3 a Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 Microsoft Exchange Server 2010 Next gt Cancel 7 Select Next to proceed In the backup source selection screen select the Information Store for backup New Backup Set Wizard Ea a Microsoft Exchange Server 2 D gi Microsoft Information Store 3 0 E GA wex R2ETP 2 0 ig Public Folder Mailbox Database 2125901992 4 Previous Next gt Cancel 9 Configure a backup schedule for unattended backups 332 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Backup Schedule Properties xi Name Backup Schedule aT Backup Full Copy does not truncate the transaction logs Incremental Differential does not truncate the transaction logs amp Type Backup everyday Time Start 23 g 00 Daily x Stop on completion Full Backup Skip backup if previous job is still running ok 0 Cancel Menu Items Description Name Enter a backup schedule name of your choice Backup Select backup type Full Copy Incremental Differential Type Select backup schedule type Daily Weekly Monthly Custom Time Select backup schedule time type At Periodic
49. Windows page file can cause unnecessarily high data change rates and excessive use of network bandwidth affecting backup operations negatively Consider excluding the following files when configuring your backup source location Operating system Directory path Windows C hiberfil sys C Pagefile sys C RECYCLER C Windows tmp ntuser dat C Program Files App_Data Avg7 App_Data Avg8 App_Data Kaspersky Lab App_Data McAfee App_Data McAfee com App_Data Microsoft App_Data Sophos App_Data Symantec C System Volume Information Application Data Macromedia Application Data Mozilla Local Settings Application Data Microsoft Linux dev lost found proc sys tmp var empty var lock Online Backup Manager User s Guide var run var spool var tmp 2 10 Disable SELinux Security Enhanced Linux For backup client installation on Linux it is recommended to disable the SELinux Security Enhanced Linux feature to avoid error during your backup operation 2 11 Single backup user account for multiple computers For backup of multiple computers with a single account separate backup set for each computer must be created because backup set cannot be shared for multiple computers For administrative concerns and considerations e g data lost due to incorrect configuration it is not recommended that a backu
50. e Set ORACLE_SID to your database System Identifier SID Windows set ORACLE SID database SID Linux export ORACLE SID database_ SID e Connect to database as SYSDBA sqlplus as sysdba e Shutdown the database SQL gt shutdown immediate Example export ORACLE SID GDB1 sqlplus as sysdba SQL Plus Release 10 2 0 1 0 Production on Thu Nov 8 17 04 57 2007 Copyright 1982 2005 Oracle All right reserved Connected to Oracle Database 10g Enterprise Edition Release 10 2 0 1 0 Production With the Partitioning OLAP and Data Mining options SQL gt shutdown immediate Database closed Database dismounted ORACLE instance shut down 366 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 4 For restore of a non existing database first create a password file orapwd file SORACLE HOME dbs orapw database SID password S password Example orapwd file oracle OraHomel1 dbs orapwBGDB1 password pwd123 5 Place the restored backup files to their original directory path Control files datafiles and archived logs are stored on OBS along with their full path information For example with the data restored to the directory obm_restore obm_restore Oracle Database Server oracle product 10 2 0 db_1 admin GDB1 obm_restore Oracle Database Server oracle product 10 2 0 db_1 dbs initGDBl ora obm_res
51. gt mysql e Create the database to be restored mysql gt CREATE DATABASE IF NOT EXISTS db_name Restore the database backup file back into the MySQL server mysql gt USE db_name mysql gt SOURCE db_name sql Note You may need to specify the full directory path for db_name sql in the above command Repeat the same procedure for each database to be restored 451 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 21 Email Reporting OBM users are kept informed with the status of their backup activities via email reports Please ensure that a valid email address is configured on the web console in order to receive the reports described in the following sections Note Availability of the following reports may be service provider dependent If a report is not available please check with your service provider for further details and availability 21 1 New User Report When a new backup account is created a welcome email will be sent to the contact email address of the account A welcome email contains the following information Sample Welcome to Online Backup Services Generated at Thu Jan 19 17 57 23 GMT 08 00 2012 Getting started User Setting Please follow the instructions available in the installation Login Name tuser name wizard to download and install OBM Alias R P Language English Further Information i N eee If further as
52. source after the CDP module is enabled Existing data that are not updated will not be backed up by the CDP module 60 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Furthermore CDP is not a replacement for the traditional schedule backup but works along with the scheduled backup to provide timely protection for your data CDP will automatically be stopped when a manual or scheduled backup is started and will resume when the job is completed Note It is not possible to run multiple CDP backup sets on the same machine with different backup user accounts 6 1 7 In File Delta h For more details about the In file delta technology please refer to the In File Delta Technology section to be followed in this guide 6 1 8 Retention Policy Click on the Retention Policy tab to modify the retention policy of an existing backup set Backup Setting BackupSet v Retention Policy Keep deleted filets for 7 m Day s v a General j E Advanced d Backup Source E Backup Schedule eb Encryption Continuous Data Protection 2 in File Deta 6 Retention Policy Backup Filter _ A Command Line Tool itt Extra Backup r F Local Copy 3 Options a a OK Cancel amp 61 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Retention policy defines the policies of persistent data management for meeting business data archival requirements When a backup job is performed for data that are modified or deleted o
53. 0 TS1 oracle OraHomel oradata GDB1 TS1_datafilel dbf 12 0 TS1 aa oracle OraHomel oradata GDB1 TS1_datafile2 dbf 13 0 TS1 oracle OraHomel oradata GDB1 TS1_datafile3 dbf List of Temporary Files File Size MB Tablespace Maxsize MB Tempfile Name 1 20 TEMP 32767 D ORACLE PRODUCT 10 2 0 ORADATA GDB1 TEMPO1 DBF RMAN gt recover tablespace TS1 Starting recover at 30 AUG 07 allocated channel ORA DISK_1 channel ORA_DISK_1 sid 11 devtype DISK starting media recovery media recovery complete Finished recover at 30 AUG 07 RMAN gt alter database open database opened 383 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 17 8 Export and Import a database logical backup For logical database backup and recovery one can also utilize Oracle s built in export import utilities When exporting database objects are dumped to a binary file which can then be imported into another Oracle database e g database migration Note Data exported are in proprietary binary file format therefore they can only be used between Oracle databases One cannot export data and expect to import it into a non Oracle database Refer to the following instructions to perform a logical backup export For example to export the database 1 Export the database to a dump file with the following command exp username password FULL y FILE export destination data dmp LOG log destination export log
54. 1 MB2011 11 18 18 4 9 MB2011 11 18 18 320 KB2011 11 18 18 320 KB2011 11 18 18 320 KB2011 11 18 18 320 KB2011 11 18 18 320 KB2011 11 18 18 zc De Loe p 45 pea Delete i vv JESSE SRRSeggs Search amp 1 Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 Items per page 4 Previous _ Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 L Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 O Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 320 KB2011 11 18 18 320 KB2011 11 18 18 320 KB2011 11 18 18 8 1 MB2011 11 18 18 320 KB2011 11 18 18 320 KB2011 11 18 18 50 v s Restore files to Original location Alternate location var root Change amp Start Restore gt v Page 1 7 35 Cancel amp 4 4 For full instructions please refer to the above sections 13 3 2 7 How to restore individual virtual disk to a different VM 1 Login to the backup application s user interface 255 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Online Backup Manager Online Backup Manager Login Name username Login Name username Password eeeeee al Password eeeee Save password E Save password Forgot your password Forgot your password OK amp Cancel amp Options Language o e English S W Backup Server
55. 11g Release 2 For more details please refer to Help Centre Article https help com openArticle aspx aid 2323 17 2 Requirements and recommendations Please ensure that the following requirements are met by the Oracle database server 1 OBM is installed on the Oracle database server 2 The Oracle databases selected for backup will be temporarily spooled to a temp directory before being uploaded to the backup server It is recommended that the temporary directory have disk space of at least 120 of the total database size e g total size of all database files 3 All database selected for backup must be in ARCHIVELOG mode ARCHIVELOG mode guarantees complete data recoverability and must be enabled to perform online backups To enable ARCHIVELOG mode please refer to the following instruction e Set the parameters below in the PFILE to enable automatic archiving LOG_ARCHIVE DEST Storage path of archive redo logs LOG ARCHIVE FORMAT log t_ s_ r arc LOG ARCHIVE START true e Set ORACLE_SID to your database System Identifier SID 355 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Windows set ORACLE SID database SID Linux export ORACLE SID database SID Connect to database as SYSDBA sqlplus as sysdba Shutdown database SQL gt shutdown immediate Start and mount database SQL gt startup mount Switch database to archi
56. As the D differential includes changes in I I I3 The incremental files I I I will be moved to the retention area as they have already exceeded the retention policy of 4 jobs These files will be purged on the next retention policy job After the delta merge has completed the follow files will be available for restore F F D I4 Is Ic Example 5 124 Online Backup Manager User s Guide The example below shows how delta merge handles multiple differential delta files using a retention policy delta merge policy setting defined as 4 jobs for this backup set A full backup file is stored into data area F uploaded by Job 1 followed by incremental and differential delta files I1 I2 Iz and D1 Retention Policy 4 Jobs Delta Merge Policy Jobi F Job 2 I Job 3 I2 Job 4 I3 Job 5 D delta merge initiated After Job 5 the backup application will initiate a delta merge for Job 1 amp Job 2 Unfortunately differential delta D is found in delta chain this creates delta merge stoppage the files in Job 1 and Job 2 will not be merged The backup job continues with subsequent differential delta backups Dz and D3 and incremental delta backups I4 Is and Ie Jobi F Job 2 I Job 3 I2 Job 4 Job 5 D delta merge is initiated and stopped Job 6 D2 delta merge is initiated and stopped Job 7 Ds delta merge is initiated and stopped Job 8 I4 delta merge is in
57. ESXi server sad Guest VM 1 Guest VM 2 Guest VM 3 Please ensure that the following requirements or recommendations are met by the Backup Client Computer 1 The Backup Client Computer is running on a supported OS platform e Windows e Mac OS X e Linux 2 OBM version 6 7 or above is installed on the backup client computer 3 The following TCP ports must be opened on the Backup Client Computer e Port 22 e Port 80 and 443 4 For better performance OBM is recommended to be installed on a 64 bit computer with multiple CPUs and cores 5 For Backup Client Computer running on Linux GUI environment must be installed e g GOME or KDE 6 Consider increasing the JVM Java Virtual Machine memory allocation to improve performance of the backup operation 176 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 10 11 It is recommended that the temporary directory have disk space of at least 50 of the largest sized virtual machine to be backed up It is recommended that the temporary directory be configured on a local drive It is recommended that the temporary directory is not configured on the same partition which the operating system is installed on For backup of virtual machine with snapshot backup of the whole VM instead of individual disk is highly recommended Consider performing routine recovery test to ensure your backup is setup and performed properly Please ensure that the following requireme
58. Exchange 2003 2007 mailbox 1 Start the Active Directory Users and Computers applet 2 On the View menu ensure that the Advanced Features option is selected 4 Active Directory Users and Computers ioj x 2 File Action view Window Help l xil e alm Add Remove Columns Active Director Large Icons H Q Saved Que Small Icons El gp ahsaymail List builtinDomain Builtin Detail i H E Compu Container Default container for upgr H Domair Users Groups and Computers as containers Organizational Unit Default container for dom H E Foreign Kalaa a GE Container Default container for secu H Q LostAn Filter Options lostAndFound Default container for orph a Microsc Gannon m Objects msExchSystemObjectsContainer CINTOS msDS QuotaContainer Quota specifications cont 3 Program Data Program Data Container Default location for storag System system Container Builtin system settings Users Qusers Container Default container for upgr 344 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 5 Right click the user whose mailbox you want to give permissions to and choose Properties On the Exchange Advanced tab click Mailbox Rights Published Certificates Member Of Dialin Object Security Environment Sessions Remote control Terminal Services Profile COM Exchange General E m
59. How to restore individual virtual disk to original VM 06 277 14 1 2 6 How to restore individual virtual disk to a different VM 280 14 2 1 Requirements and recommendations 0 0 0 eeceeeeeeseeeseeceseeeeeeeeseessaeenseensees 286 14 2 2 Eimitations a cera ea diaher ence Rath remy ornodin itv E E D EE TONE 286 14 2 3 License requirement to backup all virtual machines in a cluster 291 14 24 SOV SIVICW iese tiae an ae a O ededangavss E ETE AEE 293 14 2 5 How to backup Microsoft virtual machines in cluster environment 294 14 2 6 Howto restore Microsoft virtual machines in cluster environment 298 14 2 7 How to restore individual virtual disk of Microsoft virtual machines in cluster EMVITOMIMENE ysis jessy zhiveisadasiadcasancieds senesasaswarddeu dud gaeeansien sata seegaeasbavcane hdseaatedoanaetaanseveeaseoceane 308 14 2 1 7 How to restore individual virtual disk to the original VM 308 14 2 2 7 How to restore individual virtual disk to a different VM 311 15 2 1 Requirements and recommendations eeeeceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeceeeeecsteeeenteeeenaees 318 N22 COVSIVICW aeni ea te cactus yeaesyaneacaad E ou sseaawuaessaes sian eai ia 318 15 2 3 How to backup Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 2007 seee 319 15 4 1 Requirements and recommendations ceeseeeeeececeeececeeeeeceeececsneeeesteeeeaees 330 1542 OVEFVIEW eine ee coat a ar tten a aia Set s
60. Local System Multimedia Class Scheduler Enables rel Manual Local System Ch Net Msmq Listener Adapter Receives a Disabled Network 5 Ch Net Pipe Listener Adapter Receives a Disabled Local Service Gh Net Tep Listener Adapter Receives a Disabled Local Service ChNet Tep Port Sharing Service Provides a Disabled Local Service Sh Netlogon Maintains 4 Manual Local System Extended A Standard 304 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 3 Remove the corresponding entry from the Virtual Machine configuration VM GUID xmI file e Open the corresponding VM GUID xmI file at the following location with a text editor S VM Location Virtual Machine S VM GUID xml e Locate the line of all non existing VHD lt controller0 gt lt drived gt lt pathname type string gt D Hyper V Virtual Machine Name Virtual Hard Disks Name_GUID avhd lt pathname gt lt type type string gt VHD lt type gt lt drive0 gt lt drivel gt lt pathname type string gt D Hyper V Virtual Machine Name Virtual Hard Disks Second_Disk_GUID avhd lt pathname gt lt type type string gt VHD lt type gt lt drivel gt lt controller0d gt e Modify the line from lt type type string gt VHD lt type gt To lt type type string gt NONE lt type gt lt controller0 gt lt drived gt lt pathname type string gt D Hyper V Virtual Machine Name Virtual Hard Disk
61. Merge Policy Day 1 F Day 2 I Day 3 I Day 4 I Day 5 I Day 6 I Day 7 Ig Day 8 I Day 9 Ig delta merge initiated 122 Online Backup Manager User s Guide After job on day 9 the backup application will initiate a delta merge for Day 1 amp Day 2 files As the incremental file I has exceeded the 7 day retention policy setting F F I merged full file Example 3 This example below shows what happens when there are multiple backup jobs occurring which generates incremental delta files within a 24 hour period A full backup file is stored into data area F uploaded by Job 1 followed by incremental delta files I4 I2 I and I4 On the completion Job 5 14 the backup application will trigger a delta merge background job to execute the file merging When the OBS delta merge job runs F I will be merged to become a merged full file Retention Policy 4 Jobs Delta Merge Policy Jobi F Job 2 I Job 3 l Job 4 Job 5 I delta merge initiated Job 6 I Job 7 Ig After job 5 the backup application will initiate a delta merge for Job 1 amp Job 2 files If after the delta merge there are further incremental uploads e g Job 6 and Job 7 These increment files will not be merged by OBS as a delta merge jobs has already taken place within the last 24 hours The data area now contains 6 jobs which exceeds the delta merge policy of 4 jobs F F I merged full file O
62. New Backup Set Wizard Backup Set Name BackupSet Type ShadowProtect System Backup MS Exchange Server Backup 7 Stor MS Exchange Mail Level Backup Path to SMS SQL Server Backup C ProgrMySQL Backup Oracle Database Server Backup System State Backup ShadowProtect em Backup MS YM Backup Next gt Cancel 4 Enter the path to the ShadowProtect installation New Backup Set Wizard e Backup Set Name BackupSet Type ShadowProtect System Backup J StorageCraft ShadowProtect Path to StorageCraft ShadowProtect C Program Files StorageCrafttShadowProtect Change amp Next gt Cancel 5 Select Next to proceed 6 Select the corresponding volumes for backup 7 Configure a backup schedule for unattended backups Multiple backup schedules of different types can be configured for the same backup set 165 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Add new backup schedule Name New Backup Schedule amp Backup Volume Complete volume Differential Yolume Incremental Type Backup everyday Time Start 23 gs 00 Stop on completion Full Backup oka Cancel amp Menu Items Description Volume Complete To perform a ShadowProtect Complete Backup Base Image File SPF contains the contents of a backup activity it allows users to restore the contents of a computer system to a specific point in time Volume Differential To perform a Shadow
63. New Password Cancel Enter your Old Password e g existing password and New Password into the corresponding textbox and press OK To add new contact information for the backup user account select Add to open the Add new contact dialog Add new contact Contact Mame Email Enter the corresponding information such as Name and Email in the corresponding field and press OK To update existing contact of the backup user account select the corresponding contact from the Contact drop down menu and select Properties Properties contact memail com Contact mame Email To delete existing contact of the backup user account select the corresponding contact from the Contact drop down menu and select Remove 36 Online Backup Manager User s Guide To change the backup user account s time zone setting select the corresponding time zone from the Time Zone drop down menu User Profile fa User Information Login Mame username Display Mame Passvyvord lhange Save password Contact Mo existing contact Mame Email ot Ce ee Rerove it Prope rti SS Time Zone ShiT O04 00 LEST hSmiT o04 00 re a shitT o2 ShiT 02 00 ects GMT 0 2 00 SAST a GMT 02 00 EET GMT 0 2 00 OTY GMT 023 00 EAT GMT 03 00 AST 5 5 About Online Backup Manager Click on the About Online Backup Manager button to view informa
64. Online Backup Manager User s Guide DominoRecover bat REM Start User Defined Section e REM HHHHHHHHAAHAH PROGRAM DIR HHHAAHH HEHE EAE REM The Domino or notes program directory which REM contains notes ini SET PROGRAM DIR C Program Files Lotus Domino REM HHHHHHH HH AAA INPUT_FILE HHH HH HA HEHE HARE REM The path to a input file if you want to restore one REM database only If you want to restore all databases REM leave INPUT_FILE blank SET INPUT _FILE REM HHHHHHAHHAHAAAHH RESTOREDB HHHHH AHA A EAR RARE AE REM The path to a database file if you want to restore REM one database only If you want to restore all REM databases leave RESTOREDB blank SET RESTOREDB REM HHHHHHAHHHAHHH RECDATE HH HHH HAHAHAHA RAAT REM The year month and day you want to recover REM the database to Set them according to the date REM format set in Windows REM e g SET RECDATE 11 15 2006 REM If you want to restore all databases leave RECDATE REM blank REM e g SET RECDATE SET RECDATE REM HHHHHHAHHAH AHHH RECTIME HHHHHHAH ARH AE REM The time in hour and minute you want to recover the REM database to Set them according to the time format REM set in Windows REM e g SET RECTIME 13 00 REM If you want to restore all databases leave RECTIME REM blank REM e g SET RE
65. Online Backup Manager User s Guide New Backup Set Wizard xi Folders Filename Title P Lotus Domino a Data Data C afe domino etc gtrhome A O neip IBM_TECHNICE iNotes linkfolder logdir mail properties MEE gt F F 4 4 F a t Items per page 50 y Page 4 Previous Next gt Cancel Configure a backup schedule for unattended backups Note Multiple backup schedules of different types can be configured for the same backup set Select an encryption setting for your backup set Press the OK button to complete the configuration of backup set Scheduled backup will run automatically at the configured schedule time Click Backup button on the left panel to perform a backup immediately Select the backup type to be performed Backup Set Lotus BackupSet ai amp Backup Database notes ini Databases Files Transaction Logs Transaction Log OK Cancel Options Menu Items Description Database notes ini Database Backup the following Files Transaction Logs notes ini All file selected All database selected 426 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Transaction log Transaction Log Backup the transaction log 427 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 19 6 How to restore Lotus Domino Notes Window
66. Port h 521 Show Advanced F Statically dedicate this address for JServer connections for backward compatibility with Oracle JServer release 8 1 5 Add Address Remove Address Help e Enter the Global Database Name and SID 376 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Note Ensure that the setting is saved afterward On the menu bar click File then Save Network Configuration 377 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 17 7 How to restore individual tablespace Restoring a tablespace required a backup of datafiles consistent with the existing archived logs and control files as REDO will be applied during the restore operation Refer to the following instructions to restore tablespace of an Oracle database 1 Install OBM on the Oracle database server if required 2 Restore the Oracle database backup files from the OBS server 3 Set ORACLE_SID to your database System Identifier SID Windows set ORACLE SID database SID Linux export ORACLE SID database SID 4 Connect to database as SYSDBA sqlplus as sysdba 5 Shutdown the database SQL gt shutdown immediate 6 Place the restored tablespace datafiles to the correct directory path The Datafile name and path can be found by using the REPORT SCHEMA command e Run Oracle Recovery Manager rman and connect to the target database rman target e Start and mount
67. Publication Pubishes tiis TET Local Service Group Policy Client The servic Started Automatic Local System Ch Health Key and Certificate Management Provides X Manual Local System Human Interface Device Access Enables ge Manual Local System ChHyper Image Management Service Provides I Started Automatic Local System Ch Hyper Networking Management Service Provides H Started Automatic Local System 2 Hyper V Virtual Machine Management Manageme Started Automatic IKE and AuthIP IPsec Keying Modules The IKEEX Manual Local System h Interactive Services Detection Enables us Manual Local System h Internet Connection Sharing ICS Provides n Disabled Local System ChIP Helper Provides tu Started Automatic Local System ChIPsec Policy Agent Internet Pr Manual Network 5 Ch KtmRm For Distributed Transaction Coordinator Coordinate Manual Network 5 ChLink Layer Topology Discovery Mapper Creates 4 Manual Local Service Ch Microsoft NET Framework NGEN 2 0 50727_x64 Microsoft Disabled Local System Ch Microsoft NET Framework NGEN v2 0 50727_X86 Microsoft Disabled Local System Ch Microsoft NET Framework NGEN v4 0 30319_X 64 Microsoft Automatic D Local System Ch Microsoft NET Framework NGEN v4 0 30319_X86 Microsoft Automatic D Local System h Microsoft Fibre Channel Platform Registration Service Registers t Manual Local Service Ch Microsoft iSCSI In
68. S Snapshot File Location G Hyper ViExport 20110819_ Automatic Start Action Restart if previously running gt Start the virtual machine afterward Important If the following error is displayed during the startup please remove the Saved State of the corresponding VM Hyper Manager Ed x An error occurred while attempting to start the selected virtual machine s CSV XP Nodet could not initialize 4n attempt to read or update virtual machine configuration failed gt See details In Hyper V Manager right click on the corresponding VM and select Delete Saved State start the VM again afterward 303 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Connect Settings Start Snapshot Export Rename Delete For original virtual machine with snapshot 1 Locate the virtual machine s folder location on the Hyper V server Important Serious problem may occur if the configuration files are incorrectly modified it may prevent the virtual machine from starting Please only perform the following procedures if you have in depth knowledge on Hyper V 2 Stop the Hyper V Virtual Machine Management service Services Mm x File Action View Help eeo miOas Em gt an p 4 Services Local a Function Discovery Resource Publication Pubishes tiis TET Local Service Group Policy Client The servic Started Automatic Local System Ch Healt
69. Save password Forgot your password Forgot your password OK Cancel amp Options Language English x la Backup Server http hostname x amp Proxy Setting Use proxy to access the backup server Type Proxy Sack Address Port User Name Password OK Cancel amp Options 3 Select the Backup Settings button and the button to start the New Backup Set Wizard 4 Create a separate MS VM Backup set for each cluster node Important Each cluster node must have its own unique MS VM backup set 5 Select MS VM Backup from the backup set type dropdown menu 294 Online Backup Manager User s Guide New Backup Set Wizard xi a Backup Set Name Backup Set Type MS VM Backup i MS SQL Server Backup ii ha Micr MySAL Backup Version Oracle Database Server Backup System State Backup ShadowProtect System Backup MS Windows System Backup MS VM Backup VMware VM Backup oii Next gt Cancel 6 Select Microsoft Hyper V Server R2 Failover Cluster New Backup Set Wizard Eg Backup Set Name Backup Set Type MS VM Backup ai A Microsoft VM Host Version Microsoft Hyper V Server R2 zs Microsoft Hyper V Server a Microsoft Hyper V Server R2 l rver R2 Failover Cluster Next gt Cancel 7 Select Next to proceed 8 In the backup source selection screen select the virtual machine for backup To backup all VMs within the cluster setup select all VMs listed
70. System State Backup ShadowProtect System Backup MS VM Backup Vivware Yh Backup Next gt Cancel 3 Create a VMware VM Backup set by selecting VMware VM Backup from the backup set type dropdown menu 4 Enter the corresponding information required New Backup Set Wizard New Backup Set Wizard Baku Set Name Bache Sat Type Viware VM Backup m VMware Host Version Viwere Server Weename admintsrato Pastor eee8eee Most 127001 Port 8333 A Backup Set Name Backup Set Type VMware VM Backup User Authentication for Windows Domar User Name Password ensaeo Vitware Host Product VMware Server Usemame adimenistrstor Password LAILI Host 127001 Pot 07 Menu Items Description Name Enter a backup set name of your choice Type Select backup set type VMware VM Backup VMware Host Version Select host version for example VMware Server 1 or VMware Server 2 Username Enter the username of the hypervisor administrator Password Enter the password of the hypervisor administrator Host Default to 127 0 0 1 OBM must be installed on the 207 Online Backup Manager User s Guide hypervisor Port Enter the corresponding port to the hypervisor 5 Select Next to proceed 6 Select the corresponding virtual machines for backup New Backup Set Wizard S E vmware Server 2 S F VMware Server 2 0 2 E Windows XP Professi
71. Target directories and files are restored to the location specified Restore follow link option disabled Target directories and files are not restored Disabled Original Location Junction points are restored to the original location No data is restored to the junction point s destination Alternate Location Junction points are restored to the location specified No data is restored to the junction point s destination To enable the Follow Link option select the checkbox beside the follow link option 80 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Note that system protected junction point such as the Documents and Settings on Windows 2008 server cannot be selected as backup source under the advanced backup source dialog e g there is no select able checkbox beside system protected junction point Advanced Backup Source Folders Name Size Date Modified BR eee c Bee a Recycle Bin s O i BackupSet J Boot Ooo o B Boot ji a Documents and Settings a Documents and Settings O E ExchangeSetupLogs O E PerfLogs O Program Files O E Program Files 86 O E ProgramData O E Restore o i System Volume Information O E Users 0 Windows O E WindowslmageBackup dJ ExchangeSetupLogs d PerfLogs d Program Files J Program Files x86 d ProgramData d Restore di System Volume Information d Users d Windows dE WindowslmageB
72. Unit No of files Total file zipped size Total file size ratio Backup Logs Backup Logs Start Windows XP WINDOWS USER AhsayOBM 5 5 1 0 Start running pre commands Finished running pre commands Start running post commands Finished running post commands Timestamp 2008 08 12 18 27 2008 08 12 18 27 2008 08 12 18 27 2008 08 12 18 27 2008 08 12 18 27 Zipped Size Ratio Last Modified 4 5k 0 0 1 5k 0 0 Ctestitest mp3 8 4M 8 8M 5 2008 07 17 10 12 C Mtesttest txt 5k73 4k 0 2008 06 23 18 33 Updated Files No Files Zipped Size Ratio Last Modified No files have been updated Permission Updated Files No Dirs Files Zipped Size Ratio Last Modified No Permissions have been updated Deleted Files No Dirs Files Zipped Size Ratio Last Modified No files have been deleted Moved Files No Files Zipped Size Ratio Last Modified No files have been moved Key Description Login Name The login name of the user Backup Set The name of the backup set Backup Job The name of the backup job which is the start time of the backup job 468 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Job Status The overall status of the backup job Backup Time The time when the backup job ran Backup Logs All messages logged when running this backup job New Files Total number and size of backup files added to your backup set Updated Files To
73. User s Guide 9 It is recommended that the temporary directory is not configured on the same partition which the operating system is installed on 10 Consider performing routine recovery test to ensure your backup is setup and performed properly 13 2 3 Limitations The following are limitations of the VMware VM backup module 1 For VMware Server 1 x active virtual machine selected for backup must be powered down for the backup process to begin 2 For backup of individual virtual disk the restored virtual machine does not support the reversion of previous snapshots if the snapshot contains disks which are not previously backed up by OBM 3 Independent Disk is not supported For virtual machines with Independent Disks those disks will not be backed up 13 2 4 Overview The following steps are performed during a backup job 1 Connection from the backup client to the backup server is established 2 Download the server file list from the backup server 3 VMware Server 1 x Commands are issued to the hypervisor to shutdown the virtual machine for backup VMware Server 2 x Commands are issued to the hypervisor to create snapshot of the virtual machine for backup 4 Server and local file lists are compared to determine which file will be uploaded 5 Delta file is generated for modified file if necessary 6 Existing and snapshot data are encrypted compressed and streamed to the backup server 7 VMware Ser
74. VM Name vmsd e Locate the line of all non existing virtual disk Example Snapshot 1 SCSI 0 2 Disk 2 is removed snapshot lastUID 1 snapshot numSnapshots 1 snapshot current 1 snapshot0 uid 1 snapshot0 filename Windows 2008 Snapshot1 vmsn snapshot0 displayName Snapshot1 snapshot0 description snapshot0 createTimeHigh 309233 snapshot0 createTimeLow 1291281261 snapshot0O numDisks 3 snapshot0 disk0 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk 215 Online Backup Manager 8 User s Guide snapshot0 disk0 node scsi0 0 snapshot0 disk1 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 diskl1 node scsi0 1 snapshot0 disk2 fileName Windows 2008 2 vmdk snapshot0 disk2 node scsi0 2 e Remove the corresponding lines snapshot lastUID 1 snapshot numSnapshots 1 snapshot current 1 snapshot0 uid 1 snapshot0 filename Windows 2008 Snapshot1 vmsn snapshot0 displayName Snapshoti1 snapshot0 description snapshot0 createTimeHigh 309233 snapshot0 createTimeLow 1291281261 snapshot0O numDisks 3 snapshot0 disk0 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 disk0 node scsi0 0 snapshot0 disk1 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 diskl1 node scsi0 1 e Perform the same steps for each snapshot e Save the changes afterward Update the number of virtual disk e Open the corresponding VM Name vmes
75. VM back into the Virtual Machine Library Window Remove any existing snapshot Important The restored virtual machine does not support the reversion of previous snapshots if they contain virtual disks not restored Start the virtual machine 13 3 2 6 How to restore virtual machines to another hypervisor 1 Login to the backup application s user interface Login Name username Password eeccee Save password Forgot your password OK Cancel Options Login Name username Password eeccee E Save password Forgot your password i Language English x le Backup Server http hostname x T Proxy Setting Use proxy to access the backup server OK Cancel amp Options Select the Restore button and the corresponding backup set 247 Online Backup Manager User s Guide ANOO Restore Show files as of Job 2012 02 03 x Latest Show all files Filter Folders Name Size Date Modified v 5 Backup Server B Virtual Disk 000001 s001 vmdk 192 KB2012 02 03 16 a Windows XP Professi B Virtual Disk 000001 vmdk 276 bytes2012 02 03 16 _ Virtual Disk s001 vmdk 192 KB2012 02 03 16 B Virtual Disk vmdk 484 bytes2012 02 03 16 OB Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 9 1 MB2011 11 18 18 B Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 4 9 MB2011 11 18 18 E Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 320 KB2011 11 18 18 B Windows XP Professional 32bit 0
76. a combination of user defined policy such as A specific number of days A specific number of weeks including the day of the week A specific number of months including the day of the month A specific number of years including the day of the year To define an advanced retention policy select the Advanced button and press the Add button to add new policy Remove button to remove existing policy Properties to edit existing policy Press OK and save before exiting the backup application to confirm the changes Backup Setting BackupSet x Retention Policy Keep deleted file s for Advanced x je Backup Source Retention Policy 1 Type Daily E General Backup Schedule Retention Policy 2 Type Weekly eb Encryption Continuous Data Protection y in File Delta Retention Policy Backup Filter a Command Line Tool be Extra Backup r Fe Local Copy E Options Remove retention files for overlap policy Add A Remove O Properties 7 OK Cancel For example you can configure the advanced retention policy to keep all data backed up e Inthe last 7 days e In the last 4 Saturdays e In the ist day of each month in the last 3 months e In the ist day of each quarter in the last 12 months 63 Online Backup Manager User s Guide In the ist day of each year in the last 7 years To achieve the above example policy configured the advanced retent
77. a General oy Backup Source Block Size Auto o Bytes E Backup Schedule Apply to files Minimum Size 25 gt Mbytes feb Encryption p amp Delta Merging Continuous Data Protection Enable delta merging U in File Detta A InFile Delta Type Default Incremental 7 Advanced gt 6 Retention Policy Backup Filter t Upload full file when gt Command Line Tool No of Delta gt 100 or Delta Ratio gt 50 a te Extra Backup i e oo Delta Ratio Delta File Size Full File Size D Local Copy E3 Options OK Cancel amp 118 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 9 1 1 Block Size Block Size defines the size of block used when detecting changes between last full or delta file and the file to be backed up In general In file delta backup with small block size Produce a smaller delta file due to a more precise comparison Require more processing power on the client machine Comparison may take longer to complete In file delta backup with large block size Produce a larger delta file due to a less precise comparison Require less processing power on the client machine Comparison will complete faster For most cases the default setting Auto will select the optimal block size for each file depending on the size of the file 9 1 2 Apply to files Minimum Size Apply to files Minimum Size defines the smallest file size a file must have before the use and application
78. aid 2869 It is recommended that the temporary directory be configured on a local drive Overview The following steps are performed during a backup job 1 2 Connection from the backup client to the backup server is established Download the server file list from the backup server Commands are issued to create the System State data e Windows XP 2003 Ntbackup e Windows Server 2008 SBS 2011 Wbadmin System State data is temporarily stored in the temporary directory specified in the backup set Server and local file lists are compared to determine which file will be uploaded Delta file is generated for modified file if necessary Data are encrypted compressed and uploaded to the backup server System State data is removed from the temporary directory specified in the backup set Backup completed successfully 131 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 10 4 How to backup Windows System State Refer to the following instructions to backup Windows System State 10 4 1 For Windows XP 2003 R2 1 Login to the backup application s user interface Online Backup Manager Online Backup Manager e Backup Manager Login Name username Login Name username Password eeeceeee Password eeeeeee Save password Save password Forgot your password Forgot your password amp Language OK Cancel Options English Backup Server https hostname Ys Proxy Setting C Use proxy to access the
79. backs up modified parts of a file The difference is it only backs up the changes that occurred since the last backup be it full differential or incremental backup The result is a smaller and faster backup While incremental backups give much greater flexibility data backed up by long chain of incremental In file delta backup will take a lot longer to restore and is prone to data lost e g broken delta chain The following table summarizes the benefits and drawbacks of the 3 backup types Type Benefits Drawbacks Full Restoration is the fastest Backup process is the of all three types slowest of all three types Highest storage requirement Online Backup Manager User s Guide Differential Backup speed is faster Restoration is slower than than full backup data backup with full backup Restoration is faster than data backup with Backup process is slower incremental In file delta than incremental In file delta backup Less storage space is need than a full backup Incremental Backup process is fastest Restoration is the slowest of all three types of all three types Least storage space is Prone to data lost required Assuming that a daily backup job is performed the following In file delta setting is recommended for your backup operation Weekday Backup Type Day 1 Full Day 2 Incremental Day 3 Incremental Day 4 Incremental Day 5 Differe
80. backup job 1 2 10 Connection from the backup client to the backup server is established Download the server file list from the backup server Connection to the Oracle database is established using SQL NET For backup type Database Backup commands are issued for the following data to be spooled to the temporary spool path All tablespace selected for backup All non default initialization parameters All control files All archived log files For backup type Archived Log Backup commands are issued for archived logs to be spooled to the temporary spool path Server and local file lists are compared to determine which file will be uploaded Delta file is generated for modified file if necessary Data are encrypted compressed and uploaded to the backup server Data are removed from the temporary spool path Backup completed successfully 358 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 17 4 How to backup an Oracle database Windows Refer to the following instructions to backup Oracle database installation on Windows 1 Login to the backup application s user interface Double click on the OBM desktop icon or right click on the system tray icon A Online Backup Manager Iof x online Backup Manager Biel E3 LoginName username Login Name username Password jii Password iii Save password Save password Forgot your password Forgot your password OK Cancel amp Options Language Englis
81. chapters 34 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 5 4 User Profile To access the user profile dialog click on the User Profile button at the application s main window LUiser Profile Za User information Login Marne username Display Marne Passvwyord Change Save passwrord Contact hio existing comtact Marne Email od cd Sle Time Zone GMT 01 00 CEST Menu Item Description Display Name Input box for entering alias of the backup user account Change Click to access the change password dialog Save password Checkbox to enable or disable password saving Add Click to add contact information Remove Click to remove contact information Properties Click to edit existing contact information Name Input box for entering contact name of the backup user account Email Input box for entering contact email address of the backup user account Time Zone Dropdown menu for time zone setting The availability of features listed above may be service provider dependent If a feature is not available please check with your service provider for further details and availability 35 Online Backup Manager User s Guide You can change the backup user account s password by pressing the Change button A change password dialog will be displayed afterward Change Password Password Old Password New Password Confirm
82. database RMAN gt startup mount 378 Online Backup Manager User s Guide List the names of all datafiles and tablespaces RMAN gt report schema Example Report of database schema File K bytes Tablespace RB segs Datafile Name 1 419840 SYSTEM eR oracle OraHomel oradata GDB1 system01 dbf 2 204800 UNDOTBS1 ERR oracle OraHomel oradata GDB1 undotbs01 dbf 3 20480 CWMLITE ERR oracle OraHomel oradata GDB1 cwmlite01 dbf 4 20480 DRSYS EAK oracle OraHome1 oradata GDB1 drsys01 dbf 5 141440 EXAMPLE ERN oracle OraHome1 oradata GDB1 example01 dbf 6 25600 INDX aas oracle OraHomel oradata GDB1 indx01 dbf TA 20480 ODM ERR oracle OraHomel oradata GDB1 odm01 dbf 8 10240 TOOLS oracle OraHomel oradata GDB1 tools01 dbf 9 25600 USERS eal oracle OraHomel oradata GDB1l users01 dbf 10 39040 XDB oracle OraHomel oradata GDB1 xdb01 dbf LA 0 TS1 AEN oracle OraHomel oradata GDB1 TS1 datafilel dbf 12 0 TS1 eer oracle OraHomel oradata GDB1 TS1 datafile2 dbf L3 0 TS1 AAN oracle OraHomel oradata GDB1 TS1 datafile3 dbf Place all restored datafile that constitute the tablespace to the listed location For example with the data restored to obm_restore obm_restore Oracle Database Server oracle OraHomel oradata GDB1 TS1_ datafilel dbf obm_restore Oracle Database Server oracle OraHomel oradata GDB1 TS1_ datafile2 dbf obm_restore Oracle Database Server oracle O
83. deleted from OBS Original location Restore directories and files to their original location Alternate location Restore directories and files to an alternate location 94 Online Backup Manager User s Guide specified Change Click to change the directory path of the restore destination Restore file permissions Checkbox to enable or disable restore of file permission Search Click to open the Search option Advanced Click to open advanced option Delete extra files Click to synchronize the selected restore source with the restore destination during the restore process Follow Link Click to restore link destination s data The availability of features listed above may be service provider dependent If a feature is not available please check with your service provider for further details and availability Select the Show files as of Job to display files available as of a particular backup job For example to display the files available for restore since the backup job performed on 11 00am Mar 11th 2011 Select Show files as of Job 2011 03 11 and 11 00 00 Alternatively select the Show all files to display all files available for restore For restore to the original location on the client machine select the Original location radio button For restore to an alternate location select the Alternate location radio button and click Chang
84. e Save the changes afterward Add the VM back into the inventory Right click on the Inventory select Open Virtual Machine New Virtual Machine Open Virtual Machine 10 Browse to the corresponding VM Name vm x file 217 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Open Virtual Machine To open a virtual machine in the console select from the list below and click OK To open a virtual machine that is not in the list click Browse and select a virtual machine configuration file from a local or network drive VM name Configuration file There are currently no virtual machines available in the Inventory 11 Remove any existing snapshot Important The restored virtual machine does not support the reversion of previous snapshots if they contain virtual disks not restored 12 Start the virtual machine 13 2 2 6 How to restore virtual machines to another hypervisor 1 Login to the backup application s user interface For VMware Server installation on Windows double click on the OBM desktop icon or right click on the system tray icon 218 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Online Backup Manager Login Name username Password ecccecceoe _ Save password Forgot your password OK Cancel Options Online Backup Manager JNUINE Login Name username Password eeeeeeee _ Save password Forgot your password amp Language English Backup Server https hostna
85. for the same backup set Press the Update button to save the newly created backup set Login to the Oracle database server with OBM installed Start the Configurator sh script by accessing the backup client installation bin folder gt sh OBM HOME bin Configurator sh Follow the instructions provided in the Configurator to complete the configuration of the backup set 364 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 13 14 For Linux with GUI installed backup set can also be created using the OBM user interface similar to the procedures provided in the Windows section Launch the OBM user interface gt sh OBM HOME bin RunOBC sh Scheduled backup will run automatically at the configured schedule time To perform a backup immediately execute the RunBackupSet sh script with the backup set name or ID gt sh OBM HOME bin RunBackupSet sh BackupSet_Name Important Before executing the script please edit the BACKUP_TYPE parameter within the RunBackupSet sh script file from BACKUP_TYPE FILE to BACKUP_TYPE DATABASE 365 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 17 6 Howto restore an Oracle database Refer to the following instructions to restore Oracle database 1 2 Install OBM on the Oracle database server if required Restore the Oracle database backup files from the OBS server For restore of an existing database first shutdown the database
86. location E O cop test CaDecrypt Fie Folder Altemate location est ti E E Decrypt AEL Fie Fokler e O e deploy Fle Folder deploy I Documents and Settings Fie Folder Documents and setting CD dosdev Fle Foker f D dosdev O drivers Fie Folder O drivers fies Fie Foker S O files O gdes _chm Fle Folder O gudes_chm aes Fie Folder e O 1306 QlocaBacap Fie Folder E D LocaBackup _MSOCache Fie Foker Search A Advanced gt 4 Previous O Msocache Progam Files Fie Foker E L Program Files Restore Fle Folder E Restore Si DSeedload Fie Folder In the image above where C is selected as the restore source and Original location is selected as the restore destination The restore process will attempt to synchronize the restore destination current C on the client machine with the restore source C that is backed up on the backup server Specifically the restore process will restore the Application Documents and Settings folders and the data within and then delete all other data on C to mirror the restore source and destination Prior to the data synchronization the backup application will prompt for confirmation Confirm Delete C iRestore DestinatiomFile Are you sure you want to delete this file folder _ Apply to all Yes A No X Cancel When using the Delete extra files option please select the lowest possible child directories or files instead of the highest parent directories for synchroniza
87. me confiqure user account log on options Cancel Apply 396 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 12 For OBM installed on the MS SQL server Configure the temporary directory to a local USB or network path BackupSet y Options A General I amp Temporary Directory for storing backup files C TemporaryBackupData Change amp gt Backup Source V Remove temporary files after backup E Backup Schedule O Advanced Options A Transfer Block Size 128 kbytes e Encryption Dy in File Deita 6 Retention Policy Command Line Tool itt Extra Backup ib Local Copy HS Options OK Cancel Important Please ensure that the MS SQL Server s SQL Windows service has read write permission to the network temporary directory 13 Scheduled backup will run automatically at the configured schedule time 14 Click Backup button on the left panel to perform a backup immediately 15 Select the backup type to be performed oe Backup Set BackupSet m aT Backup Database Complete _ Database Differential J Transaction Log OK Cancel Options Menu Items Description Database Complete Perform a complete database backup Database Differential Perform a differential database backup 397 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Transaction Log Perform a transaction log backup 398 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 18 5 Ho
88. network path that is accessible by the SQL server BackupSet Tallal Options A i A Cerar gt Temporary Directory for storing backup files Ey 192 168 5 9 Temp Change Backup Source v Remove temporary files after backup E Backup Schedule i Advanced Options qA Transfer Block Size 128 kbytes ie Encryption y In File Detta 6 Retention Policy a gt Command Line Tool itt Extra Backup be Local Copy E Options OK Cancel amp The SQL Windows service must have read write permission to the network temporary directory Please update the service s Log On setting of the services if required 387 Online Backup Manager User s Guide SQL Server MSSQL Properties Local Computer xi General Log On Recovery Dependencies Log on as C Local System account F Allow service to interact with desktop This account Jusemame Browse Password ocooooooooooooo Confirm password eecceccocoosoes Help me configure user account log on options Cancel Apply 5 For database with simple recovery model only full database and differential database backups are allowed To perform a transaction log backup please change the corresponding databases recovery model from simple to full Considerations for backup and restore of system databases Refer to the following tables for considerations for backup and restore of system databases Considerations for back
89. option to the default boot loader In command prompt type in the following command gt bcededit set safeboot disrepair e Reboot the computer 2 Perform the restore on the Domain Controller e Open command prompt and type the following gt wbadmin get versions This will list all the known backups available e Type the following command to perform an authoritative restore 143 Online Backup Manager User s Guide gt wbadmin start systemstaterecovery version lt backup_version gt authsysvol For non authoritative restore please type the following command gt wbadmin start systemstaterecovery version lt backup_version gt authsysvol Backup version is the identifier of one of the backup snapshots listed in previous step Reboot the Windows Server 2008 R2 Domain Controller in Normal Mode e Remove the safeboot option to the default boot loader In command prompt type in the following command gt Bcdedit deletevalue safeboot e Reboot the computer The restore process is now completed 144 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 11 Backup Restore Windows System WBAdmin This chapter describes in details how to backup and restore Windows System with OBM MS Windows System backup Module 11 1 Supported versions The MS System backup module is supported for the following Windows platforms Wind
90. r e00 Extensible Storage Engine Utilities for Microsoft R 328 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 12 Exchange Server Version 08 01 Copyright C Microsoft Corporation All Rights Reserved Initiating RECOVERY mode Logfile base name e00 Log files lt current directory gt System ce iles lt current directory gt Performing soft recovery Operation completed successfully in 0 813 seconds Repair the database files by running the following commands C Program Files Microsoft Exchange Server Mailbox First Storage Group gt eseutil p Mailbox Database edb Extensible Storage Engine Utilities for Microsoft R Exchange Server Version 08 01 Copyright C Microsoft Corporation All Rights Reserved Initiating REPAIR mode Database Mailbox Database edb Temp Database TEMPREPAIR3760 EDB Checking database integrity Scanning Status complete 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 13 Mount the Exchange database afterward in System Manager for Exchange 2003 or Exchange Management Console for Exchange 2007 14 The restore of Exchange Server is now completed 329 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 15 4 Backup Microsoft Exchange Server 2010 15 4 1 Requirements and recommendations Please ensure that the following requirements a
91. regular intervals of time The availability of features listed above may be service provider dependent If a feature is not available please check with your service provider for further details and availability To configure a Daily backup schedule where backup job will run everyday at 8 00pm Select Add to open the Add new backup schedule dialog Enter name of the backup schedule Select Daily from the schedule Type dropdown menu Select At from the Time dropdown menu Configure start time to be 20 00 Configure the stop option according to your requirement To configure a Weekly backup schedule where backup job will run on Friday every week at 8 00pm Oe N Select Add to open the Add new backup schedule dialog Enter name of the backup schedule Select Weekly from the schedule Type dropdown menu Select the checkbox beside Friday Select At from the Time dropdown menu Configure start time to be 20 00 Configure the stop option according to your requirement To configure a Monthly backup schedule where backup job will run on first weekend of every month at 8 00pm 1 2 Select Add to open the Add new backup schedule dialog Enter name of the backup schedule 49 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Select Monthly from the schedule Type dropdown menu Select First Weekend Select At from the Time dropdown menu Configure start time to be 20 00 Confi
92. restore able snapshot of the file will be available for each interval 00 05 01 05 02 05 03 05 etc Minimum Update Interval Defines how often an updated file is backed up to the backup server For example for Minimum Update Interval set to Always file will be backed up to the server as they are updated Backup file s selected by backup sources and filters Radio button to select if CDP will only backup modified directories or files selected as backup source Backup all files Radio button to select if CDP will back up all modified directories and files on all local drive Custom Radio button to select if CDP will backup a custom set of directories and files Note This custom set of directories and files can be different than the backup source selected for the backup set Backup Source used with Custom Add Click to select a custom set of directory or file as backup source for CDP backup Remove Click to remove a selected directory or file as backup source for CDP backup Properties Click to modify a selected directory or file as backup source for CDP backup Backup Filter used with Backup all files or Custom Add Click to create a backup filter for CDP backup 57 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Remove Click to remove a backup filter for CDP backup Properties Click to modify a backup filter for CDP backup N
93. restore procedure for restoration of your local copy backed up data For more details please refer to Chapter 8 of this guide Decrypt Local Copy Wizard Show files as ofJob 2011 03 24 Latest D Show all files Filter Folders Name Date Modified S H Backup Server Oci aO ci H 0 O Backup Source Delete 0 Items per page 50 Page TE gt Restore files to Original location O Alternate location C Restore file permissions Search amp Advanced 4 Previous Start Decrypt gt Cancel Online Backup Manager User s Guide 6 1 13 Options Click on the Options tab to configure options such as temporary directory for storing backup files follow link Volume Shadow Copy or advance option such as the transfer block size 6 1 1 13 Temporary Directory for storing backup files The temporary directory is used for various purposes such as storage of temporary spooled file for database specific backup type remote file list local file list temporary delta file and other files of temporary nature Backup Setting Backup Set iFilm Options ity Temporary Directory for storing backup files Fi General DiTemp Change amp gt Backup Source 68 Link E Backup Schedule v Follow Link feb Encryption CH volume Shadow Copy l v Enable Volume Shadow Copy Continuous Data Protection Only for Microsoft Windows 2003 XP Vista amp 2008 O in File Det p mpapai CE Advanced Options l Ret
94. s Guide Backup Setting BackupSet General E General P Backup Source Backup Schedule a 7 2 Encryption Continuous Data Protection In File Delta Retention Policy Backup Filter Command Line Tool Extra Backup b Local Copy E Options Backup Set Name BackupSet Type File Backup User Authentication for Windows Domain User Name Password OK Cancel amp Menu Item Description General Click to access the general backup set menu Backup Source Click to access the backup source selection menu Backup Schedule Click to access the backup schedule setting menu Encryption Click to access the encryption setting menu Continuous Data Protection Click to access the continuous data protection menu In File Delta Click to access the In file delta menu Retention Policy Click to access the retention policy menu Backup Filter Click to access the backup filter menu 41 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Command Line Tool Click to access the pre post command line tool menu Extra Backup Click to access the extra backup setting menu e e Local Copy Click to access the local copy backup menu Options Click to access the option menu The availability of features listed above may be service provider dependent If a feature is not available please ch
95. search is completed user can select the data for restore in the search menu For restore that follow a certain pattern for example Microsoft Words document file that ends with doc only Enter the pattern doc into the Pattern textbox select type ends with from the Type dropdown menu and click Apply 8 1 3 1 Delete extra files Click on the Advanced button select the Delete extra files checkbox to enable the delete extra file option Advanced Restore Options v Delete extra files Follow Link OK amp Cancel amp When the Delete extra files option is enabled the restore process will attempt to synchronize the selected restore source with the restore destination 98 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Restore Show files as ofJob 2071 0311 Latest o gt Show all files Filter Folders E Backup Server 2 O Application SA s c 2O Documents and Settings B AD Application vO Documents and Se Name Date Modified Fie Edt ew Favorites Tools Help Bak 2 po Search E Folders 232 Address lt C Folders x Name B HS A Absaypediareport D AbsaypedaReport CpaAnalogReport Fie Folder 4 ccin N AnaloRepert E Application Fie Folder a z Jatoruniinf Fle Folde Delete items per page B D Application arunini e Folder O autorun inf Branding Fie Folder FS Restore files to Branding acer Test Fle Folder Original
96. setting is also used by the delta merge feature to determine when OBS will merge the full and incremental delta files into a new full file Differential In File Delta All differential delta files are generated with respect to changes made since the last full backup file This means that only the last full backup file and the last differential delta file are required to restore the latest snapshot of a backup file The other intermediate differential delta files are only required if you want to restore intermediate snapshots of a backup file The advantage of a differential In File delta backup is that a corrupted differential delta file would only make one particular snapshot of a backup file non recoverable All other snapshots can still be recovered using the remaining differential delta files The full backup file its checksum file and the last delta file uploaded if more than one delta files have been uploaded to the backup server is always stored in the data area This means that these files are not affected by the setting of the retention policy and will always be kept on the backup server It is done this way because all these files are required to get the latest snapshot of the backup file and they should not be removed from the backup server by the retention area cleanup routine All other intermediate delta files are stored in the retention area 9 1 1 4 Advance In file Delta Type Advanced In file Delta Type defines an advance p
97. the button to start the New Backup Set Wizard Enter the name of the backup set Create a MS Exchange Server Backup set by selecting MS Exchange Server Backup from the backup set type dropdown menu Select the corresponding Exchange version from the version dropdown menu New Backup Set Wizard Ea ha Backup Set Name Backup Set Type MS Exchange Server Backup m Microsoft Exchange Server version Microsoft Exchange 2000 Server post SP3 Microsoft Exchange 2000 Server post SP3 a Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 Microsoft Exchange Server 2010 7 Next gt Cancel 320 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 7 Select Next to proceed 8 Inthe backup source selection screen select the Information Store for backup a Microsoft Exchange Server O 8 wineks A Microsoft Information Store gid First Storage Group Mailbox Database gP Second Storage Group Public Folder Database 4 Previous Next gt Cancel 9 Configure a backup schedule for unattended backups Database Backup Schedule Properties Ea Name Database Backup Schedule M Backup Database Log File amp Type Weekly Backup on the following day s every week Sunday Monday T Tuesday Wednesday 4 Thursday Friday _ Saturday M Time At Start 21 g 00 p Stop on completion Full Backup _ Skip backup if previou
98. the VM from the Virtual Machine Library Window Locate the virtual machine s folder location on the hypervisor Control click on the VM select Show Package Contents 251 Online Backup Manager User s Guide C Virtual Machines 0 DEVICES L Macintosh_HD 4 PLACES B La i a O 3 items 97 54 GB avail Lo is ac Ei iDisk P localized Aug 27 2011 4 07 AM me Z osx10 6 S Solaris 10 Today 5 18 PM osx10 4 amp Windows XP Professional 32bit Open 05Xx10 5 Open With osx10 7 Show Package Contents Move to Trash Y SHARED E 192 168 5 9 a Get Info 12f conf room root Compress Windows XP Professional 32bit E alan wong Burn Windows XP Professional 32bit to Disc E alex cheng Duplicate andy lau Make Alias ll angela cheung Quick Look Windows XP Professional 32bit EATA Copy Windows XP Professional 32bit All Show View Options Label Important xi a eauwev amp s sg Serious problem may occur if the configuration files are incorrectly modified it may prevent the virtual machine from starting Please only perform the following procedures if you have in depth knowledge on VMware product Delete the lines of the removed virtual disk e Open the corresponding VM Name vmsd file at the following location with a text editor S VM Location S VM Name vmsd e Locate the line of all non existing virtual disk
99. the Windows Setup Disc into the CD DVD drive 141 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 10 11 12 13 Restart the computer In some case you need to press the required key to boot up the server from disc the Install Windows Wizard should appear Specify the language settings and then click Next Click Repair your computer Setup will search the hard disk drives for existing Windows installation then displays the result in System Recovery Options If you are recovering the operating system onto a new hardware setup the list will be empty e g there is no existing operating system Click Next afterward On the System Recovery Options page click Windows Complete PC Restore This opens the Windows Complete PC Restore Wizard Select one of the following options then click Next e Click Use the latest available backup recommended e Click Restore a different backup For Restore a different backup select one of the following option on Select the location of the backup then click Next e Click the computer that contains the backup that you want to use e Under Select the backup to restore click the backup to be used e Click Advanced to browse for a backup on the network On the Choose how to restore the backup page perform the following optional tasks and then click Next e Select the Format and repartition disks check box to delete existing partitions and ref
100. the backup operation For example mysql gt GRANT ALL PRIVILEGES ON TO username localhost IDENTIFIED BY password mysql gt GRANT ALL PRIVILEGES ON TO username localhost localdomain IDENTIFIED BY password mysql gt FLUSH PRIVILEGES 4 The information _schema database is a virtual system database which contains information about the user databases on the MySQL instance It is read only and cannot be backed up 443 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 20 3 Overview The following steps are performed during a backup job 1 2 Connection from the backup client to the backup server is established Download the server file list from the backup server Database including stored routines are backed up to the temporary spool path Server and local file lists are compared to determine which file will be uploaded Delta file is generated for modified file if necessary Data are removed from the temporary spool path Backup completed successfully 20 4 How to backup MySQL server Windows Refer to the following instructions to backup MySQL database installation on Windows 1 Login to the backup application s user interface Double click on the OBM desktop icon or right click on the system tray icon 444 Online Backup Manager 4 User s Guide A Online Backup Manager e x online Backup Manager
101. the hard drive Disk signatures are included in Windows Server 2003 and are necessary before the hard drive can be used e Restore Disk Hidden Track 173 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 14 Restore the first 63 sectors of a drive some boot loaded applications required this for the system to boot Click Next to continue Review the Restore Wizard Summary click Finish to begin the restore process Restore process can be viewed by clicking on the Volume Restore tab associated with the restore job 174 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 13 Backup Restore VMware Virtual Machines This chapter describes how to backup and restore virtual machine running on VMware 13 1 Backup virtual machines running on VMware ESXi ESX Server 13 1 1 Supported versions The VMware VM backup module is supported for the following VMware ESXi ESX versions VMware ESXi 3 5 VMware ESXi 4 0 VMware ESXi 4 1 VMware ESXi 5 0 VMware ESX 3 5 VMware ESX 4 0 VMware ESX 4 1 For more details please refer to Help Centre Article https help com openArticle aspx aid 2323 13 1 2 Requirements and recommendations OBM cannot be installed on the hypervisor ESX or ESXi server A separate dedicated physical machine the Backup Client Computer must be used for backup of your virtual machines 175 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Backup Client Machine Hypervisor ESX or
102. to Cluster Node 2 e Install OBM on both Cluster Node 1 and Cluster Node 2 e Configuration backup of VMs on both node where Cluster Node 1 will backup Virtual Machine 1 and Virtual Machine 2 Cluster Node 2 will backup Virtual Machine 3 and Virtual Machine 4 New Setup with Option 1 Switch ownership of Cluster Shared Volume 2 Switch Cluster Shared Volume 2 s ownership from Cluster Node 1 to Cluster Node 2 Cluster Node Cluster Resource Owned Cluster Node 1 Cluster Shared Volume 1i Virtual Machine 1 Virtual Machine 2 Cluster Node 2 Cluster Shared Volume 2 Virtual Machine 3 Virtual Machine 4 288 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Cluster Node 1 Cluster Node 2 Cluster Shared Volume 1 Cluster Shared Volume 2 Ownership Cluster Node 1 Ownership Cluster Node 2 Important Depending on your backup source selection you may need to update the backup source setting when a change of ownership occurs for any virtual machine e g VM fail over from Cluster Node 1 to Cluster Node 2 Option 2 Switch ownership of Virtual Machine 3 and Virtual Machine 4 only suitable for Active Passive cluster environment e Switch ownership of Virtual Machine 3 and Virtual Machine 4 to Cluster Node 1 Install OBM on Cluster Node 1 e Configuration backup of VMs on Cluster Node 1 where Cluster Node 1 will backup all 4 VMs New Setup with Option 2 Switch ownership of V
103. will attempt to restore from the devices listed below Backup set Unknown Restore from o C Tape ene Edit Media verification option J Only restore from media with the following name Media name 0 Cancel Click the Add button to display the dialog box enter the file name of the backup file restored from OBS that is to be restored If the file exists on a network share provide the UNC share name in the File name text box 401 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Choose Restore Destination x Select the file name or backup device to use for the restore operation Backup devices can be created for files that you use frequently File name D backups master bak E Backup device z OK Cancel 8 Click the Options tab and select appropriate options for the restore operation 9 Click OK in the Restore Database dialog box to begin the restore process 10 Restart the SQL instance in multi user mode afterward Restart the SQL Windows services or enter the following command For default instance gt sqliservr exe c For named instance gt sqlservr exe c instance_name 11 Continue with the following steps to restore other system database and the user databases 18 5 2 1 Restore other system or user database complete backup Refer to the following instructions to restore a complete backup 1 Open SQL Server Enterpris
104. you cannot locate the files directory 5 Select the corresponding backup set and press Next 112 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Decrypt Files Wizard Please select the backup set Backup Set Delete 1 4 Previous Next gt Cancel amp Select the Show files as of Job to display files available as of a particular backup job For example to display the files available for restore since the backup job performed on 11 00 AM Mar 11th 2011 Select Show files as of Job 2011 03 11 and 11 00 00 Select the Show all files to display all files available for restore 113 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 10 Decrypt Files Wizard Show files as ofJob 2011 03 24 Latest x O Show all files Filter Folders Name Date Modified amp Backup Server mh sen a mh cC O Backup Source Delete O Items per page 50 m Page 111 m gt Restore files to Original location 2 Alternate location amp _ Restore file permissions Search A Advanced gt 4 Previous Start Decrypt gt Cancel Expand the directories by selecting the button beside a folder Make use of the other options such as Filter Search and Advanced option available more details can be found in the sections above For decrypt to the original location on the client machine select the Original location radio button For decrypt to an alternate location select the Alternate location rad
105. 000 320 KB2011 11 18 18 B Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 320 KB2011 11 18 18 B Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 320 KB2011 11 18 18 B Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 320 KB2011 11 18 18 O Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 320 KB2011 11 18 18 B Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 320 KB2011 11 18 18 L Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 320 KB2011 11 18 18 B Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 8 1 MB2011 11 18 18 E Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 320 KB2011 11 18 18 HA 1 Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 320 KB2011 11 18 18 Delete if Items per page 150 w Page T735 s Restore files to Original location Alternate location var root Change amp Search amp 4 Previous Start Restore gt Cancel amp ly 3 Select the virtual machines to be restored and choose Alternate location for restore files to 4 Click on the Change button and browse to the directory path which you would like to restore the data to 5 Click the Start Restore button to begin the restore process 6 When the restore process is completed data of the selected virtual machines will be restored to the specified location 7 Register the virtual machines on the new hypervisor 8 For any virtual disk that was not restored e g original backup source did not include all hard disks configured for the VM Continue to the next steps for instruction to remove t
106. 01 8 1 6 1 Delete backed up directories and files on backup server 102 Restore using the OBM user interface eee eeeeeseceseeeseeeeneecaeceseeeseeeeneees 103 Restore using the web interface scccsesteverscciseacecenssaveidesecsaddessaceeta sdevecsadonsadia 107 Restore using Decrypt File Wizard cece eeccceceeccecesececeeeeeceteeeeseeeenaeeeeaees 110 BICK SZ eee aie al eae lace etl ie lle nce eae ee 119 Apply to files Minimum Size scc1i ccss eis i codoensteaaniceesaiatin deniiens 119 Delta Merging Enable delta merging 0 0 0 ese eeseceeeceeeeeeeeeenaeeneeeseeeeneees 119 OTLB OVERVICW sien secu tiiee caret cpacton eet cused REA AKEE ET EEES deen ain 120 M25 WUT PALL OD aed aie fe So aa fe Va a e sac insta ie AR AEE ec eevee 120 913 3 Delta merre polie Yap saa E E ch sao anode ea ede ae et 121 9 1 4 3 Delta merging process v52 csssccseessceseccsssensedersesdanassoenaecournedesnedeaatecestaeds 121 9 1 5 3 Delta merging example ssssessssesssseesseesseesserssseessseessresseesseeesseesssees 121 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 10 4 1 10 4 2 10 5 1 10 5 2 10 5 3 11 5 1 11 5 2 11 5 3 11 5 4 13 1 1 13 1 2 13 1 3 13 1 4 13 1 5 13 1 6 13 1 7 13 2 1 13 2 2 13 2 3 13 2 4 13 2 5 13 2 6 13 2 7 13 3 1 13 3 2 13 3 3 13 3 4 13 3 5 13 3 6 13 3 7 13 4 1 13 4 2 E A DIAL Bg E E E AE EN T E EES 126 9 1 1 4 Advance In file Delta Type oseseeeseeesseesseseseeessseessre
107. 1 Client Device GR Network adapter 1 101 0 Network Gz Virtual Device Node Network adapter 2 VLAN 104 scst O iyHarddsk2 SC C SSY SCSI controller 0 LSI Logic Parallel SCSI 0 1 Hard disk 2 Hard disk 1 Virtual Disk z Mod Harddisk2 Virtual Disk sani Hard disk 3 Virtual Disk Independent Independent disks are not affected by snapshots gt Persistent Changes are immediately and permanently written to the disk WNonpersistent Changes to this disk are discarded when you power off or revert to the snapshot 4 Start the virtual machine afterward For original virtual machine with snapshot 1 Open VMware vSphere Client 186 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 2 Under inventory right click on the newly restored virtual machine select Edit Settings Power b Guest gt Snapshot Ez Open Console G Edit Settings Add Permission Ctrl P Report Performance Rename 3 For each virtual disk that was not restored remove the corresponding Hard disk from Hardware Win2008 Exch2007 101 54 Virtual Machine Properties Hardware Options Resources Virtual Machine Version 7 m Disk File J Show All Devices 2a datastore4 Windows 2008 Exchange 2007 Ww 1 Window Hardware Summary Memory 1500 MB R Provisioning l f cpus 4 YES Thick Video card Video card Provisioned Size 50 GB v YMCI device Restricted Maximum Size GB 256 00 CD DY
108. 12 13 14 Login to the MySQL database server with OBM installed Start the Configurator sh script by accessing the backup client installation bin folder gt sh OBM HOME bin Configurator sh Follow the instructions provided in the Configurator to complete the configuration of the backup set Note For Linux with GUI installed you can also create a backup set via the OBM user interface similar to the procedures provided in the Windows section Launch the OBM user interface gt sh OBM HOME bin RunOBC sh Scheduled backup will run automatically at the configured schedule time To perform a backup immediately execute the RunBackupSet sh script with the backup set name or ID gt sh OBM HOME bin RunBackupSet sh BackupSet_Name Important Before executing the script please edit the BACKUP_TYPE parameter within the RunBackupSet sh script file from BACKUP_TYPE FILE to BACKUP_TYPE DATABASE 450 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 20 6 How to restore MySQL server Refer to the follow instructions to restore MySQL database for both installation on Windows and Linux 1 2 Install OBM on the MySQL database server if required Restore the MySQL database file from backup restore the database backup files from the OBS server e g db_name sql For restore of a non existing database first create the database e Connect to the MySQL Server
109. 12 01 19 17 59 2012 01 19 17 59 2012 01 19 17 59 Generated at Thu Jan 19 23 18 30 GMT 08 00 2012 Backup Job Statistics New Files 28 4 12 1 20 0 0 0 0 01070 0 Unit No of files Total file zipped size Total file size ratio Backup Logs Backup Logs Start Windows XP Ahsay AhsayOBM 6 7 0 0 Using Temporary Directory C Documents and Settings temp Start running pre commands Start creating Shadow Copy Set Deleting Shadow Copy snapshot for volume C d m a a 3 2012 01 19 17 59 Hd 3 Finished running post commands New Files No Dirs Files Zipped Size Ratio CA 1 5k 7 0 0 C Backup Source 1 5k 0 0 C Backup Source FolderA 1 5k 0 0 C Backup Source FolderB 1 5k 0 0 C Backup Source FolderB Test doc 2 6k 10 5k 75 2011 07 25 09 54 2011 07 25 09 54 Updated Files No Files Zipped Size Ratio Last Modified No files have been updated Permission Updated Files Zipped Size Ratio Last Modified No Permissions have been updated Deleted Files No files have been deleted Moved Files No Files Zipped Size Ratio Last Modified No files have been moved Copied Files No files have been copied Note This report shows all information recorded for this backup job Key Backup Logs Information Warning Error logged in this backup job New Files Files added since last backup job These files are now in the current data area Upda
110. 1281261 snapshot0O numDisks 3 snapshot0 disk0 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 disk0 node scsi0 0 snapshot0 disk1 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 disk1 node scsi0 1 snapshot0 disk2 fileName Windows 2008 2 vmdk 195 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 7 snapshoto disk2 node scsi0 2 e Remove the corresponding lines encoding UTF 8 snapshot lastUID 1 snapshot numSnapshots 1 snapshot current 1 snapshot0 uid 1 snapshot0 filename Windows 2008 Snapshot1 vmsn snapshot0 displayName Snapshoti snapshot0 description snapshot0 createTimeHigh 309233 snapshot0 createTimeLow 1291281261 snapshot0O numDisks 3 snapshot0 disk0 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 disk0 node scsi0 0 snapshot0 disk1 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 diskl1 node scsi0 1 e Perform the same steps for each snapshot e Save the changes afterward Update the number of virtual disk e Open the corresponding VM Name vmsd file at the following location with a text editor S VM Location S VM Name vmsd e Locate the numDisks parameter Example Snapshot 1 if one of the disks is removed updates the value of snapshot0 numDisks encoding UTF 8 snapshot lastUID 1 snapshot numSnapshots 1 snapshot current 1 snapshot0 uid 1 snapshot0 filename Windows 200
111. 2011 11 18 18 8 1 MB2011 11 18 18 320 KB2011 11 18 18 320 KB2011 11 18 18 50 Page T737 Alternate location var root Change amp 4 Previous Start Restore gt Cancel Search amp 3 Select the virtual machines to be restored and choose Alternate location for restore files to 256 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 4 Click on the Change button and browse to the directory path which you would like to restore the data to 5 Click the Start Restore button to begin the restore process 6 Open the Virtual Machine Library Window 7 Powers down the corresponding virtual machine to be restored to 8 Right click on the corresponding VM and select Settings arn Virtual Machine Library Leia Aje G aaia 2 id Soli s Windows KP Professional 22hit Delete Start Up Start Up Settings iolaris 10 Snapshots Get Info Show Windows Show in Finder Delete 9 Select Add Device to add the newly restored virtual disk 257 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Close Show All Settings Add Device System Settings Applications Menu Memory Removable Devices 6 l o amp p Network Hard Disk CD DVD Sound Card USB amp Adapter IDE IDE Bluetooth Other 2 B amp Startup Disk Encryption Compatibility Advanced 10 Select Existing Hard Disk Close Show All Add D
112. 6 When the restore process is completed data of the selected virtual machines will be restored to the specific location 7 Register the virtual machines on the new hypervisor 8 For any virtual disk that was not restored e g original backup source did not include all hard disks configured for the VM Continue to the next steps for instruction to remove the missing hard disk from the virtual machine s configuration For original virtual machine with no snapshot 192 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 1 Open VMware vSphere Client 2 Under inventory right click on the newly restored virtual machine select Edit Settings Power b Guest gt Snapshot gt Ez Open Console Edit Settings Add Permission Ctrl P Report Performance Rename 3 For each virtual disk that was not restored remove the corresponding Hard disk from Hardware Win2008 Exch2007 101 54 Virtual Machine Properties Hardware Options Resources Virtual Machine version 7 Disk File Show All Devices wee datastore4 Windows 2008 Exchange 2007 Ww 1 Window Hardware Summary Memory 1500 MB a Provisioning CPUs 4 ype oe Video card Video card Provisioned Size 50 A c VMCI device Restricted Maximum Size GB 256 00 CD DVD Drive 1 Client Device Network adapter 1 101 0 Network aial berte Nods Network adapter 2 VLAN 104 SCSI controller 0 LSI Logic Parallel scs 0 1 Hard disk 2 zl
113. 8 Snapshot1 vmsn snapshot0 displayName Snapshot1 snapshot0 description snapshot0 createTimeHigh 309233 snapshot0 createTimeLow 1291281261 196 Online Backup Manager User s Guide snapshot0O numDisks 3 snapshot0 disk0 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 disk0 node scsi0 0 snapshot0 disk1 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 diskl1 node scsi0 1 e Modify the line from snapshot0 numDisks 3 To snapshot0 numDisks 2 encoding UTF 8 snapshot lastUID 1 snapshot numSnapshots 1 snapshot current 1 snapshot0O uid 1 snapshot0 filename Windows 2008 Snapshot1 vmsn snapshot0 displayName Snapshot1 snapshot0O description snapshot0 createTimeHigh 309233 snapshot0 createTimeLow 1291281261 snapshot0O numDisks 2 snapshot0 disk0 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 disk0 node scsi0 0 snapshot0 disk1 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 disk1 node scsi0 1 e Perform the same steps for each snapshot e g snapshoto snapshot1 e Save the changes afterward 8 Add the VM back into the inventory 9 Remove any existing snapshot Important The restored virtual machine does not support the reversion of previous snapshots if they contain virtual disks not restored 10 Start the virtual machine 13 1 7 How to restore individual virtual disk Individual virtual disk can be res
114. BACKUP_TYPE FILE to BACKUP_TYPE DATABASE 436 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 19 8 How to restore Lotus Domino Notes Linux Refer to the following instructions to restore Lotus Domino installation on Linux 1 Install OBM on the Lotus Domino server if required 2 Restore the Lotus databases files from backup restore the database backup files from the OBS server 3 Shutdown the Lotus Domino services 4 Continue to the next section for instruction to restore all databases or single database Restore all databases and files To perform a full Domino restore restore all databases and files 5 Place the restored backup files to their original directory path Database files notes ini and archived transaction logs are stored on OBS along with their full path information place them back to their original location location where the backup was originally performed Ensure that the Lotus Domino user is the owner of all restored data and has write permission to the files To assign such permission gt chown R notes notes local notesdata Start the Lotus Domino services In the OBM installation bin folder open DominoRecover sh with a text editor Modify the User Defined Section according to your setup User Defined Parameters Description DATA_DIR Directory containing the notes ini file For all single db restore LOTUS Directory which the Domino serv
115. BM Corporation Red Hat is registered trademark of Linus Toryalds Apple and Mac OS X are registered trademarks of Apple Computer Inc All other product names are registered trademarks of their respective owners Online Backup Manager User s Guide Table of Contents 3 1 1 3 1 2 3 1 3 3 1 4 3 3 1 3 3 2 3 3 3 4 1 1 4 1 2 6 1 1 6 1 2 6 1 3 6 1 4 6 1 5 6 1 6 6 1 7 6 1 8 6 1 9 6 1 10 6 1 11 6 1 12 6 1 13 8 2 1 8 2 2 8 2 3 9 1 1 9 1 2 9 1 3 Installing OBM Installation wizard eeeeeeseeeesesesesressesererrersersresrerserseesees 10 Installing OBM Command line seeesseeesseesseesseeesssessseessessersseessseeesseesseesse 10 Installing OBM Command line Silent installation eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen 11 Configuring OBM seiiet i eT N asia 12 Installing OBM on LinuX s sesssessseessssssssesseesserssesessessseessrrssresseeesseeesseesseesse 15 Installing OBM on Solaris acennu eri eat 16 Installing OBM on FreeBSD sssssesssesssesssssesseessessseeessressseessersseesseeesseeesseessresse 18 Uninstalling OBM Control Panel 0 eee eeecceceeceeceseeeceseeeceeeeecseeeeneeeenaeeees 24 Uninstalling OBM Command line eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeceneeeeseeeeneeeenaeeees 25 INGW BackUp Sel WIZ ANG arennau aT a EEE SES 42 Creme tal G casas tes E E teo E aetna Daan alae aerate 44 Backup SQUICE sjcaccsvecceisisagealeasvasedea E A E A E 45 Back p Se Med Ue mirn osoei aa er aS Eon Eens ne 47
116. BS will merge the extra incremental files when the next backup job completes 24 hours after the last delta merge OBS will merge all the delta files which have exceeded the backup set delta merge policy 123 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Example 4 The example below shows how differential and incremental delta files are merged into full file using a retention policy delta merge policy setting defined as 4 jobs for this backup set A full backup file is stored into data area F uploaded by Job 1 followed by incremental and differential delta files I1 I2 Iz and D1 Retention Policy 4 Jobs Delta Merge Policy Job1 F Job 2 I Job 3 I2 Job 4 Job 5 D delta merge initiated After Job 5 the backup application will initiate a delta merge for Job 1 amp Job 2 Unfortunately differential delta D1 is found in delta chain this creates delta merge stoppage the files in Job 1 and Job 2 will not be merged The backup job continues with subsequent incremental backups I4 Is and Ie Jobi F Job 2 I Job 3 I2 Job 4 I3 Job 5 D delta merge is initiated and stopped Job 6 I4 delta merge is initiated and stopped Job 7 Is delta merge is initiated and stopped Job 8 Is delta merge is initiated After Job 8 the backup application will initiate a delta merge OBS will merge the full file F uploaded in Job 1 with the differential delta D4 uploaded in Job 5 to form the new full file
117. Backup Schedule Follow Link eb Encryption e Volume Shadow Copy v Enable Yolume Shadow Copy Continuous Data Protection Only for Microsoft Windows 2003 XP Vista amp 2008 In File Delt 2 ae Ci Advanced Options Retention Policy Compression Type Fast Compressed size larger than normal Transfer Block Size 128 kbytes Backup Filter v Backup File Permissions Command Line Tool Extra Backup ib Local Copy WS Options OK Cancel amp Note that certain firewall applications or proxy servers may block out going network traffic with large block size for security reasons If you are ina network with this type of restriction please lower the transfer block size value To change the transfer block size of any backup set select the Options tab on the left panel and then select the corresponding block size from the Transfer Block Size dropdown menu Press the OK button and save before exiting out of the backup application 84 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 6 1 6 13 Backup File Permission Backup file permission defines whether to backup operating system file permission of the data selected as backup source 6 2 Single backup account for multiple computers Multiple client computers can be backed up with a single backup user account However separate backup set must be created for each computer because backup set cannot be shared To setup a single backup account for 10 client compute
118. CTIME SET RECTIME Save and execute the DominoRecover bat batch file afterward gt C Program Files OBM bin DominoRecover bat Media recovery is performed for all databases found within the Lotus data directory Content of all databases will be restored to the last committed transaction found in the archived transaction log 429 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Example C Program Files OBM bin gt DominoRecover bat Media Recovery Utility for Lotus Domino 5 0 or above Please make sure that you have done the following 1 Reinstall Lotus Domino on this computer in the same directory 2 Restore Notes ini to the Lotus Domino installation directory e g C Lotus Domino 3 Restore Domino Data directory back to the directory defined in Notes ini e g C Lotus Domino Data 4 Restore all archived transaction logs to the directory defined in Notes ini e g C Lotus Domino Data logdir Continue Y or N y Running media recovery Please wait creating new transaction logs in directory C logdir 02 12 2003 14 39 19 Recovery Manager Restart Recovery complete 0 0 databases needed full partial recovery Media Recovery Replay 122 MB 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 02 12 2003 14 39 22 Recovery Manager Media Recovery complete for C Lotus Domino Data admin4 nsf last update applied Backup file C Lotus Domino Data admin4 nsf recovered Media Recover
119. D Drive 1 Client Device ER Network adapter 1 101 0 Network Nirtuall Device Node GE Network adapter 2 VLAN 104 scs1 1 Hardask2 SCSI controller 0 LSI Logic Parallel SCSI 0 1 Hard disk 2 amp Harddisk 1 Virtual Disk 7 7 7 m Mode GS Harddisk2 Virtual Disk amp Harddisk 3 Virtual Disk Independent Independent disks are not affected by snapshots C Persistent Changes are immediately and permanently written to the disk f Nonpersistent Changes to this disk are discarded when you power off or revert to the snapshot 4 Remove the VM from inventory 5 Right click on the newly restored virtual machine select Remove from Inventory 187 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Power gt Guest gt Snapshot gt E3 Open Console E Edit Settings Add Permission Ctrl P Report Performance Rename Remove from Inventory Delete from Disk Locate the virtual machine s folder location on the hypervisor Important Serious problem may occur if the configuration files are incorrectly modified it may prevent the virtual machine from starting Please only perform the following procedures if you have in depth knowledge on VMware product Delete the lines of the removed virtual disk e Open the corresponding VM Name vmsd file at the following location with a text editor S VM Location S VM Name vmsd e Locate the line of all non existing virtual disk
120. Delete Saved State start the VM again afterward 270 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Connect Settings Start Snapshot Export Rename Delete Delete Saved State 11 For any virtual disk that was not restored e g original backup source did not include all virtual disks configured for the VM Continue to the next steps for instruction to remove the missing virtual disk from the virtual machine s configuration For original virtual machine with no snapshot 1 Open Hyper V Manager I ADSI Edit e Component Services Computer Management 4 Data Sources ODBC i ee DFS Management S DNS 2 Event viewer csv administrator Documents Failover Cluster Manager amp Fax Service Manager 2 Computer 2 File Server Resource Manager i Group Policy Management p i Hyper Manager EA Internet Information Services IIS Man iSCSI Initiator Control Panel B Local Security Policy Devices and Printers T pro Performance Monitor Administrative Tools gt amp Print Management zm Security Configuration Wizard Help and Support Ba Server Manager CE Services xf Run 4 Back Windows Security Search programs and files 2 Log off 2 Under Virtual Machines right click on the newly restored virtual machine select Setting 3 For each virtual disk that was not restored remove the
121. Discovery Mapper Creates 4 Manual Local Service Sh Microsoft NET Framework NGEN 2 0 50727_X64 Microsoft Disabled Local System Microsoft NET Framework NGEN v2 0 50727_X86 Microsoft Disabled Local System Gh Microsoft NET Framework NGEN v4 0 30319_x64 Microsoft Automatic D Local System Microsoft NET Framework NGEN v4 0 30319_X86 Microsoft Automatic D Local System Fh Microsoft Fibre Channel Platform Registration Service Registers t Manual Local Service Ch Microsoft iSCSI Initiator Service Manages I Manual Local System Ch Microsoft Software Shadow Copy Provider Manages s Started Manual Local System Multimedia Class Scheduler Enables rel Manual Local System Ch Net Msmq Listener Adapter Receives a Disabled Network 5 Ch Net Pipe Listener Adapter Receives a Disabled Local Service Gh Net Tep Listener Adapter Receives a Disabled Local Service GhNet Tep Port Sharing Service Provides a Disabled Local Service i Maintains a Manual Local System Extended Standard 6 Remove any existing snapshot Important The restored virtual machine does not support the reversion of previous snapshots if they contain virtual disks not restored 7 Start the virtual machine Important If the following error is displayed during the startup please remove the Saved State of the corresponding VM Hyper Manager xi x An error occurred while attempting to st
122. Domino Data help Help Backup Source Backup the following files directories 1 Lotus Domino Data Remove F Add Exclude the following files directories 1 Lotus Domino Data dfc Remove 2 Lotus Domino Data help Remove 3 Lotus Domino Data gtrhome Remove 4 Add Configure a backup schedule for unattended backups Note Multiple backup schedules of different types can be configured for the same backup set Press the Update button to save the newly created backup set Login to the Lotus Domino server with OBM installed Start the Configurator sh script by accessing the backup client installation bin folder gt sh OBM HOME bin Configurator sh Follow the instructions provided in the Configurator to complete the configuration of the backup set Note For Linux with GUI installed you can also create a backup set via the OBM user interface similar to the procedures provided in the Windows section Launch the OBM user interface gt sh OBM HOME bin RunOBC sh Scheduled backup will run automatically at the configured schedule time 435 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 14 To perform a backup immediately execute the RunBackupSet sh script with the backup set name or ID gt sh OBM HOME bin RunBackupSet sh BackupSet_Name Important Before executing the script please edit the BACKUP_TYPE parameter within the RunBackupSet sh script file from
123. Encrypting Input box for entering encrypting key of Key existing backup set OK Click to confirm on encrypting key Cancel eet to proceed without using encrypting ey Enter the correct encrypting key and click OK to proceed Alternatively if the encrypting key is lost press Cancel to proceed without encryption e g for all backup job performed afterward This would allow data backed up in the future to be restore able as they are no longer encrypted but existing data that are already encrypted by the lost encrypting key would not be restore able 2 Online Backup Manager 3 x Language English x ta Save Setting Quit Online Backup Manager Summary username Quota Usage Used 0 26 0 Restore a amie T E T T Daniuinet d e ELETT o A Confirm No Encryption Backup Log O Backup will be done without encryption continue Restore Log D Yes No In case of encrypting key lost it is strongly recommended that a new backup set be created to ensure that data backed up in the future is encrypted and restore able 32 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 5 3 OBM main window The main window will be displayed after a successful login amp Online Backup Manager Language English x Inline Backup Manager Summary username parkun Quota Usage Used 0 2G 0 Rene n ono Restore Recycle Bin 0 0 file ali Statistics Total Backup O 0 file Total Restore 0 0 file
124. Example Snapshot 1 SCSI 0 2 Disk 2 is removed encoding UTF 8 snapshot lastUID 1 snapshot numSnapshots 1 snapshot current 1 snapshot0 uid 1 snapshot0 filename Windows 2008 Snapshot1 vmsn snapshot0 displayName Snapshot1 snapshot0 description snapshot0 createTimeHigh 309233 snapshot0 createTimeLow 1291281261 snapshot0O numDisks 3 snapshot0 disk0 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 disk0 node scsi0 0 snapshot0 disk1 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 disk1 node scsi0 1 snapshot0 disk2 fileName Windows 2008 2 vmdk 188 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 8 snapshoto disk2 node scsi0 2 e Remove the corresponding lines encoding UTF 8 snapshot lastUID 1 snapshot numSnapshots 1 snapshot current 1 snapshot0 uid 1 snapshot0 filename Windows 2008 Snapshot1 vmsn snapshot0 displayName Snapshoti snapshot0 description snapshot0 createTimeHigh 309233 snapshot0 createTimeLow 1291281261 snapshot0O numDisks 3 snapshot0 disk0 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 disk0 node scsi0 0 snapshot0 disk1 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 diskl1 node scsi0 1 e Perform the same steps for each snapshot e Save the changes afterward Update the number of virtual disk e Open the corresponding VM Name vmesd file at the following locatio
125. GeBro BACKUP Die Online Datensicherung GeBro BACKUP we users Guide In the following document the GeBro BACKUP software is named as e Online Backup Manager software or e OBM 29 February 2012 AGENTUR BROGLIE Moserstr 13 72760 Reutlingen www gebro backup de info agentur broglie de Online Backup Manager User s Guide Online Backup Manager User s Guide Copyright Notice The use and copying of this product is subject to a license agreement Any other use is prohibited No part of this publication may be reproduced transmitted transcribed stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without prior written consent Information in this manual is subject to change without notice and does not represent a commitment on the part of the vendor The vendor does not warrant that this document is error free If you find any errors in this document please report to the vendor in writing This product includes software developed by the Apache Software Foundation http www apache ord Trademarks Microsoft Windows Microsoft Exchange Server and Microsoft SQL Server are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Sun Solaris SPARC JAVA and Java Runtime Environment are registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems Inc Oracle Oracle 8i Oracle 9i Oracle 10g Oracle 11g are registered trademarks of Oracle Corporation Lotus Domino Notes are registered trademark of I
126. Hardware BIOs Boot from CD E Memory 1024 MB Hard Drive B Processor 1 Virtual processor E IDE Controller 0 a Hard Drive 20110819_WinxP_Pro_D29 Hard Drive Second Virtual Hard Disk_B E IDE Controller 1 DYD Drive None SCSI Controller fe SCSI Controller i Network Adapter Local Area Connection Virtual T com1 None i com2 None ey Diskette Drive None R Management Name 20110819_WinXP_Pro 1 102 Integration Services All services offered amp Snapshot File Location G Hyper V Export 20110819_ J Automatic Start Action 11 Select the corresponding Controller and Location setting 284 Online Backup Manager User s Guide ev Settings for 20110819_WinXP_Pro 1 102 f20110819_winxP_Pro 1 102 4 IGQ H Add Hardware J amp E BIOS Boot from CD E Hard Drive lll You can change how this virtual hard disk is attached to the virtual machine IF an operating system is installed on this disk changing the attachment might prevent the virtual machine from starting Controller Location scsi Controller fu 1 bed Media ma Memory 1024 MB m Processor S EE IDE Controller 0 a Hard Drive Hard Drive Second Virtual Hard Disk_B You can compact or convert a virtual hard disk by editing the vhd file Specify the Full path to the file Virtual hard disk vhd file M S EE IDE Controller 1 Inspect Spec ae n
127. Machine Name Virtual Hard Disks Name_GUID vhd lt pathname gt lt type type string gt VHD lt type gt lt drive0d gt lt drivel gt lt pathname type string gt D Hyper V Virtual Machine Name Virtual Hard Disks Second_Disk_GUID vhd lt pathname gt lt type type string gt NONE lt type gt lt drivel1 gt lt controller0d gt 275 Online Backup Manager User s Guide e Repeat the same step for each snapshot 5 Start the Hyper V Virtual Machine Management service Services ojx Fie Action View Help e9 mH helu m m n 4 Services Local Sh Function Discovery Resource Publication Publishes t Manual Local Service Cb Group Policy Client The servic Started Automatic Local System Health Key and Certificate Management Provides X Manual Local System Human Interface Device Access Enables ge Manual Local System Ch Hyper Image Management Service Provides I Started Automatic Local System Ch Hyper Networking Management Service Provides H Started Automatic Local System e Machine Management Manageme Started Automatic e IKE and AuthIP IPsec Keying Modules The IKEEX Manual Local System h Interactive Services Detection Enables us Manual Local System KoA Internet Connection Sharing ICS Provides n Disabled Local System ChIP Helper Provides tu Started Automatic Local System KoA IPsec Policy Agent Internet Pr Manual Ne
128. MailboxServer Remove ADPermission User minimal AccessRights GenericAll ExtendedRights ms exch store admin receive as send as InheritanceType All For Exchange Server 2010 please refer to the following instructions 1 Add an operating system account to the Exchange 2010 server This account must be a member of the following groups e Local Administrators Built In e Organization Management group Exchange Security Groups e Domain Admins group e Enterprise Admins group 349 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 2 Ensure that Update Rollup 3 for Exchange Server 2010 KB981401 is installed 3 Enter the following command in Exchange Management Shell Get Mailbox Add MailboxPermission User SUSER AccessRights FullAccess Example Get Mailbox Add MailboxPermission User system AccessRights FullAccess Other useful commands Remove permission from an AD account Get Mailbox Remove MailboxPermission User SUSER S AccessRights FullAccess Example Get Mailbox Remove MailboxPermission User system AccessRights FullAccess To view the mailbox permission of a user Get Mailbox Get MailboxPermission User USER Example Get Mailbox Get MailboxPermission User SYSTEM For details on how to troubleshoot for issue encountered when creating a mail level backup set or during backup p
129. Manager User s Guide E Install Windows E Windows Server 2008 Install now gt What to know before installing Windows Copyright exw Microsott Corporation Afi rights reserved 5 Setup will search the hard disk for existing Windows installation then displays the result in System Recovery Options 6 Click Next afterward 7 On the System Recovery Options page click System Image Recovery 8 Perform one of the following actions e Click Use the latest available system image recommended and then click Next e Click Select a system image and then click Next 9 Ifthe option Select a system image is selected perform one of the following actions on the Select the location of the backup page e Select the volume containing the backup data to be restored and click Next e On the Select the date and time of system image to restore page select the version to be restored and then click Next 156 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Click Advanced to browse for a backup on the network and then click Next 10 On the Choose how to restore the backup page perform the following optional tasks and then click Next Select the Format and repartition disks check box to delete existing partitions and reformat the destination disks to be the same as the backup Click the Exclude disks button and then the checkbox beside the disk to be excluded from being for
130. Manager click Start Administrative Tools and click Hyper V Manager I ADSI Edit e Component Services Computer Management 5 Data Sources ODBC DFS Management DNS a Event Viewer cs v administrator Ba ae Documents Failover Cluster Manager Fax Service Manager 2 Computer 2 File Server Resource Manager i Group Policy Management Network Control Panel iSCSI Initiator a Local Security Policy Devices and Printers T MPIO Performance Monitor Administrative Tools gt Print Management x Security Configuration Wizard Help and Support Re Server Manager GA Services x Run 4 Back Windows Security Search programs and files 2 Log off Under Virtual Machines right click on the newly restored virtual machine select Setting Modify settings which may be conflicting with other existing virtual machines e g network setting 300 Online Backup Manager User s Guide ERS Settings for CS XP Node2 ile Es csv xP Node2 4 gt amp Hardware 4 Network Adapter 4 Add Hardware Kil BIOS Specify the configuration of the network adapter or remove the network adapter Boot From CD Network E Memory JLocal 4rea Connection Virtual Network 1024 MB M MAC Address Q Processor 1 Virtual processor Dynamic amp IDE Controller 0 Static EE IDE Controller 1 DVD Drive J Enable spoof
131. Menu Items Description Name Enter a backup set name of your choice MySQL Username Enter the username of the MySQL account with all privileges MySQL Password Enter the username of the MySQL account with all privileges Hostname Enter the IP address or hostname of the MySQL database server Note OBM must be installed on the MySQL database server MySQL Connection TCP IP Port Enter the TCP IP port for accessing the MySQL database server default 3306 Path to MySQL backup utility mysqldump Enter the directory path of mysqldump Default location is MySQL Install Home bin 7 Enter the Backup Source required To backup all databases enter MySQL in the Backup the following files directories field Help Backup Source 1 MySQL rie 1 MySQLinformation_schema 7 Backup the following files directories Remove Add Exclude the following files directories Remove Add To backup or exclude individual database enter MySQL Database_Name Important The information _schema database is a read only database and cannot be backed up 8 Configure a backup schedule for unattended backups Note Multiple backup schedules of different types can be configured for the same backup set 9 Press the Update button to save the newly created backup set 449 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 10 11
132. MySQL Backup Oracle Database Server Backup Select Next to proceed Expand the Mailbox Store to select the corresponding mailboxes for backup Folders From To Subject Received Size WIN2K8 HO gS Mailbox Store 1 Public Folder Store Items per page 50 x Page 4 Previous Next gt Configure a backup schedule for unattended backups Note Multiple backup schedules of different types can be configured for the same backup set Select an encryption setting for your backup set Press the OK button to complete the configuration of backup set Scheduled backup will run automatically at the configured schedule time Click Backup button on the left panel to perform a backup immediately 352 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 16 6 How to perform Brick Level restore Refer to the following instructions to restore individual items to the original Microsoft Exchange Server Note Please note that individual Brick Level backup can only be restored using OBM client e g cannot perform web restore 1 Login to the backup application s user interface Online Backup Manager Sol Online Backup Manager Login Name username Login Name username Password eeeeeee Password eeeeeee Save password Save password Forgot your password Forgot your password OK Cancel Options amp Language English Backup Server https hostname Gs Proxy Setting Us
133. O Next gt Cancel Select Alternate location then select the virtual disk to be restored Restore of individual virtual disk is only supported for restore to Alternation location Show files as of Job 2012 01 20 Latest x Filter Folders Name Size Date Modified Backup Server Second Virtual Hard Disk vhd 1 048 2012 01 20 11 30 01 Fa WIN N2HDCAUGNSI 5 20110819_WinkxP_ H 0 FS Snapshots D Go Virtual Hard Dis H O C Virtual Machine O initial Store AE Delete Items per page 50 k i Page 171 F gt Restore files to Original location Alternate location CAUsersiAdministrator Change amp Search amp 4 Previous Start Restore gt Cancel 4 Click Change to select the location where the virtual disk should be restored 281 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 5 Click the Start Restore button to begin the restore process 6 When the restore process is completed open Hyper V Manager I ADSI Edit Component Services Computer Management 5 Data Sources ODBC Aa DFS Management DNS Event Viewer B Failover Cluster Manager amp Fax Service Manager BD File Server Resource Manager Es Group Policy Management iSCSI Initiator EN Local Security Policy T MPIO Performance Monitor i Print Management EN Security Configuration Wizard a Server Manager Gs Services gl
134. Online Backup Manager User s Guide qa w8 sql08 1d85 Ahsay Ahsay Administration Mozilla Firefox File Edt Vew History Bookmarks Tools Help B CX A E hirp jjiocalhostjwebacrnin nsf a Ricoa P 2l Most Visted Getting Started S Latest Headines Th J Release 8 5 1 on Windows Vista AR 4 Server fal EX Messogng D lt Replication ff Directory 3 E Policies D amp Montoing Contiguration a f Custer S Dfilne Services a E Cevtlicates B CO Miscellaneous e Expand Server then Current Server Document qa w8 sql08 1d85 Ahsay Ahsay Administration Mozilla Firefox Ble gdt vew Hatory Bookmarks Tools Heb B C XA hets ocahost webacinn rst Z I coa P P Most Visted Getting Started S Latest Headines People amp Groups Files A ai Server qa w8 sql08 Id85 Ahsay Release 8 5 1 on Windows Vista 5 Server orem iE Al Server Documents E Cortigurations i Parameters A i Connections Extemal Domain Network Inform e Ea Ae fae ies r Programs notesini fle E af ons Trensactionol logging Enobled S Reptcation Log path logdir am Directory Logging style Archived Automelic fixup of corrupt RRASA databases Enebled DI amp Montoring Configuration S ah Custer Runtime Restert Standard BQ Diline Services performance a 2 Cortiicates aR O Miscellaneous a s s Quote enforcement Check file size when extending the file
135. Protect Differential Backup Differential Image File SPI contains the hard drive sectors that have changed since the Base Image File was created Differential backup take about the same time to create as complete backup but they are smaller When restoring a drive user must use the Base Image File with the appropriate Differential Image File to restore the computer to a specific point in time Volume Incremental To perform a ShadowProtect Incremental Backup Incremental Image File SPI contains the sectors that have changed since the last Incremental backup was taken Incremental images are fast to create and smaller than either Full image files or 166 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Differential image files When restoring a drive you must use the Full image file and the appropriate Incremental image files necessary to restore the computer to a specific point in time 8 Select an encryption setting for your backup set 9 Press the OK button to complete the configuration of backup set 10 Configure the temporary directory of the backup set 11 On the OBM main menu press Backup Setting then Options Backup Setting Backup Set HH Options P F General gt Temporary Directory for storing backup files a DaTemp Change amp gt Backup Source iy Advanced Options Tog Backup Schedule Compression Type Fast Compressed size larger than no
136. Request button iii You should receive your password immediately via email 465 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 22 4 Restore Delete Undelete Backup Files Using the File Explorer you can browse through the backup data both current and previous versions on OBS You can select any current backup files to Restore or Delete You can also select any deleted backup files in gray to Undelete Important Restore of native features e g file attribute permission symbolic links junction points are not supported by the Web Restore Applet Bemors Select Lanauaas Profile Racun See Racer Seuss Rows Page 50 E Home gt Bockwoset gt C gt Decumerts and Settings gt Tester gt Favorites gt Links Show files As Of 2012 02 29 Latest Restore Deine Pile Directory Last Modified Zipped Ratio E Suggested Sites urt 2012 02 26 10 59 hie 2 Web Shoe Gallery urt 2012 02 26 10 58 6 gt desktop ini 2012 02 28 20 58 toss Delete Note i This shows all files directories within a beckup jab of a backup set 2 Files shown in amp ght gray color are retained in the retention ares 3 To restore fles directories please click the Restore button shown above 4 To delete Mes directomes please click the Delete button shown above 5 0 Otferentel celts file 6 1 Incremental delta file 7 Size number The number m the round bracket is the file size of delta file and
137. RunOBC sh amp 2 Select the Restore button and the corresponding backup set Restore Please select the backup set VM Backup Set Delete 1 Next gt Cancel amp 3 Select the virtual machines to be restored and choose Original Location for restore files to 184 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 4 5 Restore Show files as ofJob 2011 03 28 Latest Folders E g Backup Server 2 0 vmware ESXi 4 1 0 4 winxp Delete i gt Restore files to Original location d Alternate location Search amp Name enwinxe L_ enwinxp L enWinxP L enWinxP L enWinxP L enWinxP L enWinxP L enWinxP envWinxP O enwinxP O Show all files Logical Path datastore1 6250 datastore1 6250 datastore1 6250 datastore1 6250 datastore1 6250 datastore1 6250 datastore1 6250 datastore1 6250 datastore1 6250 datastore1 6250 Filter Size Date Modified 294 924 KB 2011 03 31 16 22 1 KB2011 03 31 16 12 1 181 407 KB 2011 03 31 16 20 30 KB 2011 03 31 16 23 4 194 304 KB2011 03 31 16 12 9 KB 2011 03 31 16 23 1 KB2011 03 31 16 12 1 KB2011 03 31 16 23 3 KB 2011 03 31 16 11 2 KB 2011 03 31 16 11 Items per page 450 v 4 Previous io StartRestore gt Cancel Click the Start Restore button to begin the restore process User will be prompted i
138. Set Backup Filter a General Name Backup Filter gt Backup Source Top Directory All Hard Disk Drives 7 Backup Schedule Apply to v File feb Encryption Directory Pattern Matching Type Text ends with C In File Delta Uniestyle Regular Expression Pattern te Add Remove Continuous Data Protection 6 amp Retention Policy Backup Filter Properties gt Command Line Tool Filter Mode ite Include matched V exclude all others Extra Backup ib Local Copy E Options Exclude matched OK Cancel amp Menu Item Description Name The name of a filter Top Directory The top directory to which this filter is applied Filtering rules will be applied to all files and or directories under this directory All Hard Disk Drives select all local hard drives as the top directory automatically Apply To Define whether to apply the filtering rule to files and or directories Pattern It defines the filtering rules of a filter A filtering Matching rule can be one of the following types Starts With Include Exclude all files directories with name starting with a certain pattern Example You can use B to match all file with name starting with a B character Contains 66 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Include Exclude all files directories with name containing a certain pattern Example You can use B to ma
139. Settings All Users F avorites 201 2 02 28 15 41 11 Uploading New Directory C Documents and Settings Tester F avorites 201 2 02 28 15 41 11 Uploading New Directory C Documents and Settings Tester FavoritesiLinks 201 2 02 28 15 41 12 Uploading New Directory C Documents and Settings TesteriF avorites Microsoft Websites 201 2 02 28 15 41 12 Uploading New File 100 of C Documents and Settings Tester F avorites Linksidesktop ini 201 2 02 28 15 41 12 Uploading New File 100 of C Documents and Settings Tester F avorites LinksW eb Slice 201 2 02 28 15 41 12 Uploading New File 100 of CADocuments and Settings Tester F avorites Microsoft Websit 201 2 02 28 15 41 12 Uploading New File 100 of C Documents and Settings Tester F avorites Microsoft Websit 201 2 02 28 15 41 12 Uploading New File 100 of C ADocuments and Settings Tester F avorites Microsoft Websit 201 2 02 28 15 41 12 Linlaadinea Kloss Cila 400M of 8 OAD a eurmante and CahinadiTactanCaunritanNMaeltan ini INA DINO 4644 19 Logs perpage 50 X Page 1 1 gt Menu Item Description Backup Set Drop down menu for selecting which backup set Log Drop down menu for selecting which log to review in YYYY MM DD hh mm ss format Show Drop down menu to filter display of only Information Warning Error or all log entries Logs per page Drop down menu for selecting the number of log entries to display per page Pag
140. State of the corresponding VM Hyper Manager xi x An error occurred while attempting to start the selected virtual machine s CSV XP Nodet could not initialize An attempt to read or update virtual machine configuration failed v See details In Hyper V Manager right click on the corresponding VM and select Delete Saved State start the VM again afterward 279 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Connect Settings Start Snapshot Export Rename Delete Delete Saved State 14 1 2 6 How to restore individual virtual disk to a different VM Important Restore of individual virtual disk to a different virtual machine is only supported for virtual disk with no snapshot 1 Login to the backup application s user interface A Online Backup Manager oe x online Backup Manager Ble Es e Backup Manager line Backup Mar Login Name username Login Name username Password isi Password iiai _ Save password Save password Forgot your password Forgot your password OK Cancel Options Language English i Backup Server http hostname Proy Setting Use proxy to access the backup server Type Proxy Sock Address Port User Name OK Cancel Options 2 Select the Restore button and the corresponding backup set 280 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Please select the backup set Backup Set Delete all files
141. Twofish Twofish algorithm DESede Triple DES algorithm AES Advanced Encryption Standard algorithm Mode used with Custom Radio button to select ECB or CBC encryption mode 52 Online Backup Manager User s Guide ECB Electronic Cook Book mode CBC Cipher Block Chaining mode Key Length used with Custom Radio button to select 128 bit or 256 bit key length Encrypting key used with Input box for entering your choice of Custom encrypting key The availability of features listed above may be service provider dependent If a feature is not available please check with your service provider for further details and availability Select Default encryption setting if you are not familiar with encryption algorithm or mode The default encryption setting is Encryption Algorithm AES Encryption Mode ECB Key Length 256 bits Encrypting Key Same as current password Encryption settings are set at a backup set s creation time and cannot be modified afterward If custom encrypting key is used please considering the following to create a strong encrypting key Length Make sure the encryption key is at least eight or more characters Complexity Include lowercase uppercase letters and numbers use the entire keyboard not just the letters and characters you use or see most often Avoid creating encryption key that uses Dictionary words Words spelled backwards
142. a mailbox and is not hidden from the Global Mailbox List 5 Backup of Exchange 2010 SP1 in Hosting Mode is currently not supported Note For OBM version 6 5 4 0 or above scheduled backup can be performed without changing the scheduler service s log on setting Scheduled backup is performed using the operating system account configured in the User Authentication for Windows field 343 Online Backup Manager User s Guide If such setting is not configured the scheduled backup would precede with the default Local System account default log on account for OBM scheduler In this case the backup will most likely fail with permission denied error 16 3 Overview Brick Level backup for Microsoft Exchange Server is not designed to fully protect an Exchange Server but to facilitate easy backup and fast restore of individual emails contacts or calendars etc A Brick Level restore cannot fully recover the Information Store after a disaster Important If used a Brick Level Backup must be utilized in conjunction with full Information Store Backup in order to fully protect the Exchange Server 16 4 Granting Privileges Brick Level backup requires Full Mailbox Access permission for the user running OBM Please refer to the following instruction for granting permission to the operating system account to be running the Brick Level backup For one specific mailbox Use the following procedure to grant access to
143. ackup l t oo ee oooo0oo000000 oi oo ge Items per page 50 x Page 171 OK Cancel amp To manually select system protected junction points for backup select the parent directory of the junction point or enter the corresponding junction point e g C Documents and Settings on the web interface 6 1 3 13 Enable Volume Shadow Copy Enable Volume Shadow Copy defines whether to enable Microsoft Volume Shadow Copy Service VSS for the backup set 81 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Backup Setting BackupSet Options 5 Temporary Directory for storing backup files a General s DiTemp Change amp B Backup Source GO Link e Backup Schedule Follow Link g Encryption e volume Shadow Copy v Enable Yolume Shadow Copy Continuous Data Protection Only for Microsoft Windows 2003 XP Vista amp 2008 J In File Delta 2 iy Advanced Options al Retention Policy Compression Type Fast Compressed size larger than normal Transfer Block Size 128 kbytes Backup Filter v Backup File Permissions Pai a Command Line Tool itt Extra Backup r Fe Local Copy 3 Options OK Cancel Enable Volume Shadow Copy Action Enabled Create a snapshot of the data to be backed up for exclusively opened file Disabled Do not create a snapshot of the data to be backed up for exclusively opened file Error m
144. ackup Desktop folder My Documents folder Favorites folder Outlook and Outlook Express folder Click on Advanced button to access the advanced backup source dialog to select other directories for backup 45 Online Backup Manager User s Guide A Advanced Backup Source Folders Name Date Modified S Y My Computer Y My Computer E O Bb 3 Floppy A My Network Places w E s Local Disk C H CO E5 DYD Drive D My Network Places Items per page 50 Page The checkbox beside a root drives directory or file can be in one of the following mode Mode Description All directories and files under this directory will be backed up All directories and files under this directory except those explicitly excluded will be backed up M Directories and files selected to this directory in the future will be backed up as well Only the checked directories and files under this directory will be backed up o Directories and files selected to this directory in the future will not be backed up o No directory or file under this directory will be backed up Note 46 Online Backup Manager User s Guide For installation on Windows platforms hidden directories and files will be displayed only if the Hide protected operating files setting of Windows Explorer is disabled By selecting a parent directory as backup source all child directories and files includi
145. ackup MS Windows System Backup Next gt Cancel Select Next to proceed Select the corresponding volumes for backup Volume Total Size Used amp System Reserved 100 MB 61 7 MB O es Data D 50 GB 4 1 GB amp Local Disk C 39 9 GB 31 5 GB WV Include all critical volumes 4 Previous Next gt Cancel Important For complete backup of the system it is recommended to select the Include all critical volumes option This will automatically includes the system partition boot partition system reserved partition and other partitions that contain critical system data Configure a backup schedule for unattended backups Note 148 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Multiple backup schedules of different types can be configured for the same backup set 7 Select an encryption setting for your backup set 8 Press the OK button to complete the configuration of backup set 9 Configure the temporary directory of the MS Windows System backup set 10 Onthe OBM main menu press Backup Setting then Options 11 Click Change and select the temporary volume for backup Change Temporary Folder xi Computer amp Local Disk C cw Data D H S Network 9 Libraries v Cancel amp 12 Scheduled backup will run automatically at the configured schedule time 13 Click Backup button on the left panel to perform a backup immediately 149 Online Backup Mana
146. ackup OBM will skip the backup of any Independent Disk When the virtual machine is restored to original hypervisor Independent Disk that was not backed up will be missing To allow the VM to be powered on please remove the missing disk from the restored VM 1 Open VMware vSphere Client 2 Under inventory right click on the newly restored virtual machine select Edit Settings 259 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Power b Guest gt Snapshot Open Console E Edit Settings Add Permission Ctrl P Report Performance Rename 3 For each Independent Disk that was not restored remove the corresponding Hard disk from Hardware Win2008 Exch2007 101 54 Virtual Machine Properties Hardware Options Resources Virtual Machine Version 7 Disk File Show All Devices wy datastore4 Windows 2008 Exchange 2007 Ww 1 Window Hardware Summary Memory 1500 MB f a Provisioning a cPus 4 ype Thic Video card Video card Provisioned Size 50 Jap z VMCI device Restricted Maximum Size GB 256 00 B CD DVD Drive 1 Client Device GR Network adapter 1 101 0 Network Virtual Device Node E Network adapter 2 VLAN 104 SCSI controller 0 LSI Logic Parallel SCSI 0 1 Hard disk 2 X Hard disk 1 Virtual Disk Mod Harddisk2 Virtual Disk hi i amp Hard disk 3 Virtual Disk BA ea al as Independent disks are not affected by snapshots Persistent Changes ar
147. ackup Filter p a Command Line Tool tt Extra Backup r P Local Copy 3 Options OK Cancel amp Menu Items Description Encryption key Text box displaying the encryption key for the corresponding backup set Mask encryption key Checkbox to enable or disable masking of the encrypting key The availability of features listed above may be service provider dependent If a feature is not available please check with your service provider for further details and availability Encryption settings are set at a backup set s creation time in the New Backup Set Wizard 51 Online Backup Manager User s Guide New Backup Set Wizard h Encryption Default Custom Do not use encryption Algorithm Twofish Mode ECB CBC Key Length 128 bits 256 bits Encrypting key Confirm Encrypting Key 4 Previous OK Cancel amp Menu Items Description Default Radio button to select default encrypting key Default encryption setting Encryption algorithm AES Encryption mode ECB Key Length 256 bits Encrypting key Same as current password Custom Radio button to select your custom encryption setting including Encryption algorithm Encryption mode Key Length Encrypting key Do not use encryption Checkbox to disable encryption not recommended Algorithm used with Custom Dropdown menu to select the encryption algorithm setting
148. ackup set Updated Access Permissions Total number and size of backup files with file permission updated in your backup set Deleted Files Total number and size of backup files deleted from your backup set Moved Files Total number and size of backup files relocated in your backup set Copied Files Total number and size of backup files copied to another location in your backup set Data Area The total backup data stored in the data area Retention The total backup data stored in the retention area Old Area copies of updated or deleted backup files are retained 467 Online Backup Manager User s Guide in the retention area for the number of days as specified by the retention policy of the backup set before they are removed from the system Total Upload Total number and size of backup files uploaded to the backup server Backup Backup Quota Quota Remaining Remaining Quota Quota You can open the Full Backup Report to review all information logged by a backup job by clicking the Detailed Report image on the Report panel Full Backup Report Generated at Tue Aug 12 18 31 05 CST 2003 Full Backup Report Backup Job Summary New Backup Set 1218525810921 2008 08 12 18 27 Backup finished successfully 2008 08 12 18 27 2008 08 12 18 27 CST Backup Job Statistics New Files 01010 0 Moved Files 0 0 0 0
149. advanced or customized retention policy settings cannot use the delta merge feature Any reference to retention policy in the context of delta merge implies delta merge policy As backup sets enabled with delta merge share a single setting any changes in retention policy will impact on the availability of snapshots that can be restored from both data and retention area Before enabling the delta merge feature please review your data restore requirements carefully 9 1 4 3 Delta merging process A delta merge will take place after a backup job is completed OBM will only initiate a delta merge request at the end of a backup job As part of the request OBM will upload a copy of the backup set encryption key to OBS which is hashed for security purposes Once a merge request is received by OBS it will be placed in the delta merge queue the information in the delta merge queue only exists in memory for security purposes As backup sets enabled with delta merge share a single setting any changes in retention policy will impact on the availability of snapshots that can be restored from both data and retention area Important Before enabling the delta merge feature please review your data restore requirements carefully 9 1 5 3 Delta merging example The following is some simple examples to demonstrate the functionality of the delta merge feature Example 1 121 Online Backup Manager User s Guide The example below shows ho
150. ager User s Guide Backup Setting BackupSet E General B Backup Source g Backup Schedule g Encryption Continuous Data Protection C In File Delta 6 amp Retention Policy Backup Filter _ a Command Line Tool itt Extra Backup r i gt Local Copy 3 Options Note Extra Backup amp Off Line Backup v Enable off line backup Backup Interval 1 Email Notification 7 m day s 0 m day s m hourts v Show backup reminder I System Logout Backup Reminder v Enable System Logout Backup Reminder a Backup File OK Cancel Extra Backup tab is only available for OBM installation on Windows platforms 6 1 1 11 Enable off line backup Enable off line backup defines whether to enable the off line backup feature The off line backup feature is designed for notebook users who may be off line most of the time and cannot rely on backup scheduled for regular backup of their data Enable off line backup Action Enabled Prompt for backup if the time between the last backup to the current time exceeded the Backup Interval Disabled Do not prompt for backup Backup Interval Time interval between each backup job Email Notification Time interval when email would be sent for backup reminder Show backup reminder To display or hide the confirmation dialog for 72 Online Backup Manager User s Guide backup If the confi
151. ail Addresses General Address Account Profile Telephones Organization Exchange Features Exchange Advanced Simple display name ee oo o J Hide from Exchange address lists I Downgrade high priority mail bound for Xx 400 View and modify custom attributes Custom Attributes Configure server and account information ILS Settings for Internet locator service View and modify permissions to access this mailbox Administrative Group First Administrative Group ok Cancel Apply Help Notice that the Domain Admins and Enterprise Admins have both been given Deny access to Full Mailbox access 345 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Permissions for User Name kl xi Mailbox Rights Group or user names Administrator AHSAYMAIL Administrator 8 ANONYMOUS LOGON amp Domain Admins AHSAYMAILSDomain Admins Enterprise Admins AHSAY MAILS Enterprise Admins F varninna Add Remove Permissions for Enterprise Admins Allow Deny Delete mailbox storage Read permissions Change permissions Take ownership Full mailbox access Associated external account 00000A Boooo Oo For special permissions or for advanced settings Advanced click Advanced Cancel Apply 6 Click Add click the user or group who you want to have access to this mailbox and then click OK 7 Ensure that the user or group is selected in the Name box 8 Inthe
152. ally Note Select backup schedule time at to perform backup at a certain time or select backup schedule time periodically to perform backup every X minutes hours Skip backup if pervious job is still running Select whether to stop the backup job from running if a previous backup job is still running Further details on Backup Type Backup Type Description Full Backup the databases transaction logs checkpoint files and then truncates the transaction logs Copy Backup the databases transaction logs checkpoint files but does not truncate the transaction logs Incremental Backup the transaction logs to record changes since 333 Online Backup Manager User s Guide the last full or incremental backup and then truncates the transaction logs Differential Backup the transaction logs to record changes since the last full or incremental backup and does not truncate the transaction logs 10 Select an encryption setting for your backup set 11 Press the OK button to complete the configuration of the New Backup Size Wizard 12 Configure the temporary backup folder select Backup Setting Options Backup Set vy Options a General b Temporary Directory for storing backup files aad DATemp Change P3 Backup Source V Remove temporary files after backup E Backup Schedule Ch Advanced Options a Sie Transfer Block Size 128 kbytes gt 2 In File D
153. an be set to a local or network path 322 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Please be reminded to fill in the User Authentication for Windows setting if a network path is selected Backup Set General a General a Backup Set m Name Backup Set P3 Backup Source Type MS Exchange Server Backup E Backup Schedule I User Authentication for Windows Nq r Domain Domain Name eb Encryption Cai Hi UserName administrator in File Delta Password m 6 amp Retention Policy Microsoft Exchange Server Version Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 a Command Line Tool tt Extra Backup bh Local Copy E3 Options OK Cancel For database specific backup type data files spooled by the latest backup job can be kept by disabling the Remove temporary files after backup option Options iS Temporary Directory for storing backup files DATemp Change amp _ Remove temporary files after backup Ci Advanced Options Transfer Block Size 128 kbytes 13 Scheduled backup will run automatically at the configured schedule time 14 Click Backup button on the left panel to perform a backup immediately Backup Set Backup Set N aT Backup Database O Log File OK Cancel i Options 323 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Menu Items Description Backup Select backup type Database Log File Note Select Database type for full database backup or select Log File ty
154. anges are immediately and permanently written to the disk z B a ge G C Changes to this disk are discarded when you power off or revert to the snapshot 4 Remove the VM from inventory Right click on the newly restored virtual machine select Remove from Inventory 194 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Power gt Guest gt Snapshot gt E3 Open Console E Edit Settings Add Permission Ctrl P Report Performance Rename Remove from Inventory Delete from Disk Locate the virtual machine s folder location on the hypervisor Important Serious problem may occur if the configuration files are incorrectly modified it may prevent the virtual machine from starting Please only perform the following procedures if you have in depth knowledge on VMware product Delete the lines of the removed virtual disk e Open the corresponding VM Name vmsd file at the following location with a text editor S VM Location S VM Name vmsd e Locate the line of all non existing virtual disk Example Snapshot 1 SCSI 0 2 Disk 2 is removed encoding UTF 8 snapshot lastUID 1 snapshot numSnapshots 1 snapshot current 1 snapshot0 uid 1 snapshot0 filename Windows 2008 Snapshot1 vmsn snapshot0 displayName Snapshot1 snapshot0 description snapshot0 createTimeHigh 309233 snapshot0 createTimeLow 129
155. ansaction log File or filegroup C Read backup set information and add to backup history In the Choose Restore Devices dialog box select the Disk radio button 403 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Choose Restore Devices a Media name Click the Add button to display the dialog box enter the file name of the backup file restored from OBS that is to be restored If the file exists on a network share provide the UNC share name in the File name text box Choose Restore Destination D backups master bak z Select the Restore backup set radio button and Database complete 404 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Restore database Eg General Options 6 Restore as database master X Restore C Database Filegroups or files From device m Parameters Devices Select Devices 1 Backup number View Contents Restore backup set Database complete Database differential Transaction log File or filegroup Read backup set information and add to backup history Click the Options tab and select appropriate options for the restore operation For the Recovery completion state setting Restore database x General Options J Prompt before restoring each backup I Force restore over existing database Restore database files as Orig Aeston AS rr r Recover
156. art the selected virtual machine s CSV XP Nodet could not initialize 4n attempt to read or update virtual machine configuration Failed gt See details 307 Online Backup Manager User s Guide In Hyper V Manager right click on the corresponding VM and select Delete Saved State start the VM again afterward Connect Settings Start Snapshot Export Rename Delete Delete Saved State 14 2 7 How to restore individual virtual disk of Microsoft virtual machines in cluster environment Individual virtual disk can be restored to the original VM or to be added to a new VM Important Serious problem may occur if the configuration files are incorrectly modified it may prevent the virtual machine from starting Please only perform the following procedures if you have in depth knowledge on Hyper V 14 2 1 7 How to restore individual virtual disk to the original VM 1 Open Hyper V Manager 2 Shutdown the VM to be restored to 3 Login to the backup application s user interface 308 Online Backup Manager 4 5 User s Guide E Online Backup Manager Bile Es online Backup Manager lel E3 Online Backup Manager ine Backup Manage Login Name username Login Name username Password eae Password iiia C Save password C Save password Forgot your password Forgot your password OK Cancel i Options Language English x F Backup Serve
157. ase remove the Saved State of the corresponding VM Hyper Manager xi x An error occurred while attempting to start the selected virtual machine s CSV XP Nodet could not initialize 4n attempt to read or update virtual machine configuration Failed gt See details 276 Online Backup Manager User s Guide In Hyper V Manager right click on the corresponding VM and select Delete Saved State start the VM again afterward Connect Settings Start Snapshot Export Rename Delete Delete Saved State 14 1 6 How to restore individual virtual disk Individual virtual disk can be restored to the original VM or to be added to a new VM Important Serious problem may occur if the configuration files are incorrectly modified it may prevent the virtual machine from starting Please only perform the following procedures if you have in depth knowledge on Hyper V management 14 1 1 6 How to restore individual virtual disk to original VM 1 Open Hyper V Manager 2 Shutdown the VM to be restored to 3 Login to the backup application s user interface 277 Online Backup Manager 4 5 User s Guide E Online Backup Manager Bile Es online Backup Manager lel E3 Online Backup Manager ine Backup Manage Login Name username Login Name username Password eae Password iiia C Save password C Save password Forgot your password Forg
158. ase to determine how many transactions would be necessary to recover each database after a system failure When Domino completes this evaluation it 1 Creates a recovery checkpoint record in the transaction log listing each open database and the starting point transaction needed for recovery 422 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 2 Force database changes to be saved to disk if they have not been saved already Choose one Standard default and recommended Checkpoints occur regularly Favor runtime Domino records fewer checkpoints which requires fewer system resources and improves server run time performance Favor restart Recovery time Domino records more checkpoints which improves restart recovery time because fewer transactions are required for recovery Note Transaction log backup can only be performed if the transaction logging option is enabled in archive mode 19 4 Overview The following steps are performed during a backup job 1 2 Connection from the backup client to the backup server is established Download the server file list from the backup server For Database backup type the following data are backed up to the temporary spool path e notes ini e All file selected e All database selected e Transaction log The Domino server is notified of the filled log extends availability for reuse Lotus Domino Server only For Transaction Log back
159. ating system account to run OBM has sufficient permission to access the following file OBM_HOME bin notesenv 2 Create a new Lotus Domino backup set on the web interface 3 Login to the OBS web console select Backup Set 4 Press the Add button to access the Add New Backup Set menu Restore Select Lanquage Profile File Explorer Report Statistics Logout Add New Backup Set Type gt 3 File amp microsoft SQL Server O Microsoft Exchange Server Please select one of the following x Mh J i Oracle Database Server 4 MySQL Database Server Lotus Domino Lotus Notes Fl system state D 8 Microsoft Exchange Mail Level Backup E ShadowProtect System Backup Microsoft Windows System Backup Y vMware VM Backup VMware vSphere ESX 3 5 4 vy Pal Microsoft Windauesr Uiriieliestion Microsoft Hyper V Server vy Update 5 Select the Lotus Domino radio button and Update 6 Enter the Name and Backup Setting required 433 Online Backup Manager j x User s Guide Restore Select Language Profile File Explorer Report Statistics Logout Backup Set Domino BackupSet v Help Name Domino BackupSet Help Type Lotus Domino Help Database Backup Setting Help Backup Source 1 Lotus Domino Data ra i Help Backup Schedule Add No schedules defined Backup Set Options Help V Enable In File Delta Block Size Minimum Size
160. ature combines the full and delta files differential or incremental on OBS into a single full file The advantage of using delta merge is it will speed up the restore of files As a single merged file can be restored faster than a file consisting of full plus related incremental files which may require a lengthy merging process after restoring to a client machine Delta merge can be applied to full and differential or incremental delta files which reside in the data area The criteria for file merging are governed by the retention policy setting for the backup set 9 1 2 3 Limitation The following are limitations of the delta merge feature e Delta merge cannot be performed for abnormal backup set with multiple encryption key 120 Online Backup Manager User s Guide e Advanced retention policy cannot be used in conjunction with the delta merge feature e The delta merge of differential delta files with the full file will only apply if there are incremental delta files present in the delta chain Therefore no delta merge will take place for backup sets with delta merge enabled and in file delta set to Differential e The delta merge feature does not support Local Copy backup 9 1 3 3 Delta merge policy The delta merge process relies on the retention policy setting to decide when to merge delta files with the full file But delta merge does not apply to files in the retention area Any backup sets configured with
161. backup server OK Cancel amp Options Select the Backup Settings button and the lt button to start the New Backup Set Wizard Create a System State Backup set by selecting System State Backup from the backup set type dropdown menu 132 Online Backup Manager User s Guide New Backup Set Wizard Backup Set Name Backup Set Type System State Backup MS Exchange Server Backup MS Exchange Mail Level Backup MS SQL Server Backup MySQL Backup Oracle Database Server Backup System State Backup ShadowProtect System Backup MS VM Backup Cancel 4 Select Next to proceed 5 Configure a backup schedule for unattended backups 6 Select an encryption setting for your backup set 7 Press the OK button to complete the configuration of backup set 8 Scheduled backup will run automatically at the configured schedule time 9 Click Backup button on the left panel to perform a backup immediately 10 4 2 For Windows Server 2008 R2 SBS 2011 1 Login to the backup application s user interface 133 Online Backup Manager User s Guide amp online Backup Manager amp online Backup Manager line Backup Manager Login Name username Password eoccoces C Save password Forgot your password Login Name username Password eeeeeeee C Save password Forgot your password OK Cancel i Options amp Language English Backup Server https hostname Gs Proy Setting C Us
162. backup that was created earlier Select Backup Date Where is the backup stored that you want to use for the recovery This server QA W8X R2ETP 2 Select Recovery Type Select Items to Recover Specify Recovery Opti A backup stored on another location Confirmation To continue click Next Recovery Progress More about recovering your server data Cancel In the Select Backup Date menu select the date from the calendar and the time from the drop down list of backup to restore from S Recovery Wizard Ea a Select Backup Date Getting Started Oldest available backup 7 16 2010 5 25 PM Newest available backup 3 4 2011 9 04 AM Select Recovery Type Available backups Select the date of a backup to use for recovery Backups are available for dates shown in Specify Recovery Opti bald Select Items to Recover Confirmation Backup date 3 4 2011 Recovery Progress KE March 2011 mal Time 9 04 AM v Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Location Data D 27 28 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 2 3 31 Status Available online 153 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 5 In the Select Recovery Type menu click Volumes and then click Next bS Recovery Wizard x Select Recovery Type Getting Started What do you want to recover Select Backup Date 7 Biles and folders You can browse volumes included in this backup a
163. bar or choose Edit gt Create See Also Local Service Naming in the help contents e The Net Service Name wizard will be launched to guide you through the procedure to create a net service name et Service Name Wizard Welcome To access an Oracle database or other service across the network you use a net service name This wizard will help you create a net service name Enter the name you want to use to access the database or service It can be any name you choose Net Service Name Cancel Z Back Note Ensure that the setting is saved afterward On the menu bar click File then Save Network Configuration 375 Online Backup Manager User s Guide To create a Database Service Listener Start Net Manager Windows Click on the Start Menu select Programs Select Oracle Home_Name in Configuration and Migration Tools choose Net Manager Linux Run netmgr from Oracle_Home bin netmgr e Expand Oracle Net Configuration Local e Under the Listeners sub tree choose LISTENER e Select Database Services from the combo box then click Add Database 9f Oracle Net Manager C app product 11 2 0 dbhome_1 NETWORK ADMIN File Edit Command Help Gone banners S oracle Net Configuration Listening Locations oe Local Database profile Other Services pea Naming Listeners _ te Network Address Protocol TCP IP v Host qa w8x ex1 0 ora11
164. box provided Press the Submit button If you have a backup user account already select Already a user and logon to the server with your existing login credentials For first time login you will be guided to create a backup set Enter a backup set name and select the backup module type Assuming that is a file backup set select the Backup Source for the backup set Configure a backup schedule for unattended backups Select an encryption setting for your backup set Accept the default encryption settings using the backup user account s password string as encrypting key if no change is necessary Important Even with the default encryption setting selected the encryption key is independent from a backup account s password 14 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 11 Encryption settings are set at a backup set s creation time even if the password is changed afterward the encryption key remain the same It is very important that the encryption key is written down and additional copies of the key are made and stored in safe places so that it is readily available when needed to restore data If the encryption key is lost the data is irretrievable Press the OK button to complete the configuration of backup set Scheduled backup will run automatically at the configured schedule time Click Backup button on the left panel to perform a backup immediately 12 Setup is now comp
165. caitons Apply To File true Matching Type End With 67 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Matching Patterns exe dll tmp Filter Mode Exclude Include all others True Example 3 If C was selected as backup source to exclude all images e g jpg and gif from the backup source selection setup the backup filter as follows Top Directory C Apply to File true Matching Type End With Matching Patterns jpg gif Filter Mode Exclude Include all others false Note that the Include all others setting is not enabled because it is not necessary to include all other file types under C into the backup set Example 4 To include everything except the log directory under C Applications setup the backup filter as follows Top Directory C Applications Apply To Directory true Matching Type Regular Expression Matching Patterns log Filter Mode Exclude Include all others True Example 5 To include all directories named log from the backup set files with file name starting with B and ending with doc under C My Documents the filter backup can be setup as follows Top Directory C My Documents Apply To File true Matching Type Regular Expression Matching Patterns B doc Filter Mode Include Exclude all others True 6 1 10 Command Line Tool dir Click on the Command Line Tool tab to configure a Pre Backup or Post Bac
166. cate the line of all non existing virtual disk Example Snapshot 1 SCSI 0 2 Disk 2 is removed snapshot lastUID 1 snapshot numSnapshots 1 snapshot current 1 snapshot0 uid 1 snapshot0 description snapshot0O numDisks 3 snapshot0 disk0 node scsi0 0 snapshot0 diskl1 node scsi0 1 snapshot0 disk2 node scsi0 2 snapshot0 createTimeHigh 309233 snapshot0 createTimeLow 1291281261 snapshot0 filename Windows 2008 Snapshot1 vmsn snapshot0 displayName Snapshot1 snapshot0 disk0 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 disk1 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 disk2 fileName Windows 2008 2 vmdk e Remove the corresponding lines snapshot lastUID 1 snapshot numSnapshots 1 snapshot current 1 snapshot0 uid 1 snapshot0 description snapshot0O numDisks 3 snapshot0 disk0 node scsi0 0 snapshot0 diskl1 node scsi0 1 snapshot0 createTimeHigh 309233 snapshot0 createTimeLow 1291281261 snapshot0 filename Windows 2008 Snapshot1 vmsn snapshot0 displayName Snapshoti1 snapshot0 disk0 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 disk1 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk e Perform the same steps for each snapshot e Save the changes afterward 245 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 9 Update the number of virtual disk e Open the corresponding VM Name vmsd file at the f
167. cdump user dump dest new db location OraHomel admin GDB2 udump e Quote the values of Dispatchers as a single argument Dispatchers PROTOCOL TCP SERVICE GDB1IXDB e Delete the SPFILE file e Set ORACLE_SID to your database System Identifier SID Windows set ORACLE SID database SID 368 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Linux export ORACLE SID database SID Run SQL Plus and connect to the database as SYSDBA sqlplus as sysdba Start and mount the database SQL gt startup mount Create a backup of the control file to trace file SQL gt alter database backup controlfile to trace as New DB Location CONTROL TRC reuse Rename each of datafile log file and temp file Open the newly created trace file and check for the filename of each datafile log file and tempfile Rename each of these files SQL gt alter database rename file xxx to yyy Where xxx is the old filename found in the trace file and yyy is the new filename with the updated path Example SQL gt alter database rename file oracle product 10 2 0 db_1 oradata GDB1 system01 dbf to new_ db location oradata GDB1 system01 dbf SQL gt alter database rename file oracle product 10 2 0 db 1 oradata GDB1 undotbs01 dbf to new_db_location oradata GDB1 undotbs01 dbf SQL gt alter database
168. cessor 1 Virtual processor E IDE Controller 0 a Hard Drive 20110819_WinxP_Pro_D29 Hard Drive Second Virtual Hard Disk_B E IDE Controller 1 DYD Drive None SCSI Controller fe SCSI Controller i Network Adapter Local Area Connection Virtual T com1 None i com2 None ey Diskette Drive None R Management Name 20110819_WinXP_Pro 1 102 Integration Services All services offered amp Snapshot File Location G Hyper V Export 20110819_ J Automatic Start Action 11 Select the corresponding Controller and Location setting 315 Online Backup Manager User s Guide ev Settings for 20110819_WinXP_Pro 1 102 f20110819_winxP_Pro 1 102 4 IGQ H Add Hardware J amp E BIOS Boot from CD E Hard Drive lll You can change how this virtual hard disk is attached to the virtual machine IF an operating system is installed on this disk changing the attachment might prevent the virtual machine from starting Controller Location scsi Controller fu 1 bed Media ma Memory 1024 MB m Processor S EE IDE Controller 0 a Hard Drive Hard Drive Second Virtual Hard Disk_B You can compact or convert a virtual hard disk by editing the vhd file Specify the Full path to the file Virtual hard disk vhd file M S EE IDE Controller 1 Inspect Spec ae now fee DYD Drive None Physical hard disk BE SCSI Controlle
169. check with your service provider for further details and availability When the System Logout Backup Reminder setting is enabled a pop up logout reminder menu will be prompted requesting for backup before the user logs out of the system or before shutting down Windows 73 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Online Backup Manager Do you want to backup the following BackupSet s Backup Backup Set No V Locking workstation Shutdown Computer C Restart Computer Do not backup and close automatically in 8 sec Menu Items Description Yes Click to perform a backup for the backup set before logging out or shutting down No Click to proceed to logout or shutdown directly Locking workstation Checkbox to lock the corresponding machine when the backup is being performed Shutdown Computer Radio button to shutdown computer after the backup job is completed Restart Computer Radio button to restart computer after the backup job is completed The availability of features listed above may be service provider dependent If a feature is not available please check with your service provider for further details and availability 6 1 12 Local Copy 2 To save a copy of back up data locally on the client computer simply enable the local copy feature of the backup client application Click on the Local Copy tab to configure a local copy backup 74 Online Backup Manager User s Gui
170. ckup Manager Ex e Backup Manager Online Backup Manage Login Name username Login Name username Password Saran Password iii _ Save password _ Save password Forgot your password Forgot your password OK Cancel Options Language English Backup Server http x hostname x Y Proy Setting T Use proxy to access the backup server Type Proxy Sock Address Port User Name ord OK Cancel amp i Options 339 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 9 Click on the Restore button on the left panel Select the backup set to be restored and Next Please select the backup set Backup Set Delete O Next gt Cancel Click on Backup Server select components xml and writers xml for restore Show files as ofJob 2011 10 27 Latest o Filter Folders Name Size Date Modified d Backup Server O S Microsoft Exchange Server 7 amp Microsoft Exchange Server components xml 4KB 2011 10 27 12 12 12 0O B Microsoft Information Store writers xml 20 KB 2011 10 27 12 12 12 E Delete 0 Items per page 50 m Page 111 gt Restore files to Original location Alternate location D Restore Change amp Search amp 4 Previous StartRestore gt Cancel 340 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 10 Next select the database to be restored and select Alternate location and browse to the restore dest
171. ckup Manager User s Guide set in silent background mode and enter the Hibernate mode of Windows when the job is completed Help Open the help dialog Stop running backup Click to stop a running backup job chosen from the sub menu Exit Click to closes this system tray launcher application The availability of options listed above may be service provider dependent If a feature is not available please check with your service provider for further details and availability 5 2 Logon dialog For backup client computer on Windows double click on the OBM desktop icon or right click on the system tray icon For backup client computer on Linux enter the following command to start the OBM graphical user interface sh usr local obm bin RunOBC sh amp For initial login the trial registration dialog will be displayed E Language amp Trial Registration Backup Server https hostname Proxy Setting Use proxy to access the backup server Menu Item Description Language Drop down menu for selecting language to start the backup application 28 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Backup Server Input box for entering hostname or IP address of the backup server http https Drop down menu for selecting http or https protocol when connecting to the backup server Proxy Setting Input area for enteri
172. ckup Manager Online Backup Manager Login Name username Login Name username Password eccceces Password eeeeeeeo C Save password C Save password Forgot your password Forgot your password OK amp Cancel i Options Language English i Backup Server https hostname amp Proxy Setting C Use proxy to access the backup server Type Proxy Sock Address Port Jser Name OK Cancel i Options Click on the Decrypt File Wizard button on the backup application s main window to open the Decrypt File Wizard amp Online Backup Manager E x Language English m Save Settin Q Quit Online Backup Manager 29092 EE a wy Summary username Eocup Quota Usage Used 0 2G 0 Data 0 0 file Restore Recycle Bin 0 0 file ali Statistics Total Backup O0 0 file Backup Log O Total Restore 0 0 file Restore Log O LastBackup No backup log found 111 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 4 Select the Change button and browse to the files directory of the copied data and click Next Decrypt Files Wizard Please enter the path to the files folder which contains the backup files that you want to decrypt Username ifiles Change amp Next gt Cancel amp Note Data copied onto the removable hard disk must be in the same directory structure as they are on the backup server which is Username files Please contact your service provider if
173. ckup Statistics Unit No of files Total file size Data Area 30 8 44M 12 08M Retention Area 0 0 0 A full listing of all backup files is available in the attached file Backup Quota 50G Remaining Quota 49 99G FAQs Unit No of files Total file zipped size a 1 Why are you receiving this report You are receiving this report because you are registered as one of the contacts of this Online Backup account and this particular account has performed a backup job recently 2 What if you have exceeded your quota If your retention area is not empty you can empty your retention area to free up more space Please contact us for more information on how to increase your storage quota lf further assistance is required please refer to the FAQs Key Description Backup Job Summary Backup Time The time when the backup job ran Job Status The overall status of the backup job e Backup finished successfully e Backup finished with error e Backup finished with warning 454 Online Backup Manager User s Guide e Backup interrupted by system e Backup interrupted by user New Files Total number and size of new files uploaded Updated Files Total number and size of updated files uploaded Updated Access Permissions Total number and size of permission updated files uploaded Deleted Files Total number and size of files deleted Moved Files Total number and size of files relocated
174. common misspellings and abbreviations Sequence or repeated characters Personal information your name your birthday or similar information Include letters and numbers use the entire keyboard not just the letters and characters you use or see most often Important By selecting default encryption setting password string of the backup account will be configured as encrypting key for the corresponding backup set The encryption key is independent from a backup account s password 53 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Encryption settings are set at a backup set s creation time even if the password is changed afterward the encryption key remain the same It is very important that the encryption key is written down and additional copies of the key are made and stored in safe places so that it is readily available when needed to restore data If the encryption key is lost the data is irretrievable For initial login of existing backup user on new computer you will be prompted for the encrypting key of all existing backup set K Online Backup Manager Language English x Online Backup Manager Summary username Barson Quota Usage Used 0 26 0 0 0 file Restore Recycle Bin 0 0 file Encrypting Key Request BackupSet eh Encrypting key Backup Log D Enter Correct Encrypting Key Restore Log Menu Item Description Enter Correct Encrypting Input box for entering
175. composed of one or more files on the host file system which will appear as a single hard disk to the quest operating system Virtual disks can easily be copied or moved on the same host or between hosts Use an existing virtual disk Choose this option to reuse 4 previously configured disk Use a physical disk for advanced users Choose this option to give the virtual machine direct access to a local hard disk 12 Click Browse and browse to the newly restored virtual disk 231 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Add Hardware Wizard Select an Existing Disk Which previously configured disk would you like to use Existing disk file Browse 13 Follow the instruction provided in the Add Hardware wizard 14 Start the virtual machine 232 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 13 3 Backup virtual machines running on VMware Fusion 13 3 1 Supported versions The VMware VM backup module is supported for the following VMware Fusion version VMware Fusion 3 VMware Fusion 4 For more details please refer to Help Centre Article https help com openArticle aspx aid 2323 13 3 2 Requirements and recommendations Please ensure that the following requirements are met by the VMware Fusion machine 1 OBM version 6 7 or above is installed Note Resource allocation for both VM hosting and backup operation must be taken into consideration 2 OBM is installed on the VM Fusion
176. corresponding Hard Drive setting from Hardware 271 Online Backup Manager User s Guide EB Settings for 20110819_WinXP_Pro 1 102 Iof x f20110819_winxP_Pro 1 102 4 IGQ H Add Hardware y amp BIOS Boot from CD E Memory 1024 MB Ba Processor 1 Virtual processor EE IDE Controller 0 a Hard Drive 20110819_WinxP_Pro_47c Hard Drive Second Virtual Hard Disk vhd EE IDE Controller 1 DVD Drive None BE SCSI Controller G Network Adapter Local Area Connection Virtual Ca Hard Drive You can change how this virtual hard disk is attached to the virtual machine IF an operating system is installed on this disk changing the attachment might prevent the virtual machine From starting Controller Location five Controller 0 x fi in use 7 Media You can compact or convert a virtual hard disk by editing the vhd file Specify the full path to the file Virtual hard disk vhd file Hyper viExport 201 10819_WinXP_Pro 1 102 Virtual Hard Disks Second Virtual New Edit Inspect Browse Physical hard disk ti If the physical hard disk you want to use is not listed make sure that the TI com1 disk is offline Use Disk Management on the physical computer to manage None physical hard disks P com2 None To remove the virtual hard disk click Remove This disconnects the disk but does not H Diskette Drive delete the vhd file i None Remove Manag
177. covery Manager Media Recovery complete for local restore local notesdata admin4 nsf last update applied Backup file local restore local notesdata admin4 nsf recovered Taking database local notesdata admin4 nsf offline Restoring database local notesdata admin4 nsf from recovered backup file local restore local notesdata admin4 nsf Database file local notesdata admin4 nsf restored from local restore local not esdata admin4 nsf Bringing database local notesdata admin4 nsf online Program completed successfully Restart the Lotus Domino services 442 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 20 Backup Restore MySQL Server This chapter describes in details how to backup and restore MySQL server with OBM 20 1 Supported versions The MySQL backup module is supported for the following MySQL versions e MySQL 5 1 e MySQL 5 5 15 For more details please refer to Help Centre Article https help com openArticle aspx aid 2323 20 2 Requirements and recommendations Please ensure that the following requirements are met by the MySQL server 1 OBM is installed on the MySQL server 2 Data selected for backup will be temporarily spooled to a temp directory before being uploaded to the backup server Please ensure that the temporary directory configured for the backup have sufficient disk space for the backup operation 3 AMySQL user with ALL PRIVILEGES must be prepared for
178. ct the Backup Set tab and the corresponding set from the Backup Set drop down menu Modify the backup set setting as required Click Update when complete To remove an existing backup set Select the Backup Set tab and the corresponding set from the Backup Set drop down menu Click Remove 2 Access the backup application in command line mode with the Backup Configurator sh usr local obm bin Configurator sh 3 Enter the login credentials backup server URL connection protocol and proxy settings as requested Login Name Username Password a ea ea ea ea ea a ea a a a a a a a a ea a a a ea ea a a a a a a S Backup Server URL backup server com Which Protocol 1 Http 2 Https 2 Use proxy Y es or N o Y 22 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Proxy Type 1 Http Https Proxy 2 SOCKS 1 Enter proxy server proxy server com Enter proxy port 123 Enter proxy username optional username Enter proxy password optional KAAKKKKAAKKAKK 4 Configure the encryption setting and schedule setting e g if the backup set should run on this computer of the initial or a newly created backup set as requests Found new backup set BackupSetName Please enter the following values for this backup set Encrypting Algorithm 1 Twofish 2 AES 3 Triple DES 4 No Encryption 2 Encrypting Key kk kk kkk kkk Re Enter Encrypt
179. ct the checkbox beside Copy to Local Hard Disk click the Change button and browse to the directory path which you would like to store the local copy backup You can enable retention policy for the local copy backup if necessary However note that only basic retention policy can be configured for local copy Retention policy of the local copy backup is separate from the retention policy configured for the off site backup configured in the Retention Policy tab For backup set that is intended for local copy backup only select the checkbox beside Skip backing up to Offsite Backup Server Data that are backed up by the local copy module are compressed and encrypted To restore local copy backed up files please refer to the following instruction 1 Press the Decrypt Local Copy Wizard button on the backup application s main window amp Online Backup Manager E Language English W ta Save Setting wy Quit line Backup Manager Summary username etl J Quota Usage Used 072G 0 Resa Data 0 0 file Recycle Bin 0 0 file ali Statistics Total Backup 0 0 file Backup Log O Total Restore 0 0 file Restore Log i Last Backup No backup log found 2 Select the backup set to be restored and press Next to proceed 76 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Decrypt Local Copy Wizard Please select the backup set Backup Set Delete 1 Next gt Cancel 3 Follow the normal
180. d RMAN gt startup mount Oracle instance started database mounted Total System Global Area 285212672 bytes Fixed Size 1218992 bytes Variable Size 113247824 bytes Database Buffers 167772160 bytes Redo Buffers 2973696 bytes RMAN gt recover database until sequence 4 thread 1 Starting recover at 08 NOV 07 Starting implicit crosscheck backup at 08 NOV 07 using target database control file instead of recovery catalog allocated channel ORA DISK_1 channel ORA_DISK_1 sid 157 devtype DISK Finished implicit crosscheck backup at 08 NOV 07 Starting implicit crosscheck copy at 08 NOV 07 using channel ORA DISK_1 Finished implicit crosscheck copy at 08 NOV 07 searching for all files in the recovery area cataloging files cataloging done List of Cataloged Files File Name oracle product 10 2 0 db_1 flash_recovery_area GDB1 archive log 2007_ 11 08 01 mf 1 3 3m5hlyby arc using channel ORA DISK_1 starting media recovery archive log thread 1 sequence 2 is already on disk as file oracle product 10 2 0 db_1 flash_recovery area GDB1 archive log 2007_ 11 08 01 mf 1 2 3m5hlsvs_ arc archive log thread 1 sequence 3 is already on disk as file oracle product 10 2 0 db_ 1 flash_recovery area GDB1 archive 373 Online Backup Manager User s Guide log 2007_11 08 01 mf 1 3 3m5hlyby arc archive log filename oracle product 10 2 0 db_1 flash_recovery_area GDB 1 archivelog 2007_11_08 ol_mf 1 2 3m5h svs_ arc t
181. d Notes This chapter describes how to backup and restore Lotus Domino Server and Notes Client with OBM 19 1 Supported versions The Lotus Domino Server and Lotus Notes Client backup modules are supported for the following Lotus Domino Notes versions Lotus Domino Notes 8 5 0 Lotus Domino Notes 8 5 1 Note Lotus Domino Notes 8 5 2 are not supported For more details please refer to Help Centre Article https help com openArticle aspx aid 2323 19 2 Limitation Backup of Lotus Notes is only supported for installation on Windows 19 3 Requirements and recommendations Please ensure that the following requirements are met by the Lotus Domino server or Lotus Notes client computer 1 OBM is installed on the Lotus Domino server or Lotus Notes client machine 2 Data selected for backup will be temporarily spooled to a temp directory before being uploaded to the backup server Please ensure that the temporary directory configured for the backup have sufficient disk space for the backup operation 3 For backup of Lotus Domino server all database selected for backup must have transaction logging archive mode enabled Note Ensure that all databases to be logged reside in the Domino data directory either at the root or in sub directories To configure transaction logging please refer to the following instruction e Login to the Domino administration console select the Configuration tab 419
182. d file at the following location with a text editor S VM Location S VM Name vmsd e Locate the numDisks parameter Example Snapshot 1 if one of the disks is removed updates the value of snapshot0 numDisks snapshot lastUID 1 snapshot numSnapshots 1 snapshot current 1 snapshot0 uid 1 snapshot0 filename Windows 2008 Snapshot1 vmsn snapshot0 displayName Snapshot1 snapshot0 description 216 Online Backup Manager snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto User s Guide createTimeHigh 309233 createTimeLow 1291281261 numDisks 3 disk0 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk disk0 node scsi0 0 disk1 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk diskl node scsi0 1 e Modify the line from snapshot0 numDisks 3 To snapshot0 numDisks 2 snapshot lastUID 1 snapshot numSnapshots snapshot current snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto 1 n I m uid 1 filename Windows 2008 Snapshot1 vmsn displayName Snapshoti1 description createTimeHigh 309233 createTimeLow 1291281261 numDisks 2 disk0 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk disk0 node scsi0 0 disk1 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk diskl node scsi0 1 e Perform the same steps for each snapshot
183. d in previous chapters the web interface of OBS provides you access to some additional features that are not available in OBM This chapter describes each of these features in details 22 1 Install OBM Before you can use OBM you have to download the OBM installer from the web interface of OBS and install OBM onto your computer Please refer to the Installing OBM section for information on how to install OBM onto your computer 463 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 22 2 Update User Profile You can update your user profile by using the Profile panel available on the web interface To change your profile just make any changes to your profile on the panel shown below and press the Update button Restore zanore Bachao Set I Eie Exelernc Bamact Statiatica SackupSet Total Une Compressed Unit Compresse 27k tk 0 JE 17 27k ik O 17 Total No of Files Uncompressed Size Ratic Total No of Files User Profile username Altos Backup vendor Longuege English Umarsna GMT 01 00 CEST See Enana demo Bamaxaj Email cemogoremoemail com 2 Name add Emal Add an Modules Microsoft Exchange Server Enable Microsoft SQL Server Enable Oracle Database Server Enabi MySQL Database Server Enable Lotus Oernine Enable Lotus Notes Enable In F e Deita Enable Volume Shadow Copy Enabia Microsoft Exchange Mailbox Enab
184. de Backup Setting BackupSet Local Copy v Copy to Local Hard Disk P 3 Copy to eo Backup Source iLocalBackup Change a General 4 4 Backup Schedule je Retention Policy Remove deleted files in retention area feb Encryption ai Keep deleted file s for 7 y day s Continuous Data Protection i Offsite Backup 5 In File Delta Skip backing up to Ahsay Offsite Backup Server l Retention Policy Backup Filter _ Command Line Tool tt Extra Backup r T Local Copy 23 Options OK Cancel Menu Items Description Copy to Local Hard Disk Checkbox to enable or disable local copy backup Copy to Directory which the local copy data are stored Remove deleted files in Checkbox to enable or disable the retention retention area policy of the local copy backup Keep deleted file s for Dropdown menu to select a basic retention policy Note For local copy backup only basic retention policy can be applied Skip backing up to Checkbox to skip or to perform off site backup Offsite Backup Server for the corresponding backup set The availability of features listed above may be service provider dependent If a feature is not available please check with your service provider for further details and availability Select the corresponding backup set from the drop down menu and click on the Local Copy tab 75 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Sele
185. de2 m EA 20110818 AT ean a vms Owner Node2 M amp CentOS 5 2 86_64 vhd E 55 Microsoft Hyper V Server R2 5i a Second Node i 3 vMi Owner Node1 A E 20110819_Win2003_Std 64 vhd o J vM2 Owner Node Ca Windows 2003 Standard 64 vhd i J vM3 Owner Node2 Ga 20110819_Win _Prowhd anicca ell GW J vmM4 Owner Node2 WY Ga CentOS 5 2 86_64 vhd 4 Previous Next gt Cancel With this method all VMs are backed up regardless of their ownership status Note Only VMs that own by each particular node will be backed up by its respective backup set there will be no duplicate backup The drawback for this method is extra standby license will be required For example in a 2 nodes cluster environment with 4 total VMs 8 VM licenses will be required e g Total number of VMs x Total number of cluster nodes Method 2 Select only VMs of the cluster node for each node specific backup set For cost efficiency in each cluster node specific backup set select only VMs that currently belong to the particular node 291 Online Backup Manager User s Guide New Backup Set Wizard xi E 33 Microsoft Hyper V Server R2 Ga First Node A vM Owner Node1 W Ga 20110819_Wwin2003_Std 64 vhd 3 vM2 Owner Node A Ga Windows 2003 Standard 64 vhd OJ v3 Owner Node2 om a Pe 0 3 vM4 Owner Node2 LI Gs CentOS 5 2 86_64 vhd E 33 Microsoft Hyper V Server R2 5 a Second Nod
186. disk 201 2 02 28 15 41 10 Reading backup source from hard disk Completed 201 2 02 28 15 41 10 Uploading New Directory CA 201 2 02 28 15 41 11 Uploading New Directory C Documents and Settings 201 2 02 28 15 41 11 Uploading New Directory C Documents and SettingsiTester 201 2 02 28 15 41 11 Uploading New Directory C Documents and Settings All Users 201 2 02 28 15 41 11 Uploading New Directory C Documents and SettingsiAll Users F avorites 201 2 02 28 15 41 11 Uploading New Directory C Documents and SettingsiTesteriF avorites 201 2 02 28 15 41 11 Uploading New Directory C Documents and Settings Tester F avoritesiLinks 201 2 02 28 15 41 12 Uploading New Directory C Documents and Settings Tester F avorites Microsoft Websites 201 2 02 28 15 41 12 Uploading New File 100 of C Documents and Settings Tester F avoritesiLinksidesktop ini 201 2 02 28 15 41 12 Uploading New File 100 of C Documents and SettingsiTester F avoritesiLinksWVeb Slice 201 2 02 28 15 41 12 Uploading New File 100 of C Documents and Settings TesteriF avorites Microsoft Websit 201 2 02 28 15 41 12 Uploading New File 100 of C Documents and SettingsiTester F avorites Microsoft Websit 201 2 02 28 15 41 12 Uploading New File 100 of C Documents and Settings TesteriF avoritesiMicrosoft Websit 201 2 02 28 16 41 12 Linlaadina Kloss Cila ANN af 8 CAD a curmante and CottinaciTactonlaveritaciMaecld4an ini INANAHI 46 44 49 Lo
187. doc 20KB 2010 12 07 13 34 58 e m ci H V O Backup Source Confirm Backup Set Deletion Are you sure you want to permanently delete selected files Yes No Delete i lems per page 50 Page 1 1 gt gt Restore files to Original location Alternate location Alternate Location Change amp C Restore file permissions Search 4 Advanced gt 4 Previous StartRestore gt Cancel Important Files will not be available for restore after they are deleted from the backup server 8 2 How to start a restore There are three methods for restoring data e OBM user interface e Web console interface e Decrypt File Wizard for physical data copied from OBS 8 2 1 Restore using the OBM user interface A Refer to the following steps for restore using the backup application s user interface 1 Login to the backup application s user interface 103 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Online Backup Manager gt Online Backup Manager Online Backup Manager Online Backup Manager Login Name username Login Name username Password eeeeeee Password eeeeeee E Save password C Save password Forgot your password Forgot your password OK Cancel i Options amp Language English E Backup Server https hostname Proxy Setting C Use proxy to access the backup server Type Proxy Sock Address User Name Password OK Cancel Options 2 Click on the Restore button on t
188. e Close Power On Ispenc Reset ese Take Snapshot Revert to Snapshot Remove Snapshot tall Mware Tools Upgrade Virtual Machine Rename Remove from Inventory Delete from Disk Settings Virtual Machine Settings Hardware Options Select Add to add the newly restored virtual disk Device Memory G2 Hard Disk IDE 0 0 Go Hard Disk 2 IDE 0 1 5cd ROM IDE 1 0 GB Ethernet Processors Summary 128 MB Using image D Vir Bridged 1 Memory Specify the amount of memory allocated to this virtual machine The memory size must be a multiple of 4 MB Memory for this virtual machine amp Guest OS recommended minimum 128MB amp Recommended memory 256MB amp Maximum recommended memory 1732MB Memory swapping may occur beyond this size Remove 10 Select Hard Disk and then Next 230 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Add Hardware Wizard Hardware Type What type of hardware do you want to install Hardware types i Explanation Add a hard disk DVD CD ROM Drive 8 Floppy Drive EB Ethemet Adapter 4 Sound Adapter S USB Controller Serial Port Parallel Port E Generic SCSI Device 11 Choose the option to Use an existing virtual disk Add Hardware Wizard Select a Disk Which disk do you want this drive to use Disk Create a new virtual disk virtual disk is
189. e 3 vM1 Owner Node1 OS 20110819_Win2003_Std 64 vhd OS v2 Owner Node1 C8 Windows 2003 Standard 64 vhd A 5 VM3 Owner Node2 a 20110819_Win _Pro vhd A J VM4 Owner Node2 W Ca CentOS 5 2 86_64 vhd 1 m m m m m 4 Previous h 4 Previous Next gt Cancel For example in a 2 nodes cluster environment with 4 total VMs 4 VM licenses will be required e g total number of VMs The drawback for this method is backup source of each node specific backup set must be updated whenever a change of ownership occurs for any VM For example when the ownership of VM1 changes from Nodei to Node2 you must update Nodel1 s specific backup source e g unselect VM1 from Nodel backup set s backup source and vice versa for Node2 backup set s backup source The following table summarizes the benefits and drawbacks of the two configurations Type Benefits Drawbacks Select all VMs for Simple setup all VMs are More standby licenses are each cluster node s backed up regardless of required backup set their ownership status License Requirement Less maintenance Total number of VMs x required Total number of cluster nodes Select only VMs of Fewer licenses are Backup source of each the cluster node for required node s specific backup set each node s specific must be updated backup set License Requirement whenever a change of Total number of VMs ownership occurs for any VM
190. e amp Type Weekly Backup on the following day s every week Sunday Wednesday v Saturday Monday Thursday Tuesday Friday M Time At Start 23 v 00 py Cancel Stop on completion Full Backup OK Cancel Add new backup schedule Name New Backup Schedule amp Backup File amp Type Custom Backup on the following day once 2011 03 Date yyy mm dd Z 18 Time Start 23 jer 00 Stop on completion Full Backup X OK Cancel Cancel Menu Items Description Name Input box for entering backup schedule name Type Checkbox to select schedule type Daily Backup job will run everyday ata specific time under this schedule type Weekly Backup job will run on specific day s of a week at a specific time under this schedule type Monthly Backup job will run on specific day of a month date or special criteria such as 48 Online Backup Manager User s Guide first weekend last weekday at a specific time under this schedule type Custom Backup job will run on specific day of a year date at a specific time under this schedule type Time At To start backup job at a specific time Start Dropdown menu to select the start time of a backup job Stop Option to allow a backup job to run to completion or to stop the running backup job after a specified hour Time Periodically To start backup job at
191. e minimum hardware requirements and recommendations For existing users the backup process may take up a higher amount of CPU and may slow down the client computer due to the multi thread implementation since version 6 Please consider upgrading your existing client computer to cope with the higher specification demand Please refer to chapter 1 3 for the system requirements of OBM 2 2 JVM Java Virtual Machine memory allocation For resource intensive backup modules such the following MS Exchange Server backup MS VM backup MS Windows System backup ShadowProtect System backup System State backup VMware VM backup If you are experiencing performance issues with the backup application a common cause is insufficient JVM Java Virtual Machine memory allocated for the backup application The default setting of the maximum heap size is 768 MB Consider increasing the JVM Java Virtual Machine memory allocation to improve performance of the backup operation Note The maximum memory allocated should not exceed 70 of the total memory available for the system You can increase the maximum heap size of the application by changing the Xmx values in config ini RunNOBC bat RUNOBC32 bat and RunBackupSet bat Online Backup Manager User s Guide 2 3 Storage size for user folder of your operating system Your backup user profile folder obm is stored under the operating system user profile location UserProfile This fo
192. e to change the directory path which you would like to restore to 8 1 1 1 Filter Click on the Filter button to expand the filter option 95 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Restore Show files as of Job 2011 03 24 Latest Show all files Filter Filter Pattern doc Type contains o Match case Apply 4 Folders Name Size Date Modified amp Backup Server aO ci O Backup Source Delete O ltems per page 50 m Page 171 gt Restore files to Original location Alternate location y Restore file permissions Search amp Advanced gt 4 Previous Start Restore gt Cancel Menu Items Description Pattern Input box for entering the pattern of files that you would like to show Note Backup filter is case sensitive Type Dropdown menu for selecting the type of pattern they includes contains exact starts with ends with Match case Checkbox to enable or disable case sensitivity Apply Click to apply the filter settings The availability of features listed above may be service provider dependent If a feature is not available please check with your service provider for further details and availability The Filter option can be used to restore only files that follow a certain pattern For example Words document file with doc extension 96 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Enter doc into the Pattern textbox se
193. e Drop down menu to switch the page number The availability of features listed above may be service provider dependent If a feature is not available please check with your service provider for further details and availability 38 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 5 7 Restore Log Similar to backup all restore activities are also logged to a corresponding log files To review them click on the Restore Log button A Restore Log Backup Set BackupSet Log 2012 02 28 16 08 49 Show All Type Log Time Start Windows XP test xp Pro Backup 6 7 2 0 201 2 02 28 16 08 49 Downloading restore file list 201 2 02 28 16 08 49 Downloading restore file list Completed 201 2 02 28 16 08 49 Creating new directory C Restore C_ Documents and SettingsiTester F avorites Microsoft Web 201 2 02 28 16 08 49 Downloading C Restore C_ Documents and Settings TesteriF avorites Microsoft WebsitesiE A 201 2 02 28 16 08 49 Downloading C Restore C_ Documents and Settings Tester F avorites Microsoft WebsitesilE s 201 2 02 28 16 08 49 Downloading C Restore C_ Documents and Settings TesteriF avorites Microsoft WWebsites Micr 201 2 02 28 16 08 49 Downloading C Restore C_ Documents and Settings TesteriF avorites Microsoft WWebsites Micr 201 2 02 28 16 08 49 Downloading C Restore C_ Documents and Settings Tester F avorites Microsoft Websites Micr 201 2 02 28 16 08 50 Restore Completed S
194. e MS Exchange Server backup module is supported for the following Exchange versions MS Exchange 2003 MS Exchange 2007 MS Exchange 2010 SP1 For more details please refer to Help Centre Article https help com openArticle aspx aid 2323 15 2 Backup Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 2007 15 2 1 Requirements and recommendations Please ensure that the following requirements are met by the MS Exchange server 1 OBM is installed on the MS Exchange server 2 The Exchange databases selected for backup will be temporarily spooled to a temp directory before being uploaded to the backup server It is recommended that the temporary directory have disk space of at least 120 of the total database size e g total size of all edb files found within the MS Exchange Server installation folder 3 Itis recommended that the temporary directory be configured on a local drive 4 For Exchange server with Active Directory installed a System State backup must be performed regularly with the MS Exchange server backup 15 2 2 Overview For a complete Exchange server backup backup for the following components must be performed System State 318 Online Backup Manager User s Guide For Exchange server with Active Directory installed as part of the restore the system state of the server must also be restored Running regular system state backups of the Exchange is therefore crucial as it ensures that the s
195. e Manager connect to the server where the backup is to be restored 2 Right click the corresponding database and select All Tasks then select Restore database 402 Online Backup Manager User s Guide v eee g nwir New Database J pubs R 7 E tem arrears Import Dat Data Tre Alia sees ave xport Data Managet New Window From Here p SQL a Maintenance Plan Qe j Generate SQL Script Refresh Backup Database Restore Database ie of Properties jiy Curr t Dat ed Shrink Database a SQL Server Logs Detach Ble ele E Log Shipping Monitor Take Offline Replication Gopy Subscription Database Security View Replication Conflicts lE Support Services E Note SQL Server databases may be backed up on one server and restored to another server If the target database does not exist on the server right click on any database instead A new database can be created while restoring the backup Select the From device radio button and Select Devices Restore database xi General Options E Restore as database master Restore C Database Filegroups or files From device m Parameters Devices Select Devices Backup number fi Restore backup set View Contents Database complete C Database differential Tr
196. e Usage Summary 201202 2012 02 29 zki ik 0 17 o ofoyo zii 27k s 1k OL 17 Average 27k k OW 17 0 o oo 27k 17 27k ik OJ 17 Unt Compressed Size Total No of Files Unit Compressed Size Uncompressed See Ratio Total No of Files Key Data Area Total backup dats stored in the data area Retention Ares Total beckup data stored in the retention ares Old copies of updated or deleted backup files are retained here for the number of days scectied by the retention policy of the backup set before they are removed from the system Uploaded Size Total date uploaded on a particular cate Total Storage Data Area Retention Area Key Description Date The date that the following statistics are collected Data Area Total number and size of backup files stored in the data area on a particular date Retention Area Total number and size of backup files stored in the retention area on a particular date Uploaded Size Total number and size of backup files uploaded to the backup server on a particular date Total Storage Total number and size of backup files stored under your backup account on a particular date 470 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 23 Further Information 23 1 Contact Us AGENTUR BROGLIE Moserstr 13 72760 Reutlingen info agentur broglie de Tel 49 170 3850801 www gebro backup de 471 Online Backup Manager User s Guide App
197. e Virtual Machine Library Window Remove any existing snapshot Important The restored virtual machine does not support the reversion of previous snapshots if they contain virtual disks not restored Start the virtual machine 254 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 13 3 7 How to restore individual virtual disk Individual virtual disk can be restored to the original VM or to be added to a new VM 13 3 1 7 How to restore individual virtual disk to the original VM The procedure to restore individual virtual disk to the original VM is very similar to the procedure to restore virtual machine to a new hypervisor The main different is that user must select the restore to Alternate location option and select the directory path to the original VM location 8 0 0 Restore Show files as of Job 2012 02 03 x Latest Show all files Filter Folders Name Size Date Modified v g Backup Server B Virtual Disk 000001 s001 vmdk E Windows XP Professi B Virtual Disk 00000 1 vmdk Virtual Disk s001 vmdk Virtual Disk vmdk Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 amp 192 KB2012 02 03 16 a 276 bytes2012 02 03 16 192 KB2012 02 03 16 484 bytes2012 02 03 16 9
198. e file 10 GB with its checksum file are backed up to the backup server This can be done directly through the internet or indirectly using the seed loading utility When the backup runs again later sub sequence backup OBM will download a checksum listing of all data blocks of the full backup file or last incremental backup file from the backup server and use it to pick up all changes that have been made to the current Outlook pst file Changes detected are then saved in a delta file which is uploaded to the backup server A new checksum file is generated and is also uploaded This delta file is assumed to be small because the content of PST files doesn t change a lot during daily usage Sub sequent backups of this 10 GB Outlook pst file will go through step 2 and step 3 again As explained only a small delta file and checksum file will be uploaded to the backup server With In file delta technology daily backing up of large file over low speed internet connection is now possible 116 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Incremental In file delta Incremental Delta will facilitate ease of backup The delta is generated by comparing with the last uploaded full or delta file Delta generated with this method is smaller and uses the least bandwidth However for restoration the full file and all deltas up to the required point in time are required to be restored and merged For example This is what will happen in
199. e immediately and permanently written to the disk Nonpersistent Changes to this disk are discarded when you power off or revert to the snapshot In some cases the corresponding VM may not work properly because of the missing disk 260 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 14 Backup Restore Microsoft Virtual Machines This chapter describes in detail how to backup and restore virtual machine running on Microsoft Hyper V Server with OBM 14 1 Backup virtual machines running on Hyper V Server non cluster environment 14 1 1 Requirements and recommendations Please ensure that the following requirements are met by the Hyper V server 1 OBM version 6 7 or above is installed on the Hyper V server 2 The Hyper V management tools are installed on the Hyper V server 3 Consider increasing the JVM Java Virtual Machine memory allocation to improve performance of the backup operation 4 It is recommended that the temporary directory have disk space of at least 50 of the largest sized virtual machine to be backed up 5 For backup of virtual machine with snapshot backup of the whole VM instead of individual disk is highly recommended 14 1 2 Limitations The following are limitations of the MS VM backup module 1 Virtual machine backed up with the MS VM backup module can only be restored to the original Hyper V server 2 Backup of virtual machine with pass through disk directly attached physica
200. e proxy to access the backup server Proxy Sock OK Cancel Options 2 Select the Backup Settings button and the oh button to start the New Backup Set Wizard 3 Create a System State Backup set by selecting System State Backup from the backup set type dropdown menu New Backup Set Wizard xi Backup Set Name BackupSet Type File Backup Zs Lotus Notes Client Backup z Lotus Domino Server Backup MS Exchange Server Backup MS Exchange Mail Level Backup MS SQL Server Backup MySQL Backup Oracle Database Server Backup System State Backup Next gt Cancel 4 Select Next to proceed 134 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 5 Configure a backup schedule for unattended backups Note Multiple backup schedules of different types can be configured for the same backup set 6 Select an encryption setting for your backup set 7 Press the OK button to complete the configuration of backup set 8 Configure the temporary directory of the System State backup set 9 On the OBM main menu press Backup Setting then Options 10 Click Change and select the temporary volume for backup I Matina a Saris Bichano Temporary Folder E 3 General Computer Change amp 7 Backup Schedule amp Local Disk C amp Drive Q Q feb Encryption j Drive R R J Drive S 8 Ds In File Delta Network 6 Retention Policy _ Comma
201. e proxy to access the backup server OK Cancel amp Options For OBM installation on 64 bit machines please start the backup application by running the RUNOBC32 bat file found under the application installation bin directory OBM InstallHome bin RUnNOBC32 bat 2 Select the Restore button on the OBM main menu Select the corresponding backup set to be restored 353 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 3 4 Please selectthe backup set Mail Backup Set Next gt Cancel Select the individual mail item to be restored Show files as of Job 2011 0818 Latest o Show all files Filter Folders From To Subject Received Sent Size 3 Backup Server 2 D amp win2ks 5 0 A Mailbox Store A e exmailuser E Calendar 85 Contacts Deleted Iter CA Drafts 3 Inbox g Journal Notes 3 outbox 3 Sent Items A Tasks F E e Bh eb eh gt i items per page 50 vy Page 1 1 gt Restore files to Original location 4 Previous StartRestore gt Cancel Press the Start Restore button to restore 354 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 17 Backup Restore Oracle Database Server This chapter describes how to backup and restore Oracle database server 17 1 Supported versions The Oracle Database backup module is supported for the following Oracle versions Oracle 10g Oracle 11g Oracle
202. e them back to their original location location where the backup was originally performed Optional for media recovery Place the restored archived transaction logs to their original directory path In the OBM installation bin folder open DominoRecover bat with a text editor Modify the User Defined Section according to your setup For example to recover database admin4 nsf with the backed up data was restored to directory path restore local notesdata DominoRecover sh H HHHHAHHHHHHH Start User Defined Section HAHE 440 Online Backup Manager User s Guide DATA DIR The Domino directory which contains notes ini the Domino databases and templates e g DATA_DIR local notesdata LOTUS The directory in which all Lotus products for UNIX are installed INPUT _FILE The path to an input file if you want to restore one database only If you want to restore all databases leave INPUT_FILE blank RESTOREDB The path to a database file if you want to restore one database only If you want to restore all databases leave RESTOREDB blank a a RECDATE The year month and day you want to
203. e to the next steps for instruction to remove the missing hard disk from the virtual machine s configuration For original virtual machine with no snapshot 1 Open VMware Server Console 2 Under inventory right click on the newly restored virtual machine select Settings 212 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Close Power On Take Snapshot Revert to Snapshot Remove Snapshot Upgrade Virtual Machine Rename Remove From Inventory Delete from Disk Settings 3 For each virtual disk that was not restored remove the corresponding Hard disk from Hardware Virtual Machine Settings Hardware Options Device Memory amp Hard Disk IDE 0 0 Hard Disk 2 IDE 0 1 5cp Rom IDE 1 0 E Ethernet Processors Summary 128 MB Using image D Wir Bridged 1 Disk file Windows XP Professional 2 vmdk Capacity Maximum size 1 00GB System free Disk information Disk space is preallocated for this virtual disk Virtual disk contents are stored in a single file Remove 4 Start the virtual machine afterward For original virtual machine with snapshot 1 Open VMware Server Console 213 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 2 Under inventory right click on the newly restored virtual machine select Settings Close Power On Take Snapshot Revert to Snapshot Remove Snapshot Upgrade Virtual Machine Rename Rem
204. e virtual machine cannot start up if the operating system virtual disk is not restored 6 OBM installation on each node can only backup VMs owned by that particular node 7 OBM installation on each node can only backup VMs residing on Cluster Shared Volume own by that particular node To give a better illustration of point 5 and 6 please refer to the following example Initial Setup 2 nodes cluster environment with 2 cluster shared volume CSV and 4 virtual machines Cluster Node Cluster Resource Owned Cluster Node 1 Cluster Shared Volume 1 Cluster Shared Volume 2 Virtual Machine 1 Virtual Machine 2 Cluster Node 2 Virtual Machine 3 Virtual Machine 4 Cluster Node 1 Cluster Node 2 Cluster Shared Volume 1 Cluster Shared Volume 2 Ovwmership Cluster Node 1 Ownership Cluster Node 1 287 Online Backup Manager User s Guide OBM installation on Cluster Node 1 Only Virtual Machine 1 and Virtual Machine 2 can be backed up as Virtual Machine 3 and Virtual Machine 4 are owned by Cluster Node 2 OBM installation on Cluster Node 2 No virtual machine can be backed up as both cluster shared volumes are owned by Cluster Node 1 In the above setup Virtual Machine 3 and Virtual Machine 4 cannot be backed up To backup all 4 virtual machines within the cluster environment Option 1 Switch ownership of Cluster Shared Volume 2 e Switch ownership of Cluster Shared Volume 2
205. e volume D from backup version March 31 2011 9 00 to volume F restored data are stored in volume E gt Wbadmin start recovery VersionIdentifiers 03 31 2011 09 00 itemType Volume items D backupTarget E recoveryTarget F 158 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 11 5 4 Recover with the Windows Recovery Environment Refer to the following instruction to perform a complete PC Restore with Windows Recovery Environment 1 Insert the Windows Setup Disc into the CD DVD drive 2 Restart the computer Note In some cases the computer manufacturer may have installed the Windows Recovery Environment directly to a partition on the hard drive To access this partition slowly tap the F8 key after the BIOS information clears from the screen before the Windows startup menu 3 Specify the language setting and then click Next Install Windows Windows Vista Language to install Time and currency format English United States w Enter your language and other preferences and click Next to continue 06 Microsoft Corporation All nghts reserved 4 Click Repair your computer 159 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 10 Install Windows X Windows Vista Install now gt What to know before installing Windows Repair your computer Setup will search the hard disk for existing Windows installation then displays the result in System Recover
206. e you are restoring New Database New Query Script Database as gt Policies gt Detach Take Offline Facets Bring Online Start PowerShell Shrink Reports Back Up Delete Mirror Files and Filegroups Refresh Launch Database Mirroring Monitor Ship Transaction Logs Properties Generate Scripts Publish using Web Service Import Data Export Data Copy Database Manage Database Encryption 415 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Select From file or tape click the browse button to open the Specify Backup dialog box Click Add Browse to the backup file restored from OBS that is to be restored m Specify Backup x Specify the backup media and its location for your restore operation Backup media z Backup location D temp201 2 01 16 1 3 30 16 LOG_Adventure WorksLT 2008 bak Add Remove Contents Cancel Help After adding the differential database or transaction log file to the Backup location list box click OK to return to the General page In the Select the backup sets to restore grid select the backups to restore 416 Online Backup Manager j F User s Guide Restore Transaction Log Northwind OF x SS Sevipt 7 Help LAA General gt Options Database Northwind
207. eck with your service provider for further details and availability 6 1 1 New Backup Set Wizard Select the button to start the New Backup Set Wizard New Backup Set Wizard Backup Set Name Type BackupSet File Backup File Backup Lotus Notes Client Backup Lotus Domino Server Backup MS Exchange Server Backup MS Exchange Mail Level Backup MS SQL Server Backup MySQL Backup Oracle Database Server Backup Cancel Select the corresponding backup type in this case a file backup set A backup set can be one of the following types Backup Type Description File Backup set type for backup of normal files Lotus Domino Server Backup set type for backup of Lotus Domino server 42 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Lotus Notes Client Backup set type for backup of Lotus Notes client MS Exchange Server Backup set type for backup of Microsoft Exchange server MS Exchange Mail Level Backup set type for backup of individual emails brick level backup MS SQL Server Backup set type for backup of Microsoft SQL server MySQL Server Backup set type for backup of backup MySQL server Oracle Database Server Backup set type for backup of Oracle database server System State Backup set type for backup of Microsoft Window s System State ShadowProtect System Backup set type for Bare Metal backup of your system u
208. ect Settings Start Snapshot Export Rename Delete Delete Saved State 11 For any virtual disk that was not restored e g original backup source did not include all virtual disks configured for the VM Continue to the next steps for instruction to remove the missing virtual disk from the virtual machine s configuration For original virtual machine with no snapshot 1 Open Hyper V Manager I ADSI Edit e Component Services Computer Management 4 Data Sources ODBC i ee DFS Management S DNS 2 Event viewer csv administrator Documents Failover Cluster Manager amp Fax Service Manager 2 Computer 2 File Server Resource Manager i Group Policy Management p i Hyper Manager EA Internet Information Services IIS Man iSCSI Initiator Control Panel B Local Security Policy Devices and Printers T pro Performance Monitor Administrative Tools gt amp Print Management zm Security Configuration Wizard Help and Support Ba Server Manager CE Services xf Run 4 Back Windows Security Search programs and files 2 Log off 2 Under Virtual Machines right click on the newly restored virtual machine select Setting 3 For each virtual disk that was not restored remove the corresponding Hard Drive setting from Hardware 302 Online Backup Manager User s Guide EB S
209. ed the virtual machines will be restored to the original hypervisor Open Hyper V Manager click Start Administrative Tools and click Hyper V Manager WD ADSI Edit g Component Services EN Computer Management Data Sources ODBC i amp DFS Management DNS Event Viewer csv administrator m Documents Failover Cluster Manager amp Fax Service Manager 5 o Computer 2 File Server Resource Manager Network T Control Panel iSCSI Initiator A Local Security Policy Devices and Printers T MpIo Performance Monitor Administrative Tools amp Print Management x Security Configuration Wizard Help and Support Ta Server Manager E Services xf Run 4 Back Windows Security Search programs and files 2 Log off gt Under Virtual Machines right click on the newly restored virtual machine select Setting 269 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 9 10 Modify settings which may be conflicting with other existing virtual machines e g network setting ERS Settings for CS XP Node2 ot x csv xP Node2 j 4 G amp Hardware Network Adapter 4 Add Hardware jE BIOS Specify the configuration of the network adapter or remove the network adapter w Boot from CD Network m Memory Local Area Connection Virtual Network 1024 MB m MAC Address Q Processor Dynamic E IDE Controller 0 Static a Hard Drive CSV XP N
210. editor S VM Location 5S VM Name vmsd e Locate the numDisks parameter Example Snapshot 1 if one of the disks is removed updates the value of snapshot0 numDisks snapshot lastUID 1 snapshot numSnapshots 1 snapshot current 1 snapshot0 uid 1 snapshot0 filename Windows 2008 Snapshot1 vmsn snapshot0 displayName Snapshoti1 253 Online Backup Manager 10 11 12 User s Guide snapshot0O description snapshot0 createTimeHigh 309233 snapshot0 createTimeLow 1291281261 snapshot0O numDisks 3 snapshot0 disk0 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 disk0 node scsi0 0 snapshot0 disk1 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 diskl1 node scsi0 1 e Modify the line from snapshot0 numDisks 3 To snapshot0 numDisks 2 snapshot lastUID 1 snapshot numSnapshots 1 n snapshot current 1 snapshot0 uid 1 snapshot0 filename Windows 2008 Snapshot1 vmsn snapshot0 displayName Snapshot1 1 snapshot0 description snapshot0 createTimeHigh 309233 snapshot0 createTimeLow 1291281261 snapshot0 numDisks 2 snapshot0 disk0 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 disk0 node scsi0 0 snapshot0 disk1 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 diskl1 node scsi0 1 e Perform the same steps for each snapshot e Save the changes afterward Add the VM back into th
211. edo03 log Database altered SQL gt alter database rename file oracle product 10 2 0 db_1 oradata GDB1 temp01 dbf to new_db_ location oradata GDB1 temp01 dbf Database altered 371 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 7 Restore the database Perform the following steps to restore database using Recovery Manager e Set ORACLE_SID to your database System Identifier SID Windows set ORACLE SID database SID Linux export ORACLE SID database_ SID e Run Oracle Recovery Manager rman and connect to the target database rman target e Start and mount the database RMAN gt startup mount e Apply all transactions from the archived log files to the last sequence RMAN gt recover database until sequence 4 thread 1 The above command assumes that the sequence number of the last archived log is 3 The sequence numbers can be found on the filename of the archived log Oracle Home dbs ol_mf_1 2 3xxxxxxx_ arc Oracle Home dbs ol mf 1 3 3xxxxxxx_ arc e Open the database RMAN gt alter database open resetlogs Example export ORACLE SID GDB1 372 Online Backup Manager User s Guide rman target Recovery Manager Release 10 2 0 1 0 Production on Thu Nov 8 17 46 27 2007 Copyright c 1982 2005 Oracle All rights reserved connected to target database not starte
212. een rebuilt distribution For restore strategies of distribution database please refer to the following online document from Microsoft for more details http msdn microsoft com en us library ms152560 aspx 18 3 Overview The following steps are performed during a backup job 1 2 Connection from the backup client to the backup server is established Download the server file list from the backup server Connection to the SQL server is established Commands are issued for the database or transaction log backup files to be spooled to the temporary spool path Server and local file lists are compared to determine which file will be uploaded Delta file is generated for modified file if necessary Data are encrypted compressed and uploaded to the backup server Data are removed from the temporary spool path Backup completed successfully 391 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 18 4 How to backup Microsoft SQL Server database Refer to the following instructions to backup Microsoft SQL Server database 1 Login to the backup application s user interface Double click on the OBM desktop icon or right click on the system tray icon online Backup Manager x R Online Backup Manager Bfe x LoginName username LoginName username Password iii Password i Save password Save password Forgot your password Forgot your password OK Cancel Options Language English x
213. el Options 2 Select the Options button to expand the backup options menu 90 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Online Backup Manager E x N Language English ia Save Setting wy Quit Online Backup Manager amp Backup Backup Options x la Backup Set P Restore BackupSet A Backup File Backup Log O i Backup to Restore Log D Offsite Backup Server Local Hard Disk Seed Load Utility cl Change amp View log D CA In File Delta Type Full ok amp Cancel amp f Options Menu Items Description Backup Set Dropdown menu to select backup set Local Hard Disk Local Copy Radio button to enable backup to local hard disk for local copy backup Local Hard Disk Seed Local Utility Radio button to enable backup to local hard disk for seed load backup Change Click to browse to the directory path which you would like to store the seed load backup 3 Select the corresponding backup set 4 Select the radio button beside Local Hard Disk Seed Load Utility 5 Click on the Change button to browse to the directory path which you want the seed load data to be stored at e g the remove able hard disk 6 Press the OK button to start the backup job 7 Transport the data in the specific directory to OBS 91 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Note A seed load backup can only be performed manually 92 Online Backup Ma
214. elta 6 amp Retention Policy S gt Command Line Tool At Extra Backup Local Copy E gt Options OK Cancel amp Note The temporary directory can be set to a local or network path Please be reminded to fill in the User Authentication for Windows setting if a network path is selected 334 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Backup Set 4 General F General a Backup Set easi Name Backup Set gt Backup Source Type MS Exchange Server Backup 7 Backup Schedule User Authentication for Windows a 3 i Domain Domain Name eb Encryption e Hy UserName administrator O In File Detta Password m l Retention Policy Microsoft Exchange Server pee Version Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 a gt Command Line Tool itp Extra Backup Pe Local Copy E Options OK Cancel For database specific backup type data files spooled by the latest backup job can be kept by disabling the Remove temporary files after backup option Options its Temporary Directory for storing backup files DiTemp Change amp C Remove temporary files after backup Ci Advanced Options Transfer Block Size 128 kbytes 13 Scheduled backup will run automatically at the configured schedule time 14 Click Backup button on the left panel to perform a backup immediately Backup Set Backup Set x amp Backup Full O Copy does not truncate the transaction logs O Incremental O Diff
215. ement I Name 20110819_WinxP_Pro 1 102 7 i we Integration Services All services offered S Snapshot File Location G Hyper ViExport 20110819_ Automatic Start Action Restart if previously running gt Start the virtual machine afterward Important If the following error is displayed during the startup please remove the Saved State of the corresponding VM Hyper Manager xi x An error occurred while attempting to start the selected virtual machine s CSV XP Nodet could not initialize 4n attempt to read or update virtual machine configuration failed gt See details In Hyper V Manager right click on the corresponding VM and select Delete Saved State start the VM again afterward 272 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Connect Settings Start Snapshot Export Rename Delete For original virtual machine with snapshot 1 Locate the virtual machine s folder location on the Hyper V server Important Serious problem may occur if the configuration files are incorrectly modified it may prevent the virtual machine from starting Please only perform the following procedures if you have in depth knowledge on Hyper V management 2 Stop the Hyper V Virtual Machine Management service Services Mm x File Action View Help eeo miOas Em gt an p 4 Services Local a Function Discovery Resource
216. en performed with this account for the specified period of time For trial account the account may also be removed from the backup server automatically depending on your service providers setting An inactive user report email contains the following information Sample Inactive User Report Generated at Tue Aug 12 18 21 45 CST 2008 Why are you receiving this report User Setting Login Name NewAccount You are receiving this report because this backup accounthas Alias NewAccount Name been inactive for 30 days If this account stays inactive for Language English another 30 days this account will be removed from our Contact new_account your company com system automatically without further notice The following is the backup activity of this account Last Login Time 2008 08 12 05 07 04 PM Last Backup Time 2008 08 12 05 02 04 PM If further assistance is required please refer to the FAQs section Key Description 461 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Login Name Login name of the backup account Alias Alias of the backup account Language Preferred language of the backup account Contact Email address of the backup account Last Login Time Last login time of the backup account Last Backup Time Last backup time of the backup account 462 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 22 Web Features Other than the features of OBM describe
217. encrypting key of Key existing backup set OK Click to confirm on encrypting key Cancel Click to proceed without using encrypting key Enter the correct encrypting key and click OK to proceed 54 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Alternatively press Cancel to proceed e g if the encrypting key is lost without encryption for all backup job performed afterward A confirmation box will be prompted to confirm Confirm No Encryption Backup will be done without encryption continue Yes amp No amp By continuing without encryption it allows data backed up in the future to be restorable they are no longer encrypted However existing data that are encrypted by the lost encrypting key would not be restorable X Online Backup Manager Language English a Save Setting Quit Online Backup Manager Summary username ae Quota Usage Used 0 26 0 Restore aime Parenting Vas Dannast RacbunCatl Confirm No Encryption Backup Log O Restore Log Backup will be done without encryption continue Yes No Important In the event of lost encrypting key it is strongly recommended that a new backup set be created This ensures that data backed up in the future are both encrypted and restorable 55 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 6 1 6 Continuous Data Protection CDP Continuous Data Protection CDP is a feature providing backup for selective data
218. endix Appendix A Supported Languages OBM supports the following languages Language Code Language bg Bulgarian ca Catalan cs Czech da Danish de German el Greek en English el Spanish eu Basque fi Finnish fr French hu Hungarian is Icelandic it Italian iw Hebrew ja Japanese ko Korean It Lithuanian nl Dutch no Norwegian po Polish 472 Online Backup Manager User s Guide pt_BR Portuguese Brazil pt_PT Portuguese Portugal ro Romanian ru Russian sl Slovenian sv Swedish th_th Thai Thai Digit tr Turkish zh_CN Chinese Simplified zh_TW Chinese Traditional 473
219. ention Policy Compression Type Fast Compressed size larger than normal Transfer Block Size 128 kbytes Backup Filter 4 Backup File Permissions ae 7 Command Line Tool ft Extra Backup ib Local Copy E Options OK Cancel To configure the temporary directory location click Change and browse to the directory path for storing the temporary data For database specific backup type data files spooled by the latest backup job can be kept by disabling the Remove temporary files after backup option 78 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Options its Temporary Directory for storing backup files DATemp Change amp Remove temporary files after backup Ci Advanced Options Transfer Block Size 128 kbytes 6 1 2 13 Follow Link Follow Link defines whether to follow an NTFS junction point or NTFS symbolic link during backup Backup Setting BackupSet l Options its Temporary Directory for storing backup files A General T DiTemp Change amp Ly Backup Source 69 Link E Backup Schedule v Follow Link eb Encryption e volume Shadow Copy _ Enable Volume Shadow Copy Continuous Data Protection Only for Microsoft Windows 2003 XP Vista amp 2008 In File Delta e 2 Cr Advanced Options Retention Policy Compression Type Fast Compressed size larger than normal Transfer Block Size 128 kbytes Backup Filter Backup File Permissions Command Line Tool Extra Backu
220. er 2008 R2 Windows Small Business Server 2011 10 2 Requirements and recommendations For System State backup of Windows XP or 2003 R2 please ensure that the following requirements or recommendations are met 1 OBM is installed on the computer to be backed up 2 Sufficient disk spaces are required for the temporary directory usually of size around 2 GB 3 Itis recommended that the temporary directory be configured on a local drive For System State backup of Windows 2008 R2 or SBS 2011 please ensure that the following requirements or recommendations are met 1 OBM version 6 3 or above is installed on the computer to be backed up 2 The system volume must be formatted with NTFS 3 Sufficient disk spaces are required for the temporary directory usually of size around 10 GB 4 The following Windows Features are installed on the client computer under Server Manager e Windows Server Backup Features e Windows Server Backup Command line Tool e Windows PowerShell 130 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 10 3 Limitations on the temporary directory Temporary directory must be a local or USB drive Temporary directory can be a non critical or critical drive Temporary directory can only be set to the root of a drive Shadow Copies storage location of temporary directory must be set to local Please refer to the following Help Centre article for details https help com openArticle aspx
221. er is For all single db restore installed INPUT_FILE Path to the input file For single db restore RESTOREDB Path to the database file For single db restore 437 Online Backup Manager User s Guide RECDATE The year month day to recover For single db restore database to RECTIME The time in hour and minute to recover For single db restore database to Example DominoRecover sh HH HHHHAHHHAHHHE Start User Defined Section HHFT DATA_DIR The Domino directory which contains notes ini the Domino databases and templates e g DATA_DIR local notesdata LOTUS The directory in which all Lotus products for UNIX are installed e g LOTUS opt ibm lotus INPUT FILE The path to an input file if you want to restore one database only If you want to restore all databases leave INPUT _FILE blank RESTOREDB The path to a database file if you want to restore one database only If you want to restore all databases leave RESTOREDB blank RECDATE The year month and day you want to recover the database to Set them according to the date format set in yo
222. er to the Limitation section above for limitation on the backup configuration 297 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 14 2 6 How to restore Microsoft virtual machines in cluster environment Refer to the following instructions to restore VM running on Hyper V in cluster environment VM can be restored to the original location with the following condition If the VM to be restored does not exist on the original hypervisor The VM will be restored as a new virtual machine If the VM to be restored still exist on the original hypervisor The existing VM will be replaced by the backed up version Important Virtual machine backed up with the MS VM backup module can only be restored to the original Hyper V cluster node 1 On the original Hyper V cluster node login to the backup application s user interface E Online Backup Manager e xi online Backup Manager Oa x Login Name username Login Name username Password innin Password ainina Save password Save password Forgot your password Forgot your password OK Cancel Options Language English x i Backup Server http yi hostname x amp Proxy Setting Use proxy to access the backup server Type Proxy Address Jser Name Password OK Cancel Options 2 Select the Restore button and the corresponding backup set 298 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Please select the backup set Backup Set Delete all f
223. erential does not truncate the transaction logs OK Cancel Options 335 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Menu Items Description Backup Select backup type Full Copy Incremental Differential Further details on Backup Type Backup Type Description Full Backup the databases transaction logs checkpoint files and then truncates the transaction logs Copy Backup the databases transaction logs checkpoint files but does not truncate the transaction logs Incremental Backup the transaction logs to record changes since the last full or incremental backup and then truncates the transaction logs Differential Backup the transaction logs to record changes since the last full or incremental backup and does not truncate the transaction logs Important For Exchange server with Active Directory installed a System State backup must be performed regularly with the MS Exchange server backup 336 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 15 5 Restore Microsoft Exchange Server 2010 Refer to the following instructions to restore Microsoft Exchange Server 2010 L Prepare the operating system for the Exchange Server restore if required Install the original version of Windows and Exchange Server with the same level of service pack installed as in the original system Restore Windows Active Directory if required Restore the System State data
224. es first use the Clean Up option in General settings Remove the VM from the Virtual Machine Library Window Locate the virtual machine s folder location on the hypervisor Control click on the VM select Show Package Contents Virtual Machines co mi a Y DEVICES a Date Modified H iDisk gt z Jocalized Aug 27 2011 4 07 AM Z osx10 6 Solaris 10 Today 5 18 PM a OSX10 4 amp Windows XP Professional 32bit Open amp osx10 5 Open With gt osx10 7 ij Macintosh HD Show Package Contents ia Move to Trash Y SHARED 192 168 5 9 a Get Info Compress Windows XP Professional 32bit Burn Windows XP Professional 32bit to Disc I 12f conf room root 5 5 alan wong alex cheng Duplicate andy lau Make Alias as Quick Look Windows XP Professional 32bit angela cheung bean lam Copy Windows XP Professional 32bit all RAEES a Show View Options v gt Sg re aaa Label et ee ea xi Sauecesea Important Serious problem may occur if the configuration files are incorrectly modified it may prevent the virtual machine from starting Please only perform the following procedures if you have in depth knowledge on VMware product Delete the lines of the removed virtual disk 244 Online Backup Manager User s Guide e Open the corresponding VM Name vmsd file at the following location with a text editor S VM Location S VM Name vmsd e Lo
225. essage will be shown for files that are opened during the backup process The availability of features listed above may be service provider dependent If a feature is not available please check with your service provider for further details and availability Enabling the Volume Shadow Copy option will allow backup of local files that are exclusively opened during the backup process e g Outlook PST file Some requirements of the Volume Shadow Copy option include Volume Shadow Copy can only be applied for local drive exclusively opened file on network shared drive cannot be backed up even with the Volume Shadow Copy option enabled Volume Shadow Copy is only available on Windows platforms released after Windows 2000 e g XP 2003 Vista 2008 7 SBS 2011 82 Online Backup Manager User s Guide The user using the backup application must have administrative privileges to access the Volume Shadow Copy service on a computer At least one of the partitions on the machine must be in NTFS format For more technical information on Volume Shadow Copy please refer to following page from Microsoft for details http technet microsoft com en us library cc785914 WS 10 aspx 6 1 4 13 Compression Compression type defines the compression method that the backup application will use during backup for the corresponding backup set Backup Setting BackupSet Options I Temporary Di
226. estored does not exist on the original hypervisor the VM will be restored as a new virtual machine If the VM to be restored still exist on the original hypervisor the existing VM will be replaced by the backed up version 13 2 1 6 How to restore virtual machines to the original hypervisor 1 Login to the backup application s user interface For VMware Server installation on Windows double click on the OBM desktop icon or right click on the system tray icon Online Backup Manager i Online Backup Manager Login Name username Login Name username Password eececceoe Password eeeeeeoo Save password Save password Forgot your password Forgot your password OK Cancel Options Language English Backup Server https hostname Gs Proxy Setting Use proxy to access the backup server OK Cancel Options For VMware Server installation on Linux enter the following command to start the OBM graphical user interface 210 Online Backup Manager User s Guide sh usr local obm bin RunOBC sh amp 2 Select the Restore button and the corresponding backup set Restore Please select the backup set YM Backup Set Next gt Cancel amp 3 Select the virtual machines to be restored and choose Original Location for restore files to 211 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Restore Show files as ofJob 2011 03 28 Latest v O Show all f
227. ettings for 20110819_WinXP_Pro 1 102 Iof x f20110819_winxP_Pro 1 102 4 IGQ H Add Hardware y amp BIOS Boot from CD E Memory 1024 MB Ba Processor 1 Virtual processor EE IDE Controller 0 a Hard Drive 20110819_WinxP_Pro_47c Hard Drive Second Virtual Hard Disk vhd EE IDE Controller 1 DVD Drive None BE SCSI Controller G Network Adapter Local Area Connection Virtual Ca Hard Drive You can change how this virtual hard disk is attached to the virtual machine IF an operating system is installed on this disk changing the attachment might prevent the virtual machine From starting Controller Location five Controller 0 x fi in use 7 Media You can compact or convert a virtual hard disk by editing the vhd file Specify the full path to the file Virtual hard disk vhd file Hyper viExport 201 10819_WinXP_Pro 1 102 Virtual Hard Disks Second Virtual New Edit Inspect Browse Physical hard disk ti If the physical hard disk you want to use is not listed make sure that the TI com1 disk is offline Use Disk Management on the physical computer to manage None physical hard disks P com2 None To remove the virtual hard disk click Remove This disconnects the disk but does not H Diskette Drive delete the vhd file i None Remove Management I Name 20110819_WinxP_Pro 1 102 7 i we Integration Services All services offered
228. evice SB sa 2 BBEA General Sharing Default Applications Processors amp Display Printer Choose a device to add amp Network Adapter CD DVD Drive New Hard Disk Existing Hard Floppy Drive Serial Port Parallel Port 11 In the Open dialog navigate to the location of the newly restored hard disk file 12 Select the method for adding the virtual hard disk file 13 Click Open and Apply 14 Start the virtual machine 258 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 13 4 VMware Player and Workstation 13 4 1 Supported versions The VMware VM backup module is supported for the following VMware Player and Workstation versions VMware Player 3 0 VMware Player 4 0 VMware Workstation 6 0 VMware Workstation 6 5 VMware Workstation 7 0 VMware Workstation 8 0 For more details please refer to Help Centre Article https help com openArticle aspx aid 2323 13 4 2 Backup and restore of virtual machines on VMware Player and Workstation Backup and restore procedures for VM running on VMware Player and Workstation are very similar to that of VM running on VMware Server Please refer to the VMware Server section of this guide for more details 13 5 Independent disk for VMware virtual machine Online active backup cannot be performed on virtual machines with Independent Disk A snapshot cannot be created for an Independent Disk If a VM with Independent Disk is online during b
229. example when Time Mark Interval is configured to 60 minutes 24 intervals would be marked per day with each interval spanning across 60 minutes Interval 1 00 00 to 01 00 Interval 2 01 00 to 02 00 Interval 3 02 00 to 03 00 Interval 4 03 00 to 04 00 To Interval 23 22 00 to 23 00 Interval 24 23 00 to 24 00 Assuming that a file is backed up multiple times by CDP within each interval the first backup e g snapshot of each interval would be available for restore Minimum update interval defines the minimum period of time before an updated file is backed up to the backup server For example when Minimum Update Interval is configured to 10 minutes updated file would be backed up to the backup server every 10 minutes To ensure that updated files are always uploaded to the server immediately you can consider setting the Minimum Update Interval as Always To configure CDP for backup of the directories and files selected as backup source 1 Select the Backup file s selected by backup sources and filters radio button for Type To configure CDP for backup of all local drive s 1 Select the Backup all files radio button for Type 2 Configure Backup Filter for inclusion or exclusion of file if necessary To configure CDP for backup of a custom set of directories or files 59 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Select the Custom radio button for Type Click Add beside the Bac
230. expanding the corresponding VM sub tree v Gy VMware Fusion 3 4 vy O amp Solaris 10 O amp Solaris 10 vmdk v Windows XP Professional 32bit O amp Virtual Disk vmdk amp Windows XP Professional 32bit 000005 vmdk 4 Previous B00 New Backup Set Wizard gt Next gt Important For backup of VM with snapshot backup of the whole VM is highly recommended instead of selective virtual disk The restoration process for individual virtual disk requires manual editing of VM configuration files In depth knowledge on VMware product is required Configure a backup schedule for unattended backups Note Multiple backup schedules of different types can be configured for the same backup set 237 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 10 11 12 Select an encryption setting for your backup set Press the OK button to complete the configuration of backup set Scheduled backup will run automatically at the configured schedule time Click Backup button on the left panel to perform a backup immediately 238 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 13 3 6 How to restore virtual machines on VMware Fusion Refer to the following instructions to restore VM running on VMware Fusion VM can be restored to the original location with the following condition If the VM to be restored does not exist on the original hypervisor The VM will be restored as a new virtual machine
231. f obm 26 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 5 Getting started with OBM This chapter describes the various features available in the backup client application 5 1 System tray launcher Windows only After a successful installation of OBM a system tray icon will be installed and displayed under the Windows system tray area Open Backupset Backup and Logoff E ae Backup and Restart Backup and Shutdown gt Backup and Standby gt Help Right clicking on the OBM system tray icon will display a menu providing the following functions Menu Item Description Open Click to open the logon dialog Backup Click to perform backup for a specific backup set in silent background mode Backup and Logoff Click to perform backup for a specific backup set in silent background mode and logoff from Windows when the job is completed Backup and Restart Click to perform backup for a specific backup set in silent background mode and restart Windows when the job is completed Backup and Shutdown Click to perform backup for a specific backup set in silent background mode and shutdown Windows when the job is completed Backup and Standby Click to perform backup for a specific backup set in silent background mode and enter the Standby mode of Windows when the job is completed Backup and Hibernate Click to perform backup for a specific backup 27 Online Ba
232. f a virtual machine selected to be restored exist on the hypervisor Replace Virtual Machine The Virtual machine VWWinXP_Pro already exists Replace existing virtual machine C Apply to all Yes b No X Cancel When the restore process is completed the virtual machines will be restored to the original hypervisor For any virtual disk that was not restored e g original backup source did not include all hard disks configured for the VM Continue to the next steps for instruction to remove the missing hard disk from the virtual machine s configuration For original virtual machine with no snapshot 1 2 Open VMware vSphere Client Under inventory right click on the newly restored virtual machine select Edit Settings 185 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Power b Guest gt Snapshot Open Console E Edit Settings Add Permission Ctrl P Report Performance Rename 3 For each virtual disk that was not restored remove the corresponding Hard disk from Hardware Win2008 Exch2007 101 54 Virtual Machine Properties acae options Resources virtual Machine Version 7 Disk File mooc Remove datastore4 Windows 2008 Exchange 2007 Ww 1 Window Hardware Summary J Memory 1500 MB Sa Provisioning a m cPus 4 ype a Video card Video card Provisioned Size 50 GB v VMCI device Restricted Maximum Size GB 256 00 CD DVD Drive
233. f the other options such as Filter Search and Advanced option available more details can be found in the earlier sections of this guide For restore to the original location on the client machine select the Original location radio button For restore to an alternate location select the Alternate location radio button and click Change to change the directory path which you would like to restore to Click Start Restore to begin the restore process 109 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Restore Progress Downloading restore file list Completed 0 Estimated Time Left 0 sec Downloaded 0 0 file Elapsed Time O sec Transfer Rate Obits Cancel 8 2 3 Restore using Decrypt File Wizard Data stored on the backup server can be copied onto a removable hard disk or other storage medium for direct restore on the client computer bypassing the network bottleneck This is especially useful for restore of large backup set However as data stored on the backup server are compressed and encrypted for security purposes a utility called Decrypt File Wizard must be used to decrypt the data Refer to the following steps for restore using Decrypt File Wizard 1 Connect the removable hard disk with the data to your computer 2 Login to the backup application s user interface 110 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Online Backup Manager Online Backup Manager Online Ba
234. from OBS and then restore the System State using WBAdmin exe Refer to the How to restore Windows System State chapter for detailed instruction Install OBM if required Refer to the Installing OBM chapter for detailed instruction Startup the Microsoft Information Store services from Windows Services Continue with the following sections for restore to the original Exchange server or to a new Exchange server Restore Exchange Database to Original Location To restore Exchange database to the same Exchange server 6 Login to the backup application s user interface 337 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 7 8 9 Bm E E Online Backup Manager Online Backup Manager Login Name username Password addii E Save password Forgot your password OK Cancel i Options online Backup Manager Bile Es Login Name username Password 9 E Save password Forgot your password amp Language English xi M Backup Server http y hostname x amp Proxy Setting C Use proxy to access the backup server Type Proxy Sock Address Port User Name OK Cancel amp Options Click on the Restore button on the left panel Select the backup set to be restored and Next Please select the backup set Backup Set Delete i Next gt Cancel Expand the server tree select the database to be restored and Original Location for the Restore files to option
235. ger User s Guide 11 5 How to restore Microsoft Windows System WBAdmin Refer to the following instructions to restore a Windows System There are several methods which you can restore the Windows System e Recover volumes with the Recovery Wizard e Recover the operating system with the Install Windows Wizard e Recover volumes with command e Recover with the Windows Recovery Environment Important The volume to be recovered to must be the same size or larger than the volume that was backed up from Restore the system data from the OBS server 1 Install OBM on the machine to be restored to 2 Login to the backup application s user interface amp online Backup Manager a amp Online Backup Manager Login Name username Login Name username Password eeeeeee Password eeeeeee _ Save password _ Save password Forgot your password Forgot your password OK Cancel amp Options amp Language English D Backup Server https hostname YS Proxy Setting Use proxy to access the backup server OK Cancel Options 3 Select the Restore button and the corresponding backup set 150 Online Backup Manager 4 User s Guide Please selectthe backup set Backup Set Next gt Cancel Select the system file to be restored and its restore destination Show files as ofJob 2011 0914 Latest D Show all files Filter Folders Name Size Date Modified E d Backup Server Micro
236. gs perpage 50 w Page 171 E Close pe i i J vy s Stages of a backup job are outlined below 1 A connection from the backup client application to the backup server is established 2 A Shadow Copy set of the backup source volume is created if available 3 Download the server file list from the backup server 4 Data of the backup source is compared with the server file list to compile the following file lists New file list Modified file list Deleted file list 5 Delta file is generated for modified file if necessary Note 86 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Only modified part of a file delta file is uploaded to the backup server reducing the time required to complete the backup job 6 Data are encrypted compressed and then uploaded onto the backup server 7 The Shadow Copy set of the backup source is removed if necessary 8 Backup is completed successful 7 2 How to start an off site backup E Please refer to the following steps for starting an off site backup 1 Login to the backup application s user interface Online Backup Manager Login Name username Login Name username Password TIITII Password eeseeseee C Save password Save password Forgot your password Forgot your password OK Cancel amp Options amp Language English Backup Server htt
237. gure the stop option according to your requirement SLO Ur S w To configure a Custom backup schedule where backup job will run on Jan ist of 2012 2012 01 01 at 8 00pm 1 Select Add to open the Add new backup schedule dialog 2 Enter name of the backup schedule 3 Select Custom from the schedule Type dropdown menu 4 Enter the date when the backup should be performed YYYY MM DD 5 Configure start time to be 20 00 6 Configure the stop option according to your requirement Note that multiple backup schedules of different type e g daily weekly can also be configured for a single backup set For example Daily backup schedule at 00 00 Daily backup schedule at 12 00 Weekly backup schedule on Friday at 18 00 Combination of these schedules effectively creates a schedule for backup at 00 00 and 13 00 everyday and 18 00 every Friday 6 1 5 Encryption p i Before files are uploaded to the backup server they are first compressed and encrypted with an algorithm mode and key of your choice Select the Encryption tab to view the current encryption setting of an existing backup set 50 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Backup Setting BackupSet Encryption General Algorithm AES ly Backup Source Moge ECB Key Length 256 bits E Backup Schedule Encrypting key m EL Encryption Mask encrypting key Continuous Data Protection O In File Delta 6 Retention Policy B
238. h Key and Certificate Management Provides X Manual Local System Human Interface Device Access Enables ge Manual Local System ChHyper Image Management Service Provides I Started Automatic Local System Ch Hyper Networking Management Service Provides H Started Automatic Local System 2 Hyper V Virtual Machine Management Manageme Started Automatic IKE and AuthIP IPsec Keying Modules The IKEEX Manual Local System h Interactive Services Detection Enables us Manual Local System h Internet Connection Sharing ICS Provides n Disabled Local System ChIP Helper Provides tu Started Automatic Local System ChIPsec Policy Agent Internet Pr Manual Network 5 Ch KtmRm For Distributed Transaction Coordinator Coordinate Manual Network 5 ChLink Layer Topology Discovery Mapper Creates 4 Manual Local Service Ch Microsoft NET Framework NGEN 2 0 50727_x64 Microsoft Disabled Local System Ch Microsoft NET Framework NGEN v2 0 50727_X86 Microsoft Disabled Local System Ch Microsoft NET Framework NGEN v4 0 30319_X 64 Microsoft Automatic D Local System Ch Microsoft NET Framework NGEN v4 0 30319_X86 Microsoft Automatic D Local System h Microsoft Fibre Channel Platform Registration Service Registers t Manual Local Service Ch Microsoft iSCSI Initiator Service Manages I Manual Local System Ch Microsoft Software Shadow Copy Provider Manages s Started Manual
239. h x i Backup Server http v hostname x Ys Proxy Setting _ Use proxy to access the backup server Type Proxy Sock Address Port User Name Password OK Cancel Options Note OBM must be installed on the Oracle database server 2 Select the Backup Settings button and the button to start the New Backup Set Wizard 359 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Backup Set Name BackupSet Type File Backup x MS Exchange Server Backup MS Exchange Mail Level Backup MS SQL Server Backup MySQL Backup Oracle Database Server Backup System State Backup ShadowProtect System Backup MS Windows System Backup Next gt Cancel Create an Oracle Database Server Backup set by selecting Oracle Database Server Backup from the backup set type dropdown menu Enter the corresponding information required New Backup Set Wizard xi Backup Set Name Type Oracle Database Server Backup Backup Set ORACLE Login ID Password Host Port SID system SERRE hostname 1521 SID Next gt Cancel Menu Items Description Name Enter a backup set name of your choice Type Select backup set type Oracle Database Server Backup Login ID Enter the Login ID of the Oracle system account 360 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Password Enter the password of the Oracle system account Host Enter the IP address
240. he backup application s main window to open the Restore Menu amp Online Backup Manager E x Language English X a Save Settin Q Quit Online Backup Manager guage mmu m E wy Summary username Quota Usage Used 0 26 0 Data 0 0 file Restore Recycle Bin 0 0 file ali Statistics Total Backup O0 0 file Backup Log Total Restore 0 0 file Restore Log O it Last Backup No backup log found 104 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Select the Show files as of Job to display files available as of a particular backup job To display the files available for restore since the backup job performed on 11 00 AM Mar 11th 2011 select Show files as of Job 2011 03 11 and 11 00 00 Select the Show all files to display all files available for restore Restore Show files as ofJob 2011 03 24 Latest i Show all files Filter Folders Name Date Modified S amp Backup Server Oci B Sci O Backup Source Delete Items per page 50 Page 171 m gt Restore files to Original location D Alternate location 3 Restore file permissions Search amp Advanced gt 4 Previous Start Restore gt Cancel Expand the directories by selecting the button beside a folder Make use of the other options such as Filter Search and Advanced option available more details can be found in the sections above For restore to the original location on the clie
241. he machine name MAC address and the engine version of ShadowProtect used to create the image file Click the Next to continue 12 In the Restore Destination dialog screen select the destination volume for the image to be restored to 171 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Restore Restore Destination Select the volume or free space where you want to restore your backup Drive Letter volume File System Used Partition T Partition Fl Disk 0 Mware irtual IDE Hard Drive O c System NTFS 49 99 GB 12 51 GB NTFS Act Pri O Unallocate Not Format 8 50MB OB Disk 1 Mware Yirtual IDE Hard Drive O D4 Data NTFS 49 99 G8 1 31 G6 NTFS O Unallocate Not Format 8 50MB OB Disk 2 Mware irtual disk Note You can right click on a volume and delete it to create free space The following options are available by right clicking on the volumes e Delete Volume This will delete a volume The deleted volume will become unassigned space on the disk that can be repartition e Set Active This will set the volume active Only one partition may be designated as active By setting a volume active the computer will boot to the volume e Create an exact primary partition Allows user to define and create a primary partition on the disk The maximum number of primary partitions on the same disk is 4 e Create extended partition Allows user to extend a partition and
242. he missing hard disk from the virtual machine s configuration For original virtual machine with no snapshot 1 Open the Virtual Machine Library Window 2 Control click on the newly restored virtual machine select Settings 248 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Windows KP Professional 22hi Delete Start Up Start Up Settings solaris 10 Snapshots Get Info Show Windows Show in Finder Delete Create New Migrate Existing PC Learn More Select Hard Disk Close Show All Settings Add Device System Settings SB amp amp amp g General Sharing Default Applications Processors amp Display Printer Applications Menu Memory Removable Devices wow o gt S H Network Hard Disk CD DVD Sound Card USB amp Adapter IDE IDE Bluetooth Other Startup Disk Encryption Compatibility Advanced For each virtual disk that was not restored remove the corresponding hard disk by pressing Remove Hard Disk 249 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Close Show All Hard Disk 2 IDE Add Device File name Virtual Disk 000001 vmdk EB Disk size UC 1 00 GB Advanced options Revert Apply Bus type IDE Pre allocate disk space d V Split into 2 GB files Remove Hard Disk _ Hard disk settings cannot be changed while disk clean up is recommended To make these changes first use the Clean Up option in Genera
243. hread 1 sequence 2 archive log filename oracle product 10 2 0 db_1 flash_recovery_area GDB 1 archivelog 2007_11_08 ol_mf_1 3 3m5hlyby arc thread 1 sequence 3 media recovery complete elapsed time 00 00 01 Finished recover at 08 NOV 07 RMAN gt alter database open resetlogs database opened Optional Create the Net Service Name and Database Service Listener To create a Net Service Name Start Net Manager Windows Click on the Start Menu select Programs Select Oracle Home_Name in Configuration and Migration Tools choose Net Manager Linux Run netmgr from Oracle_Home bin netmgr e Expand Oracle Net Configuration Local e Select Service Naming and expand the sub tree on the left toolbar 374 Online Backup Manager User s Guide File Edit Command Help C oracle Net Configuration Local fd oracir_connection_data Porc Listeners The Service Naming folder allows you to configure the local naming method The local naming method is one of the Naming Methods that allows you to resolve a simple name a net service name into the information required to connect to a database or service An end user enters the connect string that includes the net service ET CONNECT username password net_service_name To see if net service names have been created in a TNSNAMES ORA file Double click the Service Naming folder If no net service names exist click on the tool
244. http hostname EA Ge Proxy Setting Use proxy to access the backup server Type Proxy Sock Address Port User Name Password OK Cancel amp i Options _ 2 Select the Restore button and the corresponding backup set Show files as of Job 2012 02 03 Latest Show all files Fiter Folders Name Size Date Modified v a Backup Server G Virtual Disk 000001 s001 vmdk 192 KB2012 02 03 16 E Windows XP Professic Virtual Disk 000001 vmdk 276 bytes2012 02 03 16 Virtual Disk s001 vmdk 192 KB2012 02 03 16 Virtual Disk vmdk 484 bytes2012 02 03 16 Delete i S Restore files to Original location Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 _ Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 _ Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 _ Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 _ Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 OB Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 M 1 Windows XP Professional 32bit 0000 Items per page 9 1 MB2011 11 18 18 4 9 MB2011 11 18 18 320 KB2011 11 18 18 320 KB2011 11 18 18 320 KB2011 11 18 18 320 KB2011 11 18 18 320 KB2011 11 18 18 320 KB2011 11 18 18 320 KB2011 11 18 18 320 KB
245. i Last Backup No backup log found SER Fo Save Setting Quit Wy Backup Log O Restore Log O Icon Menu Item Description Backup Click to perform backup for an existing backup set Restore Click to access the restore menu for restoring backed up data Save Setting Click to save settings Quit Click to exit out of the backup application User Profile Click to access the user profile menu 33 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Backup Setting Dha e5 u Click to access the backup setting menu Decrypt Local Copy Wizard gt Click to access the decrypt local copy wizard Decrypt File Wizard Click to access the decrypt file wizard About A Click Backup D Click to access the About A Click Backup dialog Language Drop down menu for selecting language to be displayed Backup Log Click to view previous backup log Restore Log Click to view previous restore log The availability of features listed above may be service provider dependent If a feature is not available please check with your service provider for further details and availability backup set backup server to the client machine H Click on the Backup button to perform a backup for an existing A Click on the Restore button to restore backed up data from the Other options will be discussed in the following
246. ia Technalagy 6 2 01 225MB 13250 B AutoPlay Modis Stufi T S Indigo Rose Compovation 8 2 22 MAMB 7310000 Gcogle Chome Geogte inc 7 2 2012 170063 i SP Googk Earth Googie 1 LAMS OLLAN iret Rapid Zorge Technology Intet Carparsiien 6 2 013 igam i0500 Ad Lek G Update 30 Onck T hmz ILMB 60200 gt Backup xt 932D http amas Dock phogh io We ieh ink teen Dachiobg te wit THO Nett pol sews Docloupliongs Bicho Fro Manage Select Online Backup Manager from the list and press the Remove or Uninstall button Uninstalling OBM Command line Open a Windows command prompt with an administrative user account on the machine Uninstall OBM by running the following command gt cd C Program Files OBM gt unins000 exe 4 2 Uninstalling OBM on Mac OS X platforms 1 Uninstall OBM by running the following command in terminal gt cd OBM_HOME bin gt sudo uninstall sh 25 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 2 Remove all backup setting files by running the following command in terminal gt rm rf obm 4 3 Uninstalling OBM for Linux FreeBSD Solaris 1 Uninstall the backup application by running the uninstall scripts sh usr local obm bin uninstall sh 2 Remove all installation files by running the following command rm rf usr local obm 3 Remove all backup setting files by running the following command rm r
247. ich file will be uploaded Delta file is generated if necessary Data is encrypted and uploaded to the backup server System backup data is removed from the temporary storage volume specified in the backup set Backup completed successfully 146 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 11 4 How to backup Microsoft Windows System WBAdmin Refer to the following instructions to backup Windows System 1 Login to the backup application s user interface Eok amp Online Backup Manager Login Name Password iv Pp manage username ecccccece T Save password Forgot your password OK Cancel Options Online Backup Manager Mok username eeeeeece T Save password Forgot your password Login Name Password Language English i Backup Server https hostname Gs Proxy Setting Use proxy to access the backup server OK Cancel amp Options 2 Select the Backup Settings button and the t button to start the New Backup Set Wizard 3 Create a MS Windows System Backup set by selecting MS Windows System Backup from the backup set type dropdown menu 147 Online Backup Manager User s Guide New Backup Set Wizard xi la Backup Set Name Backup Set Type MS Windows System Backup MS Exchange Server Backup MS Exchange Mail Level Backup MS SQL Server Backup MySQL Backup Oracle Database Server Backup System State Backup ShadowProtect System B
248. ide For example setenv DISPLAY 0 0 or setenv DISPLAY 127 0 0 1 or setenv DISPLAY 127 0 0 1 0 0 or setenv DISPLAY 192 168 0 2 or setenv DISPLAY 192 168 0 2 0 0 2 Launch the OBM user interface sh usr local obm bin RunOBC sh amp 3 Enter the backup server hostname in the Backup Server field 4 Optional For machine that requires Internet connection through proxy select the Use proxy to access the backup server option and fill in the Proxy setting section 5 Press Next afterward 6 Optional If you do not have an backup user account you can register for a trial user account with the following steps Enter the Login Name and Password of your choice Note Minimum length of the password is 6 characters Enter your Email address in the textbox provided Press the Submit button 7 Ifyou have a backup user account already select Already a user and logon to the server with your existing login credentials 8 For first time login you will be guided to create a backup set Select the Backup Source for the backup set Configure a backup schedule for unattended backups Select an encryption setting for your backup set Accept the default encryption settings using the backup user account s password string as encrypting key if no change is necessary Important 20 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Even with the defau
249. igured usr local command sh For FreeBSD Solaris Command to execute a script file must be configured usr local command sh Note For all platforms please ensure that control is returned to the backup application once the command is executed The availability of features listed above may be service provider dependent If a feature is not available please check with your service provider for further details and availability For OBM installation on Linux FreeBSD Solaris platform without GUI environment installed you can setup the pre and post backup command on the web console Manage System Manage Log Manage User Manage Group Policy Manage System User username Select Lanquage Add User List User Run Backup Auto Update User Profile Backup Set File Explorer Report Statistics User Log Logout Help Pre backup command a 1 Name Pre backup command name Add Command Justilocal command 1 sh Working Directory Help Post backup command 1 Name Post backup command name Add Command ustlocal command 2 sh Working Directory Menu Item Description Add Click to add new pre or post backup command Remove Click to remove existing pre or post backup command Name Input box to enter name of a pre or post backup command Command Input box to enter pre or post backup command to be run Pre and post command must be put into a 70
250. ile attempting to start the selected virtual machine s CSV XP Nodet could not initialize An attempt to read or update virtual machine configuration failed gt See details In Hyper V Manager right click on the corresponding VM and select Delete Saved State start the VM again afterward 310 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Connect Settings Start Snapshot Export Rename Delete Delete Saved State 14 2 2 7 How to restore individual virtual disk to a different VM Important Restore of individual virtual disk to a different virtual machine is only supported for virtual disk with no snapshot 1 Login to the backup application s user interface A Online Backup Manager Iof x Ronline Backup Manager Ble xi e Backup Manager line Backup Mar Login Name username Login Name username Password isi Password iiai _ Save password Save password Forgot your password Forgot your password OK Cancel Options Language English i Backup Server http hostname Proy Setting Use proxy to access the backup server Type Proxy Sock Address Port User Name OK Cancel Options 2 Select the Restore button and the corresponding backup set 311 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Please select the backup set Backup Set Delete all files O Next gt Cancel Select Alternate location then select the vi
251. iles 1 Next gt Cancel Select the virtual machines to be restored and choose Original Location for restore files to Show files as of Job Folders 3 5 Backup Server D HA Test01 HA Delete i gt Restore files to Original location Alternate location Search amp 3 CSV XP Node2 O EI initial Store Latest um Filter Name Size Date Modified Fra Resource E3 Snapshots C gt Virtual Hard Disks B Virtual Machines components xml 2 KB 2011 09 16 13 07 26 writers xml 10KB 2011 0916 13 07 26 Items perpage 50 y Page 1 1 nge Y 4 Previous Stat Restore gt Cancel Note Select the Initial Store if you want to restore the Authorization Manager Security role based access control settings 299 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Click the Start Restore button to begin the restore process User will be prompted if a virtual machine selected to be restored exist on the hypervisor Replace irtual Machine xi The Virtual machine CS V XP Node1 already exists Replace existing virtual machine Apply to all Yes vi No 2 Important For restore of existing virtual machine restoring a previous version the existing virtual machine will be removed before the restore process begin When the restore process is completed the virtual machines will be restored to the original hypervisor Open Hyper V
252. iles Filter Folders Name Logical Path Size Date Modified d Backup Server B env inXP datastore1 6250 294 924 KB 2011 03 31 16 22 D H vMware Server 2 0 2 B enWinXP datastore1 6250 1 KB2011103 31 16 12 A E winxp enwinxP datastore1 6250 1 181 407 KB2011 03 31 16 20 O enWinXP datastore1 6250 30 KB 2011 03 31 16 23 O enWinXP datastore1 6250 4 194 304 KB2011 03 31 16 12 O enWinXP datastore1 6250 9KB2011 03 31 16 23 O enWinXP datastore1 6250 1 KB2011 03 31 16 12 O enWinXP datastore1 6250 1 KB 2011 03 31 16 23 B enWinXP datastore1 6250 3 KB2011 03 31 16 11 L enwinxP datastore1 6250 2 KB2011103 31 16 11 Delete 0 Items per page 50 m Page gt Restore files to Original location Alternate location amp Search amp 4 Previous StartRestore gt Cancel 4 Click the Start Restore button to begin the restore process 5 User will be prompted if a virtual machine selected to be restored exist on the hypervisor Replace Virtual Machine The Virtual machine WinXP already exists Replace existing virtual machine _ Apply to all Yes No X Cancel amp 6 When the restore process is completed the virtual machines will be restored to the original hypervisor 7 Eor any virtual disk that was not restored e g original backup source did not include all hard disks configured for the VM Continu
253. ination folder Show files as ofJob 2011 10 27 Latest X Filter Folders Name Size Date Modified E g Backup Server v amp E00 chk 8 KB 2011 09 22 20 01 15 V E Microsoft Exchange Server _ EO0000005AA log 1 024 2011 09 13 14 07 45 E d Microsoft Information Store _ E00000005AB log 1 024 2011 09 22 20 01 15 B QA W8X R2ETP 2 E00000005AC log 1 024 2011 10 02 04 31 20 B Mailbox Database 2125 E00000005AD log 1 024 2011 10 11 12 01 25 M E00000005AE l0g 1 024 2011 10 19 19 47 27 M E000000054F log 1 024 2011 10 24 16 00 48 M E00000005B0 log 1 024 20111 0 27 12 09 31 _ E00000005B1 log 1 024 2011 10 27 12 10 48 M E00000005B2 log 1 024 2011 10 27 12 11 23 _ E00tmp log 1 024 2011 10 27 12 11 23 Mailbox Database 2125901992 147 5 2011 07 27 13 43 40 4 gt Delete i Items per page 50 m Page 171 m gt Restore files to Original location Alternate location DRestore Change Search amp 4 Previous Start Restore gt Cancel 11 Please ensure the directory structure is the same as it appears in the File Explorer gt Restore Destination gt Microsoft Exchange Server gt components xml gt writers xml gt Microsoft Information Store gt Server Name gt Database Name 12 Use the ExchangeRestore2010 exe file found from the OBM bin direct
254. ing Key kkk kk kkk kkk Encrypting Mode 1 ECB 2 CBC 1 Run scheduled backup on this computer Y es or N o Y 5 The Backup Configurator can also be used to modify configuration settings of existing backup set Main Menu 1 List Backup Setting 2 Change Password 3 Change Network Setting 4 Change run scheduled backup setting 5 Toggle Masked Field Password Encryption Key 6 Generate Configuration Report text format 7 Quit Your Choice 6 To perform a backup immediately execute the command below sh usr local obm bin RunBackupSet sh BackupSetName 7 Setup is now completed For further details of each step please refer to the following chapters 23 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 4 Uninstalling OBM This chapter describes how to uninstall the backup client application 4 1 Uninstalling OBM on Windows platforms There are two un installation methods available e Add or Remove Programs Control Panel e Command line 4 1 1 Uninstalling OBM Control Panel 1 Open Start menu select Control Panel e Select Add or Remove Programs for Windows XP 2003 E Add or Remove Programs Currently installed programs C Show updates Sort by Name Change or Remove Programs Click here for support information Used rarely Last Used On 28 2 2012 fa To remove this program from your computer click Remove Remove amp fe Remove J
255. ing of MAC addresses vmguest iso F SCSI Controller J Enable virtual LAN identification Network Adapter VLAN ID Local Area Connection Virtual Net The VLAN identifier specifies the virtual LAN that this virtual machine will use For all Leg COM 1 network communications through this network adapter None 2 com2 None To remove the network adapter From this virtual machine click Remove i Diskette Drive None Remove amp Management TN O Use a legacy network adapter instead of this network adapter to perform a LL ay f g network based installation of the guest operating system or when integration CSV XP Node2 services are not installed in the guest operating system 4 Integration Services All services offered 4 Snapshot File Location C ClusterStorage Volume3 CSY X D Automatic Start Action None is Automatic Stop Action Save 10 Start the virtual machine afterward Important If the following error is displayed during the startup please remove the Saved State of the corresponding VM Hyper Manager Ed x An error occurred while attempting to start the selected virtual machine s CSV XP Nodet could not initialize 4n attempt to read or update virtual machine configuration Failed gt See details In Hyper V Manager right click on the corresponding VM and select Delete Saved State start the VM again afterward 301 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Conn
256. inks to will also be restored The following table summarizes the outcome when a restore is performed with different options Resolve Link Action Enabled Junction points are restored to the alternate location specified with its target directories and files also restored to the location specified in their relative path Target of the junction is updated to the new relative path In other words junction now points to the new alternate location Disabled Junction points are restored to the alternate location specified with its target directories and files also restored to the location specified in their relative path Target of the junction is not updated to the new relative path In other words junction now points to the original location 8 1 6 1 Delete backed up directories and files on backup server Click on the Delete button to delete backed up data that reside on the backup server This option is useful for removing backed up directories or files on server that is no longer required Select the checkboxes beside the corresponding directories or files that you would like to delete and click Delete 102 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Prior to the data removal the backup application will prompt for confirmation Restore Show files as of Job 2011 03 14 Latest Z Show all files Filter Folders Name Size Date Modified 4 Backup Server v wh Backup Source
257. io button and click Change to change the directory path which you would like to restore to Click Start Decrypt to begin the decrypt process 114 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Decrypt Progress Encrypting Key Request Bh Encrypting key Backup Source Folder File doc Enter Correct Encrypting Key eeeeee 0K Skipebilee Skip All Cancel 5 2 Cancel 8 3 IP restriction for restore using the web interface IP address restriction can be imposed on the backup server to restrict computer with un authorized IP address from restoring data using the web interface Please consult your service provider for more information on this option 115 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 9 In file delta technology This chapter describes what In file delta technology is and how it can be used to reduce size of backup 9 1 Overview p In file delta technology is an advanced data block matching algorithm with the intelligence to pick up changes delta of file content between two files Using this algorithm daily backup of large files over low speed internet connection is made possible because it requires only the changes of information since the last backup to be sent over assuming that the full backup of the file has been saved on the backup server already This is what will happen in the backup of a 10 GB Outlook pst file when it is backed up by OBM with In file delta technology 1 The whol
258. ion click OK 18 5 2 Restore Microsoft SQL Server 2005 2008 database 18 5 1 2 Restore master database Refer to the following instructions to restore the master database 1 Stop the SQL instance 2 Restart the SQL instance in single user mode e In SQL Server Configuration Manager click SQL Server Services e In the right pane right click SQL Server and then click Properties 408 Online Backup Manager User s Guide F Sql Server Configuration Manager File Action View Help 9 A HelHO SQL Server Configuration Manager Local SQL Server Services 4 SQL Server Network Configuration 32bit SQL Native Client 10 0 Configuration 32bit BE fis Windows Internal Database MICROSOFT 55EE Stopped PA501 Full text Filter Daemon Launcher MSSQLSERVER Running SQL Server MS i Running 9 SQL Server Network Configuration PASOL Server Browser Start Running amp SQL Native Client 10 0 Configuration ESOL Server Agent MSSQLSEF Stop Running Pause Resume Restart Help Opens the properties dialog box for the current selection e On the Advanced tab in the Startup Parameters box type the parameters m separated by semicolons SQL Server MSSQLSER YER Properties HEI Logon Service FILESTREAM Advanced Dump Directory D Program Files Microsoft SQL Se 4 Error Reporting No File Yersion 2007 100 2531 0 Install Path d Program Fi
259. ion policy as follows Type Daily Number of snapshots to keep 7 Type Weekly Keep retention files for the following days Saturday Number of snapshots to keep 4 Type Monthly Keep retention files for the following days Day 1 Number of snapshots to keep 3 Type Quarterly Keep retention files for the following days Month January April July October Day 1 Number of snapshots to keep 4 Type Yearly Keep retention files for the following days 01 01 Number of snapshots to keep 7 Assuming that a file is updated and being backed up everyday for the past 7 hears and today is January 11 2011 If the option Remove retention files for overlap policy is not enabled a total of 22 snapshots previous version of the file would be available for restore Daily Weekly Monthly Quarterly Yearly 16 Jan 14 Jan 01 Jan 01 Jan 2011 01 Jan 2011 2011 2011 2011 15 Jan 07 Jan 01 Dec 01 Oct 2010 01 Jan 2011 2011 2010 2010 14 Jan 31 Dec 01 Nov 01 Jul 2010 01 Jan 2011 2010 2010 2009 13 Jan 24 Dec 01 Apr 01 Jan 2011 2010 2010 2008 12 Jan 01 Jan 2011 2007 11 Jan 01 Jan 2011 2006 10 Jan 01 Jan 2011 2005 If the option Remove retention files for overlap policy is enabled the overlapping snapshots would be removed with the following snapshots available Online Backup Manager User s Guide Daily Weekly Monthly Quarterly Yearl
260. irements are met by all Hyper V cluster nodes 1 OBM version 6 7 or above is installed on all Hyper V cluster nodes 2 The Hyper V management tools are installed on all Hyper V cluster nodes 3 Consider increasing the JVM Java Virtual Machine memory allocation to improve performance of the backup operation 4 It is recommended that the temporary directory have disk space of at least 50 of the largest sized virtual machine to be backed up 5 For backup of virtual machine with snapshot backup of the whole VM instead of individual disk is highly recommended 6 Special attentions must be paid to the license requirement for backup of all VM in the cluster Refer to the following section for details 14 2 2 Limitations The following are limitations of the MS VM backup module 1 Virtual machines backed up with the MS VM backup module can only be restored to the original Hyper V server Backup of virtual machine with pass through disk directly attached physical disk is not supported For virtual machine with snapshot the restoration process for individual virtual disk requires manual editing of VM configuration files In depth knowledge on Hyper V is required For backup of individual virtual disk the restored virtual machine does not support the reversion of previous snapshots if the snapshot contains disks which are not previously backed up by OBM 286 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 5 Th
261. irtual Machine 3 and Virtual Machine 4 Switch all cluster resources to Cluster Node 1 making Cluster Node 2 a passive node Cluster Node Cluster Resource Owned Cluster Node 1 Active Cluster Shared Volume 1 Cluster Shared Volume 2 Virtual Machine 1 289 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Virtual Machine 2 Virtual Machine 3 Virtual Machine 4 Cluster Node 2 Passive Cluster Shared Volume 1 Cluster Shared Volume 2 Ownership Cluster Node 1 Ownership Cluster Node 1 Important With option 2 OBM must be installed and the backup must be re configured on Cluster Node 2 using the existing backup set when a change of ownership occurs for any cluster resources e g Cluster Node 1 failing 290 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 14 2 3 License requirement to backup all virtual machines in a cluster There are two types of configuration which you can used to backup all VMs within a cluster The license requirements for these setups are different Method 1 Select all VMs for each cluster node specific backup set For the simplest method to backup all VMs in each cluster node specific backup set select all VMs as backup source New Backup Set Wizard xi E 33 Microsoft Hyper V Server R2 Sa First Node GM vMi Owner Node1 A Ga 20110819_Win2003_Std 64 vhd A v2 Owner Node M Ca Windows 2003 Standard 64 vhd GMA J vM3 Owner No
262. itiated and stopped Job 9 Is delta merge is initiated and stopped Job 10 Ic delta merge is initiated After Job 10 the backup application will initiate a delta merge OBS will merge the full file F uploaded in Job 1 with the latest differential delta D uploaded in Job 7 to form the new full file As the D3 differential includes changes in I I I D D2 The files I I I D D will be moved to the retention area as they have already exceeded the retention policy of 4 jobs These files will be purged on the next retention policy job After the delta merge has completed the follow files will be available for restore F F D3 I4 Is Ie 125 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 9 1 4 In File Delta Type The In file Delta Type setting defines the way In File Delta files are handled There are two different versions as follows Incremental In File Delta All delta files are generated with respect to changes made since the last incremental backup This means that the last full backup file and all related incremental delta backup files are required to restore the latest snapshot of a backup file The full backup file its checksum file and all incremental delta files are always stored in the data area This means that these files are not affected by the setting of the retention policy and will always be kept on the backup server However for backup sets with delta merge enabled the retention policy
263. itiator Service Manages I Manual Local System Ch Microsoft Software Shadow Copy Provider Manages s Started Manual Local System Multimedia Class Scheduler Enables rel Manual Local System Ch Net Msmq Listener Adapter Receives a Disabled Network 5 Ch Net Pipe Listener Adapter Receives a Disabled Local Service Gh Net Tep Listener Adapter Receives a Disabled Local Service ChNet Tep Port Sharing Service Provides a Disabled Local Service Sh Netlogon Maintains 4 Manual Local System Extended A Standard 273 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 3 Remove the corresponding entry from the Virtual Machine configuration VM GUID xmI file e Open the corresponding VM GUID xmI file at the following location with a text editor S VM Location Virtual Machine S VM GUID xml e Locate the line of all non existing VHD lt controller0 gt lt drived gt lt pathname type string gt D Hyper V Virtual Machine Name Virtual Hard Disks Name_GUID avhd lt pathname gt lt type type string gt VHD lt type gt lt drive0 gt lt drivel gt lt pathname type string gt D Hyper V Virtual Machine Name Virtual Hard Disks Second_Disk_GUID avhd lt pathname gt lt type type string gt VHD lt type gt lt drivel gt lt controller0d gt e Modify the line from lt type type string gt VHD lt type gt To lt type type string gt NONE lt type gt
264. kup Manager User s Guide If the datafiles are not consistent with the database the following messages will be displayed Example RMAN gt recover tablespace TS1 Starting recover at 19 JUL 07 allocated channel ORA DISK_1 channel ORA_DISK_1 sid 156 devtype DISK RMAN 00571 RMAN 03002 failure of recover command at 07 20 2007 12 24 49 RMAN 06163 some datafiles cannot be recovered aborting the RECOVER command RMAN 06166 datafile 7 cannot be recovered RMAN 06166 datafile 6 cannot be recovered RMAN 06166 datafile 5 cannot be recovered In this event please attempt the restore process again with a set of consistent datafiles The following error messages will be returned if there is archive log missing Example RMAN gt recover tablespace TS1 Starting recover at 20 JUL 07 using channel ORA_DISK_1 starting media recovery archive log thread 1 sequence 12 is already on disk as file D ORACLE PRODUCT 10 2 0 FLASH_ RECOVERY _AREA GDB1 ARCHIVELOG 2007_07_18 01_MF 1_ 12_39VF4JNJ_ ARC RMAN 00571 RMAN 03002 failure of recover command at 07 20 2007 12 28 52 RMAN 06053 unable to perform media recovery because of missing log 381 Online Backup Manager User s Guide RMAN 06025 no backup of log thread 1 seq 13 lowscn 660617 found to restore In this event please attempt the restore process again after the missing archive log file is found 8
265. kup Set Name BackupSet Backup Source Type File Backup E General E Backup Schedule User Authentication for Windows Domain Domain EL Encryption G YE UserName Username Continuous Data Protection Password 6eeee O In File Delta 6 Retention Policy Backup Filter _ e Command Line Tool ie Extra Backup gt i Local Copy 3 Options OK Cancel amp Menu Items Description Domain Input box for entering domain of the Windows domain account User Name Input box for entering username of the Windows domain account Password Input box for entering password of the Windows domain account The availability of features listed above may be service provider dependent If a feature is not available please check with your service provider for further details and availability 44 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 6 1 3 Backup Source lr Click on the Backup Source tab to configure backup source of a backup set A Backup Source defines the files and directories to be included for backup There are two types of backup source Selected and Deselected Selected backup source defines files and directories that are to be included in a backup set Deselected backup source defines files and directories that are to be excluded from a backup set On the basic backup source selection dialog you can select directories that are commonly selected as backup source for b
266. kup Source section within the CDP tab Select the custom set of data for backup Configure Backup Filter for inclusion or exclusion of file if necessary ae Note that the backup filter function is only available for CDP type Backup all files or Custom Although CDP can be a helpful feature the protection offered by CDP is often heralded without consideration of the disadvantages that it can present Specifically the continuous CPU memory and bandwidth usage can adversely affect the corresponding machine s performance To enable backup control for CDP backup select Advanced to open the advanced CDP setting dialog Advanced CDP Setting v Enable Backup Control Ay Backup only when v CPU usage 50 nd a v Network traffic lt 1 m Mbits an vi No input for 1 m minute s OK Cancel amp To allow CDP backup only when CPU usage is under 50 1 Select the checkbox beside CDP usage 2 Select the corresponding percentage from the dropdown menu To allow CDP backup only when network traffic is under 10 Mbit s 1 Select the checkbox beside Network traffic 2 Enter the corresponding number in the Mbit s textbox To allow CDP backup only when there is no keyboard or mouse input for 5 minutes 1 Select the checkbox beside No input for 2 Enter the corresponding number in minutes in the minute s Important Continuous Data Protection CDP will only backs up data selected as backup
267. kup command Command to execute batch file to stop and start an application before and after a backup job or other command to shutdown the computer when a backup job is complete can be configured 68 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Backup Setting BackupSet General f Backup Source Tg Backup Schedule eb Encryption Continuous Data Protection O In File Detta l Retention Policy Backup Filter _ Command Line Tool te Extra Backup F2 Local Copy E3 Options Command Line Tool Pre Backup Name Pre Backup Command Line Tool Working Directory C Change Command StopOutlook cmd Remove amp Post Backup Name PostBackup Command Line Tool Working Directory C Change Command StartOutlook cmd Remove OK Cancel amp Menu Item Description Add Click to add new pre or post backup command Remove Click to remove existing pre or post backup command Name Input box to enter name of a pre or post backup command Working Directory Directory which the pre or post backup command will run at Command Input box to enter pre or post backup command to be run For Windows Native command or command to execute a batch command or VBScript file can be configured shutdown s t 60 batch bat command cmd 69 Online Backup Manager User s Guide script vbs For Linux Command to execute a script file must be conf
268. l disk is not supported 3 For virtual machine with snapshot the restoration process for individual virtual disk requires manual editing of VM configuration files In depth knowledge on Hyper V is required 4 The virtual machine cannot start up if the guest operating system virtual disk is not restored 5 Restore of individual virtual disk to a different virtual machine is only supported for virtual disk with no snapshot 261 Online Backup Manager User s Guide For backup of individual virtual disk the restored virtual machine does not support the reversion of previous snapshots if the snapshot contains disks which are not previously backed up by OBM 14 1 3 Overview The following steps are performed during a backup job 1 2 Connection from the backup client to the backup server is established Download the server file list from the backup server Commands are issued to the hypervisor to create snapshot memory dump of the virtual machine with Volume Shadow Copy Important The corresponding virtual machine will be paused during the snapshot process and resume when the snapshot is completed Do not attempt to start the virtual machine while it is in the saving state The snapshot created may be invalid Furthermore the corresponding virtual machine uptime will also be reset to 00 00 00 in the Hyper V Manager After generating all files the files are copied to the temporary spool path and up
269. l settings 5 Start the virtual machine afterward For original virtual machine with snapshot 1 Open the Virtual Machine Library Window 2 Right click on the newly restored virtual machine select Settings acs Virtual Machine Library on z Start Up Windows KP Professional 22hi Delete Start Up Settings jolaris 10 Snapshots Cet Info Show Windows Show in Finder Delete Create New Migrate Existing PC Learn More 250 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Select Hard Disk Close Show All Settings Add Device System Settings a a amp amp g General Sharing Default Applications Processors amp Display Printer Applications Menu Memory Removable Devices aa o amp Network Hard Disk CD DVD Sound Card USB amp Adapter IDE IDE Bluetooth Other Startup Disk Encryption Compatibility Advanced For each virtual disk that was not restored remove the corresponding hard disk by pressing Remove Hard Disk Close Show All Hard Disk 2 IDE Add Device File name Virtual Disk 000001 vmdk r d Disk size Q 1 00 GB wv Advanced options Revert Apply Bus type IDE lt Pre allocate disk space V Split into 2 GB files Remove Hard Disk Hard disk settings cannot be changed while disk clean up is recommended To make these changes first use the Clean Up option in General settings Remove
270. lder is used for various purposes such as storage of your backup logs user configuration files temporary delta file and other files of temporary nature Ensure that sufficient disk space is present on the partition which contains the backup user profile 2 4 Temporary directory for OBM For database or application backup modules such as the following MS Exchange Server backup MS Windows System backup ShadowProtect System backup System State backup Corresponding data are spooled to a temporary directory before they are compressed encrypted and uploaded onto the backup server It is highly recommended that the temporary directory or volume used for these modules is not a system volume e g not the same partition which the operating system is installed on It is also recommended that the temporary directory or volume configured to have at least storage space of 150 of the expected backup size Regular checks on the temporary directory for left over files due to previous unsuccessful backup are also recommended 2 5 Encryption The encryption key is very important that it is recommended to write down and make additional copies of the key Please store the key in safe location so that it is readily available when needed to restore data In some cases encryption key is administrated by your service provider Please consult your service provider for further details For maximum security please select an encryption key with m
271. le Continuous Oatu Protection Enable ShadenProtect System Backup Enable Microso Windows System Backup Enable Microsoft Windows Virtuakeation Enable VMware VM Backup Enable Pcrosaft Exchange Mailbox Quota 71 Microsoft Windows Virtuskration Quota 1 VMware VN Backup Quota 13 Quota t26 Upcate Reset Key Description Quota Backup quota Data Area Total number and size of backup files stored in the data area Retention Total number and size of backup files stored in the Area retention area Total Upload Total number and size of backup files uploaded to the backup server Total Restore Total number and size of backup files restored from the backup server Login Name Login name Alias Display Name of your backup account Language Preferred Language for your backup report Time Zone Your Time zone Contact Email Address that will be used to contact you 464 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 22 3 Request Forgotten Password If you have forgotten your password you can retrieve it by simply entering your login name or your registered email address on the Password Request form and press the Request button Your password will be sent to your registered email address automatically Select Language Login Name or Email How to retrieve your forgotten password i Enter either your Login Name or Email in the form above i Press the
272. lease refer to Help Centre Article 2644 350 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 16 5 How to perform Brick Level backup Refer to the following instructions to backup individual items within your Microsoft Exchange Server 1 Login to the backup application s user interface Online Backup Manager Online Backup Manager Login Name username Login Name username Password eeececeee Password eeeeeee Save password Save password Forgot your password Forgot your password Language English OK Cancel Options Backup Server https hostname Ys Proxy Setting Use proxy to access the backup server OK Cancel Options For OBM installation on 64 bit machines please start the backup application by running the RUNOBC32 bat file found under the application installation bin directory OBM InstallHome bin RUNOBC32 bat 2 Select the Backup Settings button and the E button to start the New Backup Set Wizard 3 Create a MS Exchange mail level backup set by selecting MS Exchange Mail Level Backup from the backup set type dropdown menu 4 Enter the backup set name 351 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 10 11 New Backup Set Wizard xi la Backup Set Name Mail Backup Set Type File Backup w File Backup a Lotus Domino Server Backup Lotus Notes Client Backup v MS Exchange Server Backup MS Exchange Mail Level Backup MS SQL Server Backup
273. lect ends with from the Type dropdown menu and then click Apply 8 1 2 1 Search Click on the Search button to open the filter menu Search Lookin Change amp In Folder Size Date Modified Pattern Type contains Apply to Files and Directories V Search subfolders Match case Search amp Items per page 50 Page OK Cancel Menu Items Description Look in Click on the Change button to browse to the search destination Pattern Input box for entering the pattern of files that you would like to search for Type Dropdown menu for selecting the type of pattern they includes contains exact starts with ends with 97 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Apply to Dropdown menu for selecting if the search is applied to Files and Directories Files only Directories Search subfolders Click to enable or disable search on the subfolders of the selected Look in directory Match case Checkbox to enable or disable case sensitivity Search Click to begin the search Stop Click to stop the search process The availability of features listed above may be service provider dependent If a feature is not available please check with your service provider for further details and availability The Search option can be used to locate a directory or file within a backup set with large amount of data When the
274. led on the MySQL database server Create a new MySQL backup set on the web interface Login to the OBS web console select Backup Set Press the Add button to access the Add New Backup Set menu Restore Select Lanquage Profile File Explorer Report Statistics Logout Add New Backup Set Type File microsoft SQL Server O A Microsoft Exchange Server Please select one ofthe following vy Ss Oracle Database Server oat MySQL Database Server D Lotus Domine Lotus notes System State amp Microsoft Exchange Mail Level Backup a ShadowProtect System Backup Microsoft Windows System Backup Y vMware VM Backup VMware vSphere ESX35 4 Pe icraat Windows virtualization Microsoft Hyper V Server vy Select the MySQL Database Server radio button and Update Enter the Name and Database Backup Setting required Restore Select Lanquage Profile File Explorer Report Statistics Logout a Backup Set BackupSet1 v p Help Name BackupSet 1 Help Type n sat MySQL Database Server Help Database Backup Setting MySQL Username e g root root MySQL Password eeccccee i Hostname localhost MySQL Connection TCP IP Port 3306 Path to MySQL backup utility mysqldump Help Backup Source Backup the following files directories TA Add Exclude the following files directories g Add 448 Online Backup Manager User s Guide
275. les Microsoft SQL Se Instance ID 5 Language Registry Root Software Microsoft Microsoft SQL Running under 64 bit OS No Service Pack Level 1 2053 m dD Program Files Microsof Stock Keeping Unit ID 1804890536 Stock Keeping Unit Name Enterprise Edition 0 10 1 2531 0 Virtual Server Name Startup Parameters Parameters used by SQL Server at service startup e Restore the database engine afterward Important When you start SQL Server in single user mode first stop SQL Server Agent Otherwise SQL Server Agent might connect first preventing you from connecting as a second user 409 Online Backup Manager User s Guide To restore a full database backup of master use the following RESTORE DATABASE Transact SQL statement gt RESTORE DATABASE master FROM backup device WITH REPLACE backup_device is the database file restored from OBS C gt sqicmd 1 gt RESTORE DATABASE master FROM DISK C temp master bak WITH REPLACE 2 gt GO After master is restored the instance of SQL Server shuts down and terminates the sqlcmd process Before you restart the server instance ensure to remove the single user startup parameter that you have added previously in Step 2 Restart the server instance and continue other recovery steps such as restoring other databases 18 5 2 2 Restore other system or user database complete backup Refer to the following instructions
276. leted For further details of each step please refer to the following chapters 3 3 Installing OBM on Linux FreeBSD Solaris 3 3 1 1 2 Installing OBM on Linux Download the OBM tarball release from the vendor website Logon as root user in the Linux machine Create a new OBM_HOME directory e g usr local obm mkdir p usr local obm Unpack the install package to OBM_HOME cd usr local obm gunzip obm nix tar gz tar xf obm nix tar 15 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 3 3 2 For custom JRE Install JRE v1 6 or above and make note of the JRE installation path e g usr java Note Custom JRE is only required for client machine not running on x86 or x64 Create a symbolic link for JRE In sf usr java usr local obm jvm Set the JAVA_HOME environment variable export JAVA HOME usr java Install OBM and its related services by using the following commands cd usr local obm bin install sh gt install log Details of the installation can be found under the install log file Installing OBM on Solaris Download the OBM tarball release from the vendor website Logon as root user in the Solaris machine Install the SUNWgtar package from the Solaris Installation Media which contain the GNU tar util Create a new OBM_HOME directory e g usr local obm mkdir p usr local obm Unpack the in
277. ll the backup application available to all users or one user only e g me only Value Description XX Abbreviations of the language to install the backup application in e g en it fr option Everyone or MeOnly Press Enter Installing OBM Command line Silent installation Open a Windows command prompt with an administrative user account on the machine Download the OBM installer from the OBS gt wget http obm download link obm win exe Execute the installation file with the appropriate switches gt obm win exe VERYSILENT LANG en TASKS Everyone Syntax obm win exe SILENT VERYSILENT LANG xx TASK option Parameter Description SILENT Install the backup application showing the installation process VERYSILENT Install the backup application hiding the installation process LANG xx Install the backup application in the language Selected TASK option Install the backup application available to all users or one user only e g me only Value Description 11 Online Backup Manager User s Guide XX Abbreviations of the language to install the backup application in e g en it fr option Everyone or MeOnly Press Enter Configuring OBM Launch the OBM user interface by double clicking on the desktop icon Enter the backup server hostname in
278. load to OBS Commands are issued to the hypervisor to remove the Volume Shadow Copy snapshot created Backup completed successfully 262 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 14 1 4 How to backup Microsoft virtual machines Refer to the following instructions to backup VM running on Microsoft Hyper V Server 1 Login to the backup application s user interface EG online Backup Manager Eije x online Backup Manager Iof x E I h Login Name username Login Name username Password iia Password iiiki Save password _ Save password Forgot your password Forgot your password OK Cancel Options Language English x 4 Backup Server http xl hostname x amp Proxy Setting _ Use proxy to access the backup server Type Proxy Sock Address Port User Name Password OK Cancel amp Options 2 Select the Backup Settings button and the button to start the New Backup Set Wizard 3 Create a MS VM Backup set by selecting MS VM Backup from the backup set type dropdown menu 263 Online Backup Manager User s Guide New Backup Set Wizard xi Backup Set Name Backup Set Type MS YM Backup MS SQL Server Backup a fh Micr mysaL Backup Version Oracle Database Server Backup Systern State Backup ShadowProtect System Backup MS Windows System Backup MS YM Backup VMware VM Backup Next gt Cancel 4 Select the version of the hypervisor New Backu
279. lt encryption setting selected the encryption key is independent from a backup account s password Encryption settings are set at a backup set s creation time even if the password is changed afterward the encryption key remain the same It is very important that the encryption key is written down and additional copies of the key are made and stored in safe places so that it is readily available when needed to restore data If the encryption key is lost the data is irretrievable Press the OK button to complete the configuration of backup set Scheduled backup will run automatically at the configured schedule time 9 Click Backup button on the left panel to perform a backup immediately 10 Setup is now completed For further details of each step please refer to the following chapters 21 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 3 5 Command line mode 1 Backup set cannot be created in command line mode Before accessing the backup application in command line mode please use the web interface to create the initial backup set Login to the web interface e To create the initial backup set Select the Backup Set tab and Add Select the corresponding backup type and Update Configure the backup set by entering the corresponding information in the available fields such as backup set name source and schedule Click Update when complete To modify an existing backup set Sele
280. machine 13 1 4 Overview The following steps are performed during a backup job T 2 Connection from the backup client to the backup server is established Download the server file list from the backup server Connection from the backup client to the hypervisor is established Commands are issued to the hypervisor to create snapshot of the virtual machine for backup Server and local file lists are compared to determine which file will be uploaded Delta file is generated for modified file if necessary Existing and snapshot data are encrypted compressed and streamed to the backup server Commands are issued to the hypervisor to remove snapshot created for backup Backup completed successfully 178 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Server 13 1 5 How to backup virtual machines on VMware ESXi ESX Refer to the following instructions to backup VM running on VMware ESXi or ESX Server 1 Login to the backup application s user interface For backup client computer on Windows double click on the OBM desktop icon or right click on the system tray icon Online Backup Manager Login Name username Password eccceecoe Save password Forgot your password OK Cancel Options Online Backup Manager Login Name username Password eeeeeesce Save password Forgot your password Language English Backup Server https hostname Us Proxy Setting Use proxy to acce
281. machine 3 For VMware Fusion 4 the application bundle must be located under Applications Applications VMware Fusion app Contents Library Otherwise please move the application bundle to Applications 4 Consider increasing the JVM Java Virtual Machine memory allocation to improve performance of the backup operation 5 It is recommended that the datastore have disk space of the largest sized virtual machine to be backed up 6 Itis recommended that the temporary directory have disk space of at least 50 of the largest sized virtual machine to be backed up 7 Itis recommended that the temporary directory be configured on a local drive 8 It is recommended that the temporary directory is not configured on the same partition which the operating system is installed on 233 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 9 Consider performing routine recovery test to ensure your backup is setup and performed properly 13 3 3 Limitations The following are limitations of the VMware VM backup module 1 Boot Camp virtual machine is not supported 2 For backup of individual virtual disk the restored virtual machine does not support the reversion of previous snapshots if the snapshot contains disks which are not previously backed up by OBM 3 Independent Disk is not supported For virtual machines with Independent Disks those disks will not be backed up 13 3 4 Overview The following steps are performed d
282. matted and partitioned Select the Only restore system disk check box to perform an operating system only recovery Click Install drivers to install drivers for the hardware to be recovering to Click Advanced to specify whether the computer is restarted and the disks are checked for errors immediately after the recovery 11 Click Finish to begin the restore process 157 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 11 5 3 Recover volumes with command Refer to the following instruction to perform a volume recovery with command 1 2 Open command prompt Enter the following command according to the backup data source target gt Wbadmin start recovery version lt VersionIdentifiers gt itemType Volume items lt VolumesToRecover gt backupTarget lt VolumeHostingBackup gt recoveryTarget lt TargetVolumeForRecovery gt Parameter Descriptions version Specifies the version identifier of the backup to recover in the following format MM DD YYYY hh mm Type in the following to list version identifier gt Wbadmin get versions itemTypes Specifies type of items to recover in this case Volume items Specifies a comma delimited list of volumes to be recovered backupTarget Specifies the volume containing the backup data to be recovered recoveryTarget Specifies the volume drive letter of the alternate volume to restore to Example To restor
283. mber your password press the Forgot your password button to retrieve a forgotten password email Please do not attempt to login with an incorrect password as a backup user account will be locked after 3 bad password attempts Backup job cannot be run for backup user account with status as locked Please contact your service provider to unlock your account if it is locked Configure which language to start the backup application in by select the language of your choice under the Language drop down menu For the list of supported languages please refer to Appendix A To enable Proxy setting select the Use proxy to access the backup server checkbox button and enter the corresponding proxy information For Sock proxy both v4 and v5 without user authentication are supported Press OK to login when all configurations are entered For initial login of existing backup user on new computer you will be prompted for the encrypting key of all existing backup set amp Online Backup Manager Language English x Online Backup Manager Summary username Bark Quota Usage Used 0 26 0 Restore etone Recycle Bin 0 0 file Encrypting Key Request BackupSet eb Encrypting key Enter Correct Encrypting Key oB x rh g ma Save Setting wy Quit Backup Log O Restore Log O Menu Item Description 31 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Enter Correct
284. me Gs Proxy Setting _ Use proxy to access the backup server OK Cancel Options For VMware Server installation on Linux enter the following command to start the OBM graphical user interface sh usr local obm bin RunOBC sh amp 2 Select the Restore button and the corresponding backup set 219 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Restore Show files as ofJob 2011 03 28 Latest X Show all files Folders a Backup Server 6 0 VMware Server 2 0 2 4 amp winxp Name envinxP env inxP env inxP envvinxXP envvinxP envvinxXP envvinxP env inxP Logical Path A DA DP A A A A R datastore1 6250 datastore1 6250 datastore1 6250 datastore1 6250 datastore1 6250 datastore1 6250 datastore1 6250 datastore1 6250 Filter Size Date Modified 294 924 KB 2011 03 31 16 22 1 KB2011 03 31 16 12 1 181 407 KB2011 03 31 16 20 30 KB2011 03 31 16 23 4 194 304 KB2011103 31 16 12 9 KB2011 03 31 16 23 1 KB2011 03 31 16 12 1 KB2011 03 31 16 23 enWinXP env inxP datastore1 6250 datastore1 6250 3 KB 2011 03 31 16 11 2 KB 2011 03 31 16 11 SININNNNNNAS De Delete 0 Items per page 50 gt Restore files to Original location Alternate location C Alternate Location Change amp Search amp 4 Previous StartRestore gt Cancel amp
285. me format REM set in Windows REM e g SET RECTIME 13 00 REM If you want to restore all databases leave RECTIME REM blank REM e g SET RECTIME SET RECTIME 00 02 Save and execute the DominoRecover bat batch file afterward gt C Program Files obm bin DominoRecover bat Media recovery is performed for the specified database Content of the database will be restored to the last committed transaction found in the archived transaction log Example C Program Files OBM bin gt DominoRecover bat Media Recovery Utility for Lotus Domino 5 0 or above Running media recovery Restart Analysis 0 MB 100 18 01 2007 14 42 15 Recovery Manager Restart Recovery complete 0 0 databases needed full partial recovery Media Recovery Replay 122 MB 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 18 01 2007 14 42 17 Recovery Manager Media Recovery complete for C Lotus Domino data admin4 nsf last update applied Backup file C Lotus Domino data admin4 nsf recovered 432 Online Backup Manager User s Guide C Program Files OBM bin gt DominoRecover bat 9 Restart the Lotus Domino services 19 7 How to backup Lotus Domino Linux Refer to the following instructions to backup Lotus Domino installation on Linux 1 Install OBM on the Lotus Domino server Note OBM must be installed on the Lotus Domino server Important Please ensure that the oper
286. minder email If the password reminder Contact username ex2k10 bsp test a Key Description Login Name Login name of the backup account Password Password of the backup account in hashed format Note The hashed password can be used to login to the OBM user interface where the user will be prompted to change the password Alias Alias of the backup account Language Preferred language of the backup account Contact Email address of the backup account 453 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 21 3 Backup Job Report Backup job report is sent to the corresponding backup account after each backup job performed The report is sent on the 57th minute of every hour by a system routine job for all jobs performed during that hour A backup job report email contains the following information Sample Online Backup Job Report BackupSet Generated at Thu Jan 19 23 18 30 GMT 08 00 2012 Backup Job Summary User Setting Backup Time 2012 01 19 17 59 2012 01 19 Login Name user name 17 59 Alias Job Status Backup finished successfully Language English New Files 30 8 44M Contact username ex2k10 bsp test Updated Files 0 0 Backup Setting Updated Access 0 0 Backup Source C Backup Source Permissions f But exclude the following Deleted Files 0 0 C Backup Source Test doc Moved Files 0 0 C Backup Source Testt doc Copied Files 0 0 Ba
287. n be a local directory or network share Click Next to continue Restore Backup Image To Restore Select the backup image you want to restore Select network location or browse to a local path E orero 3 Specify image names Base Name First Image Creation Time Last Imac a F_ OL b003 2 8 2012 3 51 49 PM 2 8 2012 3 E F_ OL bo02 2 8 2012 3 51 33 PM 2 8 2012 3 s F_YOL b001 2 8 2012 3 50 37 PM 2 8 2012 3 11 In the Backup Image Dependencies dialog screen any ShadowProtect Differential or Incremental image associated with the Full image will be displayed 170 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Restore Backup Image Dependencies Verify current selection or select another point in time File Name Creation Time Image File Properties EESTI Youre Size 30 00 6B Used space 71 86 MB Creation Time 2 8 2012 3 50 37 PM Backup type None Image creation methoc YSNAP using SS E 30 00 GB NTFS 30 00 GB Select an image file to view its properties including e Image File Properties Volume size creation time compression password protection and comment e Original Partition Information Style number type bootable option starting offset and length e Disk Information Disk geometry disk size and number of the first track sectors A user also views the disk layout graphically at the bottom of the screen e Originating machine The operating system version t
288. n of OBM Windows C Program Files OBM Mac OS X Applications OBM USERPROFILE The location where the operating system stores the user account information Windows XP 2003 C Documents and Settings Windows Vista 2008 7 C Users Mac OS X 0obm Online Backup Manager User s Guide 1 3 System requirements Minimum Recommended OS OS Windows XP Or higher Mac OS X v10 5 Red hat 4 CentOS 4 Solaris 10 FreeBSD 7 3 CPU CPU n a Multithread supported Memory Memory 512 MB 1GB or above Network Network TCP IP TCP IP Java Java 1 5u22 1 6u23 Java is included in the software 1 4 Important notes Images workflow or description in this document may be different from your installation If you are uncertain about any of the instructions provided please contact your service provider for advices Online Backup Manager User s Guide 2 Best practices and recommendations This chapter describes the best practices for your backup client application 2 1 Recommended hardware specification OBM is recommended to be installed on a 64 bit machine with multiple CPUs and cores especially for environment setup with application specific backup module such as virtual machine MS Exchange or bare metal backup When installing the backup client application please thoroughly evaluate the computer s specification before the installation to ensure it meets th
289. n the client computer their existing version on the backup server backed up previously would be moved into retention area while newly backed up file would be placed in the current data area Specifically retention policy setting defines how long are these data kept within the retention area before they are deleted permanently from the backup server For backed up data that have not been updated or deleted from the client computer they are kept in the data area on the backup server and remain untouched A standard retention policy defines a basic policy where retained file in the retention area are removed automatically after a user specific number of days or backup jobs To define a standard retention policy simply modify the Keep delete file s for drop down menu to your required days or jobs Press OK and save before exiting the backup application to confirm the changes Backup Setting BackupSet x Retention Policy Keep deleted file s for 7 m Day s a General E Advanced ly Backup Source E Backup Schedule eb Encryption Continuous Data Protection y in File Delta Retention Policy Backup Filter a r a Command Line Tool tt Extra Backup P2 Local Copy E Options zx Cancel amp 62 Online Backup Manager User s Guide An advanced retention policy defines a more advanced and flexible policy where retained file in the retention area are removed automatically after
290. n with a text editor S VM Location S VM Name vmsd e Locate the numDisks parameter Example Snapshot 1 if one of the disks is removed updates the value of snapshot0 numDisks encoding UTF 8 snapshot lastUID 1 snapshot numSnapshots 1 snapshot current 1 snapshot0 uid 1 snapshot0 filename Windows 2008 Snapshot1 vmsn snapshot0 displayName Snapshot1 snapshot0 description snapshot0 createTimeHigh 309233 snapshot0 createTimeLow 1291281261 189 Online Backup Manager User s Guide snapshot0O numDisks 3 snapshot0 disk0 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 disk0 node scsi0 0 snapshot0 disk1 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 diskl1 node scsi0 1 e Modify the line from snapshot0 numDisks 3 To snapshot0 numDisks 2 encoding UTF 8 snapshot lastUID 1 snapshot numSnapshots 1 snapshot current 1 snapshot0O uid 1 snapshot0 filename Windows 2008 Snapshot1 vmsn snapshot0 displayName Snapshot1 snapshot0O description snapshot0 createTimeHigh 309233 snapshot0 createTimeLow 1291281261 snapshot0O numDisks 2 snapshot0 disk0 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 disk0 node scsi0 0 snapshot0 disk1 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 disk1 node scsi0 1 e Perform the same steps for each snapshot e Save the changes afte
291. nager User s Guide 8 File Restore This chapter describes in details how to perform a file restore with OBM 8 1 File restore process Restore Log Backup Set BackupSet x Log 2012 02 28 16 08 49 E Show All Type Log Time Start Windows XP test xp Pro Backup 6 7 2 0 2012 02 28 16 08 49 Downloading restore file list 201 2 02 28 16 08 49 Downloading restore file list Completed 2012 02 28 16 08 49 Creating new directory C Restore C_ Documents and SettingsiTesteriF avorites Microsoft Web 201 2 02 28 16 08 49 Downloading C Restore C_ Documents and Settings Tester F avorites Microsoft WebsitesiE A 2012 02 28 16 08 49 Downloading C Restore C_ Documents and SettingsiTester F avorites Microsoft WwebsitesiE s 201 2 02 28 16 08 49 Downloading C Restore C_ Documents and Settings Tester F avorites Microsoft WebsitesiMicr 2012 02 28 16 08 49 Downloading C Restore C_ Documents and Settings TesteriF avorites Microsoft WWebsitesimicr 201 2 02 28 16 08 49 Downloading C Restore C_ Documents and Settings Tester F avorites Microsoft WebsitesiMicr 2012 02 28 16 08 50 Restore Completed Successfully 201 2 02 28 16 08 51 v ib i i Logs per page 50 x Page 171 m Close Stages of a restore are outlined below 1 A connection from the backup client application to the backup server is established 2 Download the restore file list from the backup server 3
292. nd Line Tool bh Local Copy HS Options Cancel OK Cancel 11 Scheduled backup will run automatically at the configured schedule time 12 Click Backup button on the left panel to perform a backup immediately 135 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 10 5 How to restore Windows System State 10 5 1 For Windows XP 2003 R2 Refer to the following instructions to restore Windows System State on Windows XP Server 2003 R2 1 Install OBM on the machine to be restored to 2 Login to the backup application s user interface Online Backup Manager Login Name username Password eeceeeee C Save password Forgot your password OK Cancel i Options Login Name username Password eeeeeeeo T Save password Forgot your password amp Language English i Backup Server https hostname Gs Prov Setting Use proxy to access the backup server OK Cancel Options 3 Select the Restore button and the corresponding backup set 136 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 4 Restore Please select the backup set BackupSet Delete 1 Next gt Cancel Select the System State file SystemState bkf to be restored and its restore destination Restore Show files as ofJob 2011 09 12 Folders H Backup Server amp Serer Latest O Show all files Name M E systemState bkt Delete O gt Restore files to CARestore Destinati
293. nd select files and Folders Select Recovery Type Select Volumes cy Volumes Confirmation You can restore an entire volume such as all data stored on C Recovery Progress Applications You can recover applications that have registered with Windows Server Backup You can restore just the system state More about performing recoveries Cancel On the Select Volumes Menu select the check boxes associated with the volumes to be recover From the associated drop down list in the Destination Volume column select the recovery destination volume and click Next On the Confirmation menu review the details click Recover to begin the restore process 154 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 11 5 2 Recover the operating system with the Install Windows Wizard Refer to the following instruction to perform an operating system recovery with the Install Windows Wizard 1 Insert the Windows Setup Disc into the CD DVD drive 2 Restart the computer Note In some case you may need to press the required key to boot up from disc 3 Specify the language settings and then click Next Install Windows gt Windows Server 2002 Language to install En OT ESAE English United States Enter your language and other preferences and click Next to continue Copyrigit 2609 Microsoft Corporetion Ali rights reserved 4 Click Repair your computer 155 Online Backup
294. ng any hidden directories or files would be backup as well To avoid backing up hidden directories such as the Recycle Bin folder please select the corresponding directories or files required as backup source directly instead of selecting the parent directory or root drive letter 6 1 4 Backup Schedule i Click on the Backup Schedule tab of the backup setting menu to configure backup schedule of a backup set A Backup Schedule defines the time time period allowed and frequency that backup job for an existing backup set should be run automatically Menu Items Description Run scheduled backup on this computer Checkbox to enable or disable the corresponding backup set to run on this computer Add Click to add a new backup schedule Remove Click to remove an existing backup schedule Properties Click to modify an existing backup schedule 47 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Add new backup schedule Name New Backup Schedule fa Backup File Type Backup everyday Time Y Start 23 jer 00 Stop on completion Full Backup ok amp Add new backup schedule Name New Backup Schedule A Backup File gt Type Monthly v Backup on the following day every month v Day 1 Time Start 23 a 00 Stop on completion Full Backup Ji Add new backup schedule Name New Backup Schedule aT Backup Fil
295. ng proxy setting such as address port proxy username and password Login Name Input box for entering trial backup user login name Password Input box for entering trial backup user password Contact Input box for entering trail backup user email contact Submit Click to create the trial backup user account The availability of options listed above may be service provider dependent If a feature is not available please check with your service provider for further details and availability For sub sequence login the login dialog will be displayed amp online Backup Manager amp online Backup Manager Login Name Password username TITILL Save password Forgot your password OK Cancel amp Options Login Name username eeeeeeee Save password Password Forgot your password Language English 9 Backup Server https hostname Ys Proxy Setting Use proxy to access the backup server OK Cancel amp Options 29 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Menu Item Description Login Name Input box for entering backup user account login name Password Input box for entering backup user account password Save password Checkbox to enable or disable password saving Forgot your Click to request for lost password password Options Click to access advance option such as Language Backup Server and Proxy Setting
296. ng the master database Open SQL Server Enterprise Manager connect to the server where the backup is to be restored Right click the master database and select All Tasks then select Restore database E g nwir New Database F u pub New b H F temp All Tasks Import Data a E t Dat m xport Data ICI Managel Mew Window from Here k 63 SQL ro Maintenance Plan 9 1 ea Generate SQL Script G Refresh eg Properties ia Curr Help gf Dat E E SQL Server Logs a Log Shipping Monitor I E Replication L Security Q Support Services Backup Database Restore Database Shrink Database Detach Database Take Offline Gopy Subscription Database View Replication Conflicts Select the From device radio button and Select Devices 400 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Restore database Eg General Options iB Restore as database master X Restore Database Filegroups or files From device m Parameters Devices Select Devices Backup number fi Restore backup set View Contents Database complete Database differential Transaction log File or filegroup Read backup set information and add to backup history In the Choose Restore Devices dialog box select the Disk radio button gr When the backup is restored SQL Server
297. nsaction Log Ship Transaction Logs Properties Generate Scripts Publish using Web Service Import Data Export Data Copy Database Manage Database Encryption 411 Online Backup Manager User s Guide On the General page the name of the restoring database appears in the To database list box To create a new database enter its name in the list box Restore Database Northwind Oy x Selectapage electapage L Script 4 Help LA General ree a Destination for restore Select or type the name of a new or existing database for your restore operation To database IN orthwind X To a point in time Most recent possible K Source for restore Specify the source and location of backup sets to restore From database Northwind v From device ki Select the backup sets to restore Type Server Server WIN2008 R2b Connection WIN2008 R2B Administrator 3 View connection properties Progress Ready Select From device click the browse button to open the Specify Backup dialog box Click Add Browse to the backup file restored from OBS that is to be restored m Specify Backup xi Specify the backup media and its location for your restore operation Backup media z Backup location D temp DATABASE_AdventureWorksLT 2008 bak Add Remove Contents 412 Online Backup Manager U
298. nt machine select the Original location radio button For restore to an alternate location select the Alternate location radio button and click Change to change the directory path which you would like to restore to Click Start Restore to begin the restore process 105 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Restore Restore Progress Downloading restore file list Completed 0 Estimated Time Left 0 sec Downloaded 0 0 file Elapsed Time Osec Transfer Rate Obit s Cancel 106 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 8 2 2 Restore using the web interface Refer to the following steps for restore using the web interface Note For restore of a large amount of data it is recommended to restore using the OBM user interface instead of the web restorer applet 1 Login to the web interface Select Lanquage Forgot Password Login Name username Password eeeeeceece Forgotten your password Login iVi remember my login name Troubleshooting i Check to see if your CAPS LOCK is on Both the Login Name and Password are case sensitive ii If you have forgotten your password you can use the Forgot Password Page to retrieve your password iii Please check if your system clock is correct Cookies may function incorrectly if your system clock is incorrect 2 Click on the File Explorer tab at the top menu of the web interface 107 Online Backup Manager
299. ntial Day 6 Incremental Day 7 Incremental 2 8 Difference between Local Copy and Seed Load The Local Copy and Seed Load features are very similar in terms of what they do While the Local Copy feature is designed for user who wants to an extra copy of the backup data locally at the client site the Seed Load feature is designed for initial backup of large data e g initial backup of large MS Exchange database A Seed Load backup is performed onto a removable storage device to be imported on the backup server physically bypassing the bottleneck of Internet backup The major differences between Local Copy and Seed Load are Feature Local Copy Seed Load Retention Policy Retention policy can be applied on local copy backup No retention policy is applied on seed load backup Online Backup Manager User s Guide In file Delta Advance In file Delta type setting can be applied on local copy backup No In file Delta type setting is applied on seed load backup Backup Schedule Local copy backup can be performed manually or by schedule Seed load backup can only be performed manually For performance consideration it is highly recommended that the local copy backup be performed on a local hard disk and not to a network location 2 9 Recommended backup exclusions Backing up system system cache redundant or non essential files such as
300. nts are met by the Hypervisor 1 2 13 1 3 SSH must be enabled on the Hypervisor The root account must be enabled OBM ESX ESXi backup set requires the root account for backup and restore The following TCP ports must be opened on the hypervisor e Port 22 e Port 80 and 443 It is recommended that the datastore have disk space of the largest sized virtual machine to be backed up Limitations The following are limitations of the VMware VM backup module L VMware ESX or ESXi Server with Raw Device Mapping RDM is not supported Snapshots are not available when the Raw Device Mapping RDM is used in physical compatibility mode VMware ESX Server Cluster Resource Pool is not supported Backup of virtual machine with multiple snapshot root branches is not supported on VMware ESXi Server version 4 0 and 4 1 177 Online Backup Manager User s Guide For backup of individual virtual disk the restored virtual machine does not support the reversion of previous snapshots if the snapshot contains disks which are not previously backed up by OBM For virtual machines with Independent Disks e If Independent Disks are to be included in the virtual machine backup the virtual machine must be powered off first before running the backup job e If the virtual machine is powered on the Independent Disk will not be backed up OBM will skip the snapshot creation of any Independent Disk on the virtual
301. o do that It s important that user does not try to make the test easier as the objective of a successful test is not to demonstrate that everything is flawless There might be flaws identified in the plan throughout the test and it is important to identify those flaws Online Backup Manager User s Guide 3 Installing OBM This chapter describes how to install the backup client application 3 1 Installing OBM on Windows platforms There are three installation methods available e Installation wizard e Command line e Command line Silent installation 3 1 1 Installing OBM Installation wizard 1 Download the OBM installer obm win exe from the vendor 2 Follow the instructions provided by Installation Wizard to complete the installation 3 When completed a system tray icon for OBM will be installed and OBM will be launched automatically 3 1 2 Installing OBM Command line This method is especially useful for installation on Windows Server 2008 Core 1 Download the OBM installer from OBS gt wget http obm download link obm win exe 2 Execute the installation file with the appropriate switches gt obm win exe LANG en TASKS Everyone Syntax obm win exe LANG xx TASK option Parameter Description LANG xx Install the backup application in the language Selected 10 Online Backup Manager User s Guide TASK option Insta
302. o e Backup Set Name Backup Set Type File Backup File Backup MySQL Backup Oracle Database Server Backup iV Mware VM Backup Cancel B Create a VMware VM Backup set by selecting VMware VM Backup from the backup set type dropdown menu Enter the corresponding information required 235 Online Backup Manager User s Guide r z New Backup Set Wizard la Backup Set Name Backup Set Type VMware VM Backup m VMware Host Product VMware Fusion 3 4 z Username root Password eeeee Host 127 0 0 1 Next gt Menu Items Description Name Enter a backup set name of your choice Type Select backup set type VMware VM Backup VMware Host Version Select host version for example VMware Fusion Username Enter the username of the hypervisor administrator Password Enter the password of the hypervisor administrator Host Default to 127 0 0 1 as OBM must be installed on the hypervisor 5 Select Next to proceed 6 Select the corresponding virtual machines for backup 236 Online Backup Manager User s Guide v Gy vmware Fusion 3 4 vy CO Solaris 10 O amp Solaris 10 vmdk vy GB Windows XP Professional 32bit amp Virtual Disk vmdk amp Windows XP Professional 32bit 000005 vmdk 4 Previous BOM New Backup Set Wizard Next gt Alternatively select individual virtual disk for backup by
303. ode2_BCDBBEEB E65 foo fis fso foo fos fos E IDE Controller 1 DVD Drive MQUEST ISO B SCSI Controller J Enable virtual LAN identification Network Adapter VLAN ID Local Area Connection Virtual Net The VLAN identifier specifies the virtual LAN that this virtual machine will use for all com1 network communications through this network adapter None n 2 I com2 None T To remove the network adapter From this virtual machine click Remove be Diskette Drive None Remove Management J Enable spoofing of MAC addresses N Use a legacy network adapter instead of this network adapter to perform a Boma o network based installation of the guest operating system or when integration CSV XP Node2 services are not installed in the quest operating system 2 Integration Services All services offered amp Snapshot File Location C ClusterStorage Volume3 CSy X FO Automatic Start Action None is Automatic Stop Action Save Start the virtual machine afterward Important If the following error is displayed during the startup please remove the Saved State of the corresponding VM Hyper Manager xi x An error occurred while attempting to start the selected virtual machine s CSV XP Nodet could not initialize n attempt to read or update virtual machine configuration failed See details In Hyper V Manager right click on the corresponding VM and select
304. of In file delta technology If the size of a file that is being backed up is smaller than the Minimum File Size setting In file delta technology will not be applied to this file and the whole file will be uploaded to the backup server It is not necessary to perform In file delta backup on small files because backing up the whole file does not take long Backing up the whole file instead reduces the time required to restore the file 9 1 3 Delta Merging Enable delta merging Delta Merging Enable delta merging defines whether to enable the delta merge feature for the corresponding backup set 119 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Backup Setting BackupSet x E General d Backup Source 4 x Backup Schedule eb Encryption C in File Delta amp Retention Policy a z gt Command Line Tool tt Extra Backup r i Local Copy re Options In File Delta V Enable In File Delta Block Size Auto Bytes Za Applyto files Minimum Size 25 m Mbytes amp Delta Merging v Enable delta merging In File Delta Type Default Incremental t Upload full file when gp Noot Deita gt 100 Delta Ratio gt 50 m v Advanced gt Delta Ratio Delta File Size Full File Size OK Cancel amp h To enable the delta merging feature select the In File Delta tab in the Backup Setting menu and select the checkbox beside Enable delta merging 9 1 1 3 Overview The delta merge fe
305. og device field to Yes Logging Style Choose Archive The default is Circular Maximum Log Space The maximum size in MB for the transaction log Default is 192MB Maximum is 4096MB 4GB 421 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Domino formats at least 3 and up to 64 log files depending on the maximum log space you allocate Use all available space on log device Choose one Yes To use all available space on the device for the transaction log This is recommended if you use a separate device dedicated for storing the log If you choose Yes you do not need to enter a value in the Maximum Log Space field No To use the default or specified value in the Maximum Log Space field Automatic fixup of corrupt databases Choose one Enabled default If a database is corrupted and Domain cannot use the transaction log to recover it Domino runs the Fixup task assigned a new DBIID and notifies the administrator that a new database backup is required Disabled Domino does not run the Fixup task automatically and notifies the administrator to run the Fixup task with the J parameter on corrupt logged databases Runtime Restart performance This field controls how often Domino records a recovery checkpoint in the transaction log which affects server performance To record a recovery checkpoint Domino evaluates each active logged datab
306. olicy where users can override the default In file delta setting on specific days in terms of day of a week or day of a year for example all Sundays or the first day of each month 126 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Backup Setting BackupSet In File Delta E General W Enable In File Delta gt Backup Source Block Size Auto Bytes E Backup Schedule Applyto files Minimum Size 25 m Mbytes eb Encryption i amp Delta Merging N In File Delta Enable delta merging 6 Retention Policy fa In File Delta Type Default Incremental F Advanced gt mr r Command Line Tool At Extra Backup t Upload full file when Ba Local Copy a No of Delta gt 100 Delta Ratio gt 50 E3 Options ee EPEN a Delta Ratio Delta File Size Full File Size OK Cancel This is especially useful for users who want to limit their backup on specific day For example incremental delta backup on weekdays and differential delta backup on Saturday Press the Advanced button and the Advanced In File Delta Type Setting dialog will be display Advanced In File Delta Type Setting CH weekly Variation Override Default Setting v Yearly Variation Override Weekly Variation or Default Setting F x OK Cancel Menu Items Description 127 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Weekly Variation Sunday to Saturday Click on the checkbox beside the c
307. ollowing location with a text editor S VM Location VM Name vmsd e Locate the numDisks parameter Example Snapshot 1 if one of the disks is removed updates the value of snapshot0 numDisks snapshot lastUID 1 snapshot numSnapshots 1 snapshot current 1 snapshot0 uid 1 snapshot0 filename Windows 2008 Snapshot1 vmsn snapshot0 displayName Snapshot1 1 snapshot0 description snapshot0 createTimeHigh 309233 snapshot0 createTimeLow 1291281261 snapshot0 numDisks 3 snapshot0 disk0 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 disk0 node scsi0 0 snapshot0 disk1 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 diskl1 node scsi0 1 e Modify the line from snapshot0 numDisks 3 To snapshot0 numDisks 2 snapshot lastUID 1 snapshot numSnapshots 1 snapshot current 1 snapshot0 uid 1 snapshot0 filename Windows 2008 Snapshot1 vmsn snapshot0 displayName Snapshoti1 snapshot0 description snapshot0 createTimeHigh 309233 snapshot0 createTimeLow 1291281261 snapshot0O numDisks 2 snapshot0 disk0 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 disk0 node scsi0 0 246 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 10 11 12 snapshot0 disk1 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 disk1 node scsi0 1 e Perform the same steps for each snapshot e Save the changes afterward Add the
308. on Search amp tems per page 50 4 Previous Filter Size Date Modified 560 00 2011 09 12 14 19 50 Page 1 1 Change amp Start Restore gt Cancel Open NTBackup in the Windows Start menu click Run and type in ntbackup 137 Online Backup Manager User s Guide m Type the name of a program folder document or z Internet resource and Windows will open it for you Open intbackup 6 Press Next and select Restore files and settings Backup or Restore Wizard Backup or Restore You can back up files and settings or restore them from a previous backup What do you want to do Back up files and settings 7 Click Browse browse to the SystemState bkf file which you have restored via OBM then press OK 138 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Backup or Restore Wizard What to Restore You can restore any combination of drives folders or files 8 Expand and select the corresponding System State file from the left panel press Next afterward 9 Review the settings then press Finish to begin the restore process Backup or Restore Wizard Completing the Backup or Restore Wizard You have created the following restore settings Restore from SystemState bkf 2011 09 12 14 1 7 12 0004 Type File Restore to Original locations Existing files Do not replace To close this wizard and start the restore click Finish
309. onal V amp Windows XP Professional 2 vmdk HV e Windows XP Professional 000001 vmdk gt 4 Previous Next gt Cancel 7 Alternatively select individual virtual disk for backup by expanding the corresponding VM sub tree New Backup Set Wizard a vmware Server 2 S D VMware Server 2 0 2 0 amp Windows XP Professional V amp Windows XP Professional 2 vmdk i S Windows XP Professional 000001 vmdk gt 4 Previous Next gt Cancel Important For backup of VM with snapshot backup of the whole VM instead of individual disk is highly recommended 8 Configure a backup schedule for unattended backups 208 Online Backup Manager User s Guide ane backup schedules of different types can be configured for the same backup set 9 Select an encryption setting for your backup set 10 Press the OK button to complete the configuration of backup set 11 Scheduled backup will run automatically at the configured schedule time 12 Click Backup button on the left panel to perform a backup immediately Note For VMware Server 1 x active virtual machine selected for backup must be powered down for the backup process to begin 209 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 13 2 6 How to restore virtual machines on VMware Server Refer to the following instructions to restore VM running on VMware Server VM can be restored to the original location with the following condition If the VM to be r
310. or For any virtual disk that was not restored e g original backup source did not include all hard disks configured for the VM Continue to the next steps for instruction to remove the missing hard disk from the virtual machine s configuration For original virtual machine with no snapshot 1 2 Open the Virtual Machine Library Window Control click on the newly restored virtual machine select Settings ann Virtual Machine Library Windows KP Professional 22hi Delete Start Up Start Up Settings jolaris 10 Snapshots Cet Info Show Windows Show in Finder Delete Select Hard Disk 241 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Close Show All Settings Add Device System Settings a ss ERE g General Sharing Default Applications Processors amp Display Printer Applications Menu Memory Removable Devices l amp B Network Hard Disk CD DVD Sound Card USB amp Adapter IDE IDE Bluetooth Other gt jes grab Startup Disk Encryption Compatibility Advanced 4 For each virtual disk that was not restored remove the corresponding hard disk by pressing Remove Hard Disk Close Show All Hard Disk 2 IDE Add Device File name Virtual Disk 000001 vmdk B Disk size Q 1 00 GB wv Advanced options Revert Apply Bus type IDE Pre allocate disk space v Split into 2 GB files Remove Hard Disk a Hard disk setting
311. or hostname of the Oracle database server Note OBM must be installed on the Oracle database server Port Enter the Oracle TNS port SID Enter the Oracle SID 5 Select Next to proceed 6 Select the corresponding tablespace for backup o Oracle Database Server Gs SYSTEM O Gg sysaux O Gs UnNDoTes1 Gy TEMP O Gs USERS CG EXAMPLE 4 Previous Next gt Cancel 7 Configure a backup schedule for unattended backups Note Multiple backup schedules of different types can be configured for the same backup set 8 Select an encryption setting for your backup set 9 Press the OK button to complete the configuration of backup set 10 Scheduled backup will run automatically at the configured schedule time 11 Click Backup button on the left panel to perform a backup immediately 12 Select the backup type to be performed 361 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Backup Set Backup Set x A Backup Database Tablespaces Control amp Init File Archived Logs Archived Log OK Cancel Options Menu Items Description Database Tablespaces Control Backup the following amp Init File Archived Logs All tablespace selected for backup All non default initialization parameters All control files All archived log files Archived Log Backup the archived log 17 5 How to backup an Oracle database Linux Refer to the following instructions to backup Oracle database installation on
312. ore than 8 characters containing at least two of the following three character groups English uppercase characters A through Z Online Backup Manager User s Guide English lowercase characters a through z Numerals 0 through 9 If you lose the encryption key the data is irretrievable 2 6 Backup schedule In general it is recommended that a daily backup be performed for a server or desktop For mission critical server a backup schedule should be configured according to the requirement of your recovery plan For computer with multiple backup sets configured please configure their schedule to different time period to evenly balance the loads of the backup operation on the computer 2 7 Differential and incremental In file delta backup Consider your restore requirements before setting up your In file delta settings A full backup backs up all files in full providing the fastest restore time as the restore would only require one set of data But it is the most time consuming storage space intensive and the least flexible of all three types A differential In file delta backup backs up only modified parts of a file since the last full back Differential In file delta backup is quicker than full backup because less data are being backed up but the amount of data being backed up grows with each differential In file delta backup until the next full backup is performed An incremental In file delta backup also
313. ormat the destination disks to be the same as the backup This enables the Exclude disks button Click this button and then select the check boxes associated with any disks that you want to exclude from being formatted and partitioned The disk that contains the backup that you are using is automatically excluded Note Unless a disk is excluded data on it can be lost regardless of whether it was part of the backup or whether it has volumes that are being restored 142 Online Backup Manager User s Guide e Select the Only restore system disk check box to perform an operating system only recovery e Click Install drivers to install drivers for the hardware that you are recovering to e Click Advanced to specify whether the computer is restarted and the disks are checked for errors immediately after the recovery 14 Confirm the details for the restoration and then click Finish 10 5 3 For Windows 2008 R2 Domain Controller Refer to the following instructions to restore Windows System State on Windows Server 2008 R2 Domain Controller Important Authoritative restore of Windows 2008 Domain Controller is required only if you need to restore deleted Active Directories objects Please follow the instructions below to restore a system state backup to a Windows 2008 Domain Controller 1 Reboot the Windows Server 2008 R2 Domain Controller in Directory Service Repair Mode DSRM e Add the safeboot
314. orresponding day to enable advance In file delta setting for that day Delta type drop down menu Sunday to Saturday Click on the dropdown menu beside the corresponding day to select the delta type for that day Yearly Variation January to December Click on the checkbox beside the corresponding day to enable advance In file delta setting for that day Day number used with yearly variation Click on the radio button and dropdown menu to select the day number of month selected Day of week used with yearly variation Click on the radio button and dropdown menus to select the day of week of the month selected 9 1 5 Upload full file when Upload full file when defines the rules which OBM will perform a full file backup instead of a delta backup OBM will upload a full file when one of the following rules is true e When the number of delta files generated since the last full backup since the last full file exceeded the No of Delta setting e When the delta ratio of the delta file ratio of delta file size against the full file size exceeded the Delta Ratio setting 9 1 1 5 No of Delta No of delta defines the maximum number of deltas allowed for each full file within the backup set before OBM will force a full file upload to the backup server For example if the No of delta is set to 10 and the corresponding file already has 10 deltas saved on the backup server On
315. ory to restore the database s OBM Install Home bin ExchangeRestore2010 exe 13 For restore of all databases from backup data D Restore the following command can be used Exchange server recovery C Program Files OBM bin gt ExchangeRestore2010 D Restore 341 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 14 The restore process is now completed 342 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 16 Brick Level Backup Restore Microsoft Exchange Server This chapter describes in details how to backup and restore individual mail items stored in Microsoft Exchange Server with OBM 16 1 Supported versions The MS Exchange Mail Level backup module is supported for the following Exchange versions e MS Exchange 2003 e MS Exchange 2007 e MS Exchange 2010 SP1 For more details please refer to Help Centre Article https help com openArticle aspx aid 2323 16 2 Requirements Please ensure that following requirements are met by the MS Exchange server 1 OBM is installed on the MS Exchange server 2 Microsoft Messaging Application Programming Interface MAPI is installed on the MS Exchange server 3 The built in administrator account is must be enabled Important For Windows Small Business Server SBS 2003 2008 2011 the built in administrator account is disabled by default 4 The operating system account to be running the Brick Level backup e g administrator must have
316. ot account 180 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Host Enter the IP address or hostname of your hypervisor Port Enter 80 for connection via HTTP protocol or 443 for HTTPS protocol SSH Port Enter the SSH port default port 22 5 Select Next to proceed 6 Select the corresponding virtual machines for backup New Backup Set Wizard B g YMware vSphere ESXi 3 57415 A E winkP x86 a WinXP x86 vmdk WinkP 2 vmdk gt 4 Previous Next gt Cancel 7 Alternatively select individual virtual disk for backup by expanding the corresponding VM sub tree 181 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 10 11 12 New Backup Set Wizard B a YMware vSphere ESXi 3 51415 2 E winkp x86 V 5 WinkP x86 vmdk O WinkP 2 vmdk gt 4 Previous Next gt Cancel amp Note For backup of individual virtual disk configuration files of the VM are also backed up Important For backup of VM with snapshot backup of the whole VM instead of individual disk is highly recommended Configure a backup schedule for unattended backups Note Multiple backup schedules of different types can be configured for the same backup set Select an encryption setting for your backup set Press the OK button to complete the configuration of backup set Scheduled backup will run automatically at the configured schedule time Click Backup button on the left panel to perfo
317. ot your password OK Cancel i Options Language English x F Backup Server http x hostname x amp Proxy Setting C Use proxy to access the backup server Type Proxy Sock Port User Name OK Cancel Options Select the Restore button and the corresponding backup set Please select the backup set Backup Set Delete all files 1 Next gt Cancel Select Alternate location then select the virtual disk to be restored Restore of individual virtual disk is only supported for restore to Alternation location 278 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Show files as of Job 2012 01 20 Latest x Filter Folders Name Size Date Modified E Backup Server Second Virtual Hard Disk vhd 1 048 2012 01 20 11 30 01 a WIn N2HDCAUGNSI SO 9 20110819_WinxP_ H O 3 Snapshots D Go Virtual Hard Dis H O C Virtual Machine E initial Store salaa gt Delete 17 Items per page 50 Page 171 m gt Restore files to Original location Alternate location CAUsers Administrator Change amp Search amp 4 Previous Start Restore gt Cancel Click Change select the directory path where the virtual disk was originally backed up from Click the Start Restore button to begin the restore process Start the virtual machine after the restore process is completed Important If the following error is displayed during the startup please remove the Saved
318. ote Backup filter is case sensitive Do not backup files defined as system files When this option is enabled CDP will automatically exclude the following files from its backup C hiberfil sys C Pagefile sys C Program Files C RECYCLER C System Volume Information C Windows App_Data Avg7 App_Data Avg8 App_Data Kaspersky Lab App_Data McAfee App_Data McAfee com App_Data Microsoft App_Data Sophos App_Data Symantec tmp Application Data Macromedia Application Data Mozilla Local Settings Application Data Microsoft ntuser dat Advanced Click to access advanced CDP backup control to backup only when CPU usage is less than a specific percentage Network traffic is less than a specific Megabyte per second No keyboard or mouse input exceeding a specific time in minute The availability of features listed above may be service provider dependent If a feature is not available please check with your service provider for further details and availability 58 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Note The Continuous Data Protection tab is only available for OBM installation in Windows platforms Configure the Time Mark Interval and Minimum Update Interval according to your recovery requirement Time mark interval defines a regular interval of time where each interval contains one snapshot available for restore For
319. ove From Inventory Delete from Disk Settings 3 For each virtual disk that was not restored remove the corresponding Hard disk from Hardware Virtual Machine Settings Hardware Options Device Memory Ga Hard Disk IDE 0 0 Hard Disk 2 IDE 0 1 5cD ROM IDE 1 0 GB ethernet B Processors Summary 128 MB Using image D Wir Bridged 1 Disk file Windows xP Professional 2 vmdk Capacity Maximum size 1 00GB System free 109 GB er it Disk information Disk space is preallocated for this virtual disk Virtual disk contents are stored in a single file 4 Remove the VM from inventory 5 Right click on the newly restored virtual machine select Remove from Inventory 214 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Close Power On Take Snapshot Revert to Snapshot Remove Snapshot Upgrade Virtual Machine Rename Remove From Inventory Delete From Disk Settings Locate the virtual machine s folder location on the hypervisor Important Serious problem may occur if the configuration files are incorrectly modified it may prevent the virtual machine from starting Please only perform the following procedures if you have in depth knowledge on VMware product Delete the lines of the removed virtual disk e Open the corresponding VM Name vmesd file at the following location with a text editor S VM Location 5S
320. ow fee DYD Drive None Physical hard disk BE SCSI Controller ee S amp SCSI Controller Ca Hard Drive If the physical hard disk you want to use is not listed make sure that the lt file gt disk is offline Use Disk Management on the physical computer to manage 4 Network Adapter physical hard disks Local Area Connection Virtual I com1 None com2 None bY Diskette Drive None To remove the virtual hard disk click Remove This disconnects the disk but does not delete the vhd file Remove R Management I Name 20110819_WinxP_Pro 1 102 E Integration Services All ser offered amp Snapshot File Location xl OK Cancel Apply 12 Under Media select Browse and browse to the newly restored virtual disk file EB Open x X Search Restore Orv je de Computer Server F Restore Organize New folder v Fil E Microsoft Managemet Name Date modified Type ond Virtual Hard Di VHD File Ur Favorites MB Desktop ie Downloads E Recent Places Libraries jE computer amp 08_R2 c c Server F Bo SS File name Second Virtual Hard Diskwhd Virtual hard disk files whd ones 285 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 13 Start the virtual machine 14 2 Backup virtual machines running on Hyper V Server cluster environment 14 2 1 Requirements and recommendations Please ensure that the following requ
321. ower OFF Ctrl E Snapshot gt Suspend Ctrl 2 E Open Console Reset Ctrl T gt Edit Settings Shut Down Guest Ctrl D Add Permission Ctrl P Restart Guest Ctrl R Report Performance Rename Right click on the corresponding VM and select Edit Settings 200 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Power b Guest gt Snapshot Open Console Add Permission Ctrl P Report Performance Rename 2emove From Inventor Delete From Disk 9 Select Add to add the newly restored virtual disk Win2008 Exch2007 101 54 Virtual Machine Properties MA Hardware Options Resources Virtual Machine Version 7 m Memory Configuration 255 GB Memory Size 1500 MB Hardware Summary EIE Maximum recommended for this Pema ae lt quest 05 255 GB Show All Devices CPUs 4 64 GB Video card Video card ymcT devine Restricted Default recommended for this CD DVD Drive 1 Client Device 16 GB guest OS 4 GB Network adapter 1 101 0 Network Minimum recommended for this Network adapter 2 VLAN 104 8GB guest OS 512 MB SCSI controller 0 LSI Logic Parallel Hard disk 1 Virtual Disk Hard disk 2 Virtual Disk 2 GB Hard disk 3 Virtual Disk Maximum recommended for best 32 GB performance 16372 MB 4GB qcqacog rawa 1GB 512 MB 256 MB 128 MB 64 MB 32 MB 16 MB 8 MB 4 MB 10 Select Hard Disk and then Next 201 Online Backup Manager
322. ows Vista Windows 7 Windows Server 2008 R2 Windows Small Business Server 2011 All except Home Edition 11 2 Requirements and recommendations Please ensure that the following requirements or recommendations are met by the backup client computer 1 OBM is installed on the computer to be backed up 2 Sufficient disk spaces are required for the temporary storage volume of the System backup It is recommended to have free disk space of 150 x Total In use Size of all volumes selected for backup 3 The following Windows Features are installed on the client computer e Windows Server Backup Features e Windows Server Backup e Command line Tool e Windows PowerShell 4 Limitations on the temporary directory Please refer to the following Help Centre article for details https help com openArticle aspx aid 2869 5 Itis recommended that the temporary directory be configured on a local drive 145 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 11 3 Overview The following steps are performed during a backup job 1 2 10 Connection from the backup client to the backup server is established Download the server file list from the backup server Commands are issued to create the System backup data System backup data is temporarily stored in the temporary storage volume in the backup set System backup data are compressed into 1 single file Server and local file lists are compared to determine wh
323. ows XP Professional 2 vmdk Capacity Maximum size 109 GB ent 1 00GB System free Disk information Disk space is preallocated for this virtual disk Virtual disk contents are stored in a single file Start the virtual machine afterward For original virtual machine with snapshot 1 Open VMware Server Console 221 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 2 Under inventory right click on the newly restored virtual machine select Settings Close Power On Take Snapshot Revert to Snapshot Remove Snapshot Upgrade Virtual Machine Rename Remove From Inventory Delete from Disk Settings 3 For each virtual disk that was not restored remove the corresponding Hard disk from Hardware Virtual Machine Settings Hardware Options Device Memory Ga Hard Disk IDE 0 0 Hard Disk 2 IDE 0 1 5cD ROM IDE 1 0 GB ethernet B Processors Summary 128 MB Using image D Wir Bridged 1 Disk file Windows xP Professional 2 vmdk Capacity Maximum size 1 00GB System free 109 GB er it Disk information Disk space is preallocated for this virtual disk Virtual disk contents are stored in a single file 4 Remove the VM from inventory 5 Right click on the newly restored virtual machine select Remove from Inventory 222 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Close Power On Take Snapshot Reve
324. p ib Local Copy HS Options OK Cancel Follow Link Action Enabled Backup junction point or symbolic link as well as the directories and files that it links to even if the target data are not located under the backup source Disabled Backup junction point or symbolic link only The availability of features listed above may be service provider dependent If a feature is not available please check with your service provider for further details and availability 79 Online Backup Manager User s Guide When the follow link option is enabled not only is the symbolic link or junction point backed up but directories and files that the junction point links to will also be backed up Restore outcome would be different with the different setting used during backup and restore e g there is a follow link option for backup and a follow link option in the restore menu The following table summarizes the outcome when a restore is performed with different options Follow Link Restore to Action Enabled Original Location Junction points are restored to the original location Restore follow link option enabled Target directories and files are restored to the original location Restore follow link option disabled Target directories and files are not restored Alternate Location Junction points are restored to the location specified Restore follow link option enabled
325. p a ShadowProtect backup image file SPI or SPF will be spooled to the temporary directory specified e SPF A ShadowProtect full or base image file e SPI A ShadowProtect incremental or differential image file Server and local file lists are compared to determine which file will be uploaded Delta file is generated if necessary Data is encrypted and uploaded to the backup server System backup data is removed from the temporary storage volume specified in the backup set Backup completed successfully 163 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 12 4 How to backup Microsoft Windows System ShadowProtect Refer to the following instructions to backup Windows System 1 Login to the backup application s user interface Online Backup Manager Login Name Password he ICKUP Mang username 00000000 Save password Forgot your password OK Cancel Options Online Backup Manager Login Name username eeeeeeee _ Save password Forgot your password Password amp Language English Backup Server https hostname GS Proxy Setting E Use proxy to access the backup server OK Cancel Options 2 Select the Backup Settings button and the E button to start the New Backup Set Wizard 3 Create a ShadowProtect System Backup set by selecting ShadowProtect System Backup from the backup set type dropdown menu 164 Online Backup Manager User s Guide
326. p Set Wizard Ea Backup Set Name Backup Set Type MS VM Backup oij A Microsoft YM Host Version Microsoft Hyper V Server R2 Microsoft Hyper Server Microsoft Hyper V Server R2 I Microsoft Hyper V Server R2 Failover Cluster LJ Next gt Cancel 5 Select Next to proceed 6 Select the corresponding virtual machines for backup 264 Online Backup Manager User s Guide New Backup Set Wizard xi 33 Microsoft Hyper V Server R2 Ba WIN Hyper SA J winxP_Pro 1 102 A Ga WinXP_Prowhd C4 Second Virtual Hard Disk vhd 4 Previous Next gt Cancel Alternatively select individual virtual disk for backup by expanding the corresponding VM sub tree New Backup Set Wizard xi E 33 Microsoft Hyper V Server R2 S a WIN Hyper 30 3 winxP_Pro 1 102 Ga WinXP_Prowvhd Second Virtual Hard Disk vhd 4 Previous Next gt Cancel amp Note For backup of individual virtual disk configuration files of the VM are also backed up Important For backup of virtual machine with snapshot backup of the whole VM is highly recommended instead of selective virtual disk Configure a backup schedule for unattended backups Note Multiple backup schedules of different types can be configured for the same backup set 265 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 10 11 12 Select an encryption setting for your backup set P
327. p user account to have more than 10 backup sets for backup of multiple computers Incorrect configuration can lead to data lost 2 12 Power options plan settings consideration Windows power options are configured to put a computer to low power mode sleep or hibernate mode automatically after a user specified time of inactivity no usage of mouse or keyboard e If a computer is in low power mode when a scheduled backup should execute OBM will not start up the computer to execute the backup When the computer moves out of the low power state OBM will not execute the missed backup job This can lead to missed backup e If a backup job is running when the computer enters low power state OBM cannot prevent the computer from going into hibernation To prevent the above events consider disabling or changing the client machine s power options to allow scheduled backup to be triggered and to allow the backup job to be completed 2 13 Consideration when using Continuous Data Protection CDP Some advantages of using CDP include Online Backup Manager User s Guide e CDP prevents loss of data as the modified contents of the files are backed up automatically in close to real time e Frequently modified data is backed up in almost real time Thus you can accurately restore an earlier version created on the same day Although CDP can be a helpful feature the protection offered by CDP is often heralded without conside
328. pdb system temporary or intermediate result sets This database is recreated every time an database cannot be backed up 389 Online Backup Manager User s Guide instance of SQL server is started distribution The distribution database exists only if the server is configured as a replication distributor It stores metadata and history data for all types of replication and transactions for transactional replication Yes Replicated databases and their associated system databases should be backed up regularly Considerations for restore of system databases System database Restore suggestion master To restore any database the instance of SQL server must be running Startup of an instance of SQL server requires that the master database is accessible and at least party useable Restore or rebuild the master database completely if master becomes un useable model Restore the model database if e The master database has been rebuilt e The model database has been damaged for example due to media failure e The model database has been modified in this case it is necessary to restore model from a backup when you rebuild master because the Rebuild Master utility deletes and recreates model msdb Restore the msdb database if 390 Online Backup Manager User s Guide e The master database has b
329. pe for transaction log backup Important For Exchange server with Active Directory installed a System State backup must be performed regularly with the MS Exchange server backup 324 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 15 3 Restore Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 2007 Refer to the following instructions to restore Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 2007 1 Prepare the operating system for the Exchange Server restore if required Install the original version of Windows and Exchange Server with the same level of service pack installed as in the original system Restore Windows Active Directory if required Restore the System State data from OBS and then restore the System State using Ntbackup WBAdmin exe Refer to the How to restore Windows System State chapter for detailed instruction Install OBM if required Refer to the Installing OBM chapter for details instruction Startup the Microsoft Information Store services from Windows Services Restore the Exchange database from backup restore the database backup files from the OBS server Please ensure the directory structure is the same as it appears in the File Explorer gt Restore Destination gt Server gt Microsoft Information Store gt First Storage Group gt Mailbox Store Server gt Privil edb gt Privi stm gt Public Folder Store Server gt Publ edb gt Publ stm gt EOO00001 1log
330. ps hostname Gs Proxy Setting Use proxy to access the backup server OK Cancel Options 2 Click on the Backup button on the backup application s main window to perform a backup manually 87 Online Backup Manager User s Guide amp Online Backup Manager E Ed Fh m Language English X T Save Setting W Quit Online Backup Manager Summary username A Quota Usage Used 0 26 0 Data 0 0 file Recycle Bin 0 0 file Restore ali Statistics Total Backup 0 0 file Backup Log O Total Restore 0 0 file Restore Log O it Last Backup No backup log found For scheduled backup a backup job would be automatically performed at the scheduled time specified Note Scheduled backup job may be missed if the client computer is switched off in hibernated standby mode Please ensure that the computer is not in the mode stated above at the scheduled backup time 88 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 7 3 Seed Load backup For backup of large amount of data it would take a considerable amount of time to perform the initial full backup through the Internet To reduce the time and bandwidth required for initial backup the Seed Load Utility can be utilized to perform initial backup to a local remove able hard disk at the client site instead of backing up through the Internet The backed up data can then be transported to your service provider where they can import the da
331. ption key remain the same It is very important that the encryption key is written down and additional copies of the key are made and stored in safe places so that it is readily available when needed to restore data If the encryption key is lost the data is irretrievable Press the OK button to complete the configuration of backup set Scheduled backup will run automatically at the configured schedule time 8 Click Backup button on the left panel to perform a backup immediately 9 Setup is now completed 13 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 3 2 Installing OBM on Mac OS X platforms 1 2 9 10 Download the OBM installer from the website Expand the archive and execute the OBM package Follow the instructions provided by Installation Wizard to complete the installation Launch the OBM user interface by double clicking on the desktop icon Enter the backup server hostname in the Backup Server field Optional For machine that requires Internet connection through proxy select the Use proxy to access the backup server option and fill in the settings within the Proxy setting section Press Next afterward Optional If you do not have an backup user account you can register for a trial user account with the following steps Enter the Login Name and Password of your choice Note Minimum length of the password is 6 characters Enter your Email address in the text
332. r 8 ANONYMOUS LOGON eii Domain Admins AHSAYMAILSDomain Admins fsi Enterprise Admins AHSAYMAILSEnterprise Admins fP Everyone gt E E a a Add Remove Permissions for Administrator Allow Deny Full control o Read o write o Execute o Delete o Read permissions o For special permissions or for advanced settings click Advanced Advanced Click Add click the user or group who you want to have access to the mailboxes and then click OK Be sure that the user or group is selected in the Name box 347 Online Backup Manager User s Guide In the Permission list check Allow next to Full Control and then click OK Click Apply and OK Restart the Microsoft Exchange Information Store service For mailboxes located within a specific server For Exchange 2003 please refer to the following instructions 1 Add an operating system account to the Add an operating system account to the Exchange 2003 server This account must be a member of the following groups in the Active Directory e Domain Users group e Administrators group Right click Exchange System Manager gt Domain Name gt Server gt Exchange Server Name select Properties Choose the Security tab Add the newly created user to the list and then check the Full Control checkbox for this user Click OK all the way out Reboot the server or restart the Microsoft Exchange Information Store service
333. r http x hostname x amp Proxy Setting C Use proxy to access the backup server Type Proxy Sock Port User Name OK Cancel Options Select the Restore button and the corresponding backup set Please select the backup set Backup Set Delete all files 1 Next gt Cancel Select Alternate location then select the virtual disk to be restored Restore of individual virtual disk is only supported for restore to Alternation location 309 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Show files as of Job 2012 01 20 Latest x Filter Folders Name Size Date Modified E Backup Server Second Virtual Hard Disk vhd 1 048 2012 01 20 11 30 01 a WIn N2HDCAUGNSI SO 9 20110819_WinxP_ H O 3 Snapshots D Go Virtual Hard Dis H O C Virtual Machine E initial Store salaa gt Delete 17 Items per page 50 Page 171 m gt Restore files to Original location Alternate location CAUsers Administrator Change amp Search amp 4 Previous Start Restore gt Cancel Click Change select the directory path where the virtual disk was originally backed up from Click the Start Restore button to begin the restore process Start the virtual machine after the restore process is completed Important If the following error is displayed during the startup please remove the Saved State of the corresponding VM Hyper Manager xi x An error occurred wh
334. r ee S amp SCSI Controller Ca Hard Drive If the physical hard disk you want to use is not listed make sure that the lt file gt disk is offline Use Disk Management on the physical computer to manage 4 Network Adapter physical hard disks Local Area Connection Virtual I com1 None com2 None bY Diskette Drive None To remove the virtual hard disk click Remove This disconnects the disk but does not delete the vhd file Remove R Management I Name 20110819_WinxP_Pro 1 102 E Integration Services All ser offered amp Snapshot File Location xl OK Cancel Apply 12 Under Media select Browse and browse to the newly restored virtual disk file EB Open x X Search Restore Orv je de Computer Server F Restore Organize New folder v Fil E Microsoft Managemet Name Date modified Type ond Virtual Hard Di VHD File Ur Favorites MB Desktop ie Downloads E Recent Places Libraries jE computer amp 08_R2 c c Server F Bo SS File name Second Virtual Hard Diskwhd Virtual hard disk files whd ones 316 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 13 Start the virtual machine 317 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 15 Backup Restore Microsoft Exchange Server This chapter describes in details how to backup and restore Microsoft Exchange Server with OBM 15 1 Supported versions Th
335. raHomel oradata GDB1 TS1_ datafile3 dbf 379 Online Backup Manager User s Guide These files should be moved to oracle OraHomel oradata GDB1 TS1 datafilel dbf oracle OraHomel oradata GDB1 TS1 datafile2 dbf oracle OraHomel oradata GDB1 TS1 datafile3 dbf Restore tablespace RMAN gt recover tablespace TS1 Note The above command assumes that the tablespace name is TS1 If the datafiles are consistent with the database the following messages will be displayed Example RMAN gt recover tablespace TS1 Starting recover at 19 JUL 07 allocated channel ORA DISK_1 channel ORA_DISK_1 sid 156 devtype DISK starting media recovery archive log thread 1 sequence 1 is already on disk as file D ORACLE PRODUCT 10 2 0 FLASH_RECOVERY_AREA GDB1 ARCHIVELOG 2007_07_19 01_MF 1 1 _39Y98F0H_ ARC archive log thread 1 sequence 2 is already on disk as file D ORACLE PRODUCT 10 2 0 FLASH_RECOVERY_AREA GDB1 ARCHIVELOG 2007_07_19 01_MF 1 2 _39Y98JSD_ ARC archive log thread 1 sequence 3 is already on disk as file D ORACLE PRODUCT 10 2 0 FLASH_RECOVERY_AREA GDB1 ARCHIVELOG 2007_07_19 01_MF 1 3 _39Y9SW4D_ ARC archive log filename D ORACLE PRODUCT 10 2 0 FLASH RECOVERY _AREA GDB1 A RCHIVELO G 2007_07_19 01_MF 1 1 39Y98FOH_ ARC thread 1 sequence 1 media recovery complete elapsed time 00 00 01 Finished recover at 19 JUL 07 380 Online Bac
336. ration of the disadvantages that it can present Specifically the continuous CPU memory and bandwidth usage can adversely affect the corresponding machine s performance Please consider the limitations imposed by CDP before utilizing such feature CDP is not a replacement for traditional schedule backup but is a complimentary backup which works along with the scheduled backup to provide timely protection for your data 2 14 Size of your backup source The total number of files selected as backup source and the relative size of each file impacts backup performance Fastest backups occur when the source contains fewer large size files while slowest backups occur when the source contains millions of small files For backup set with huge amount of files please consider splitting the set into multiple sets with smaller source to improve the speed of the backup operation 2 15 Recovery plan and routine recovery test Consider performing routine recovery test to ensure your backup is setup and performed properly Performing recovery test can also help identify potential issues or gaps in your recovery plan For best result it is recommended that you keep the test as close as possible to a real situation Often times when a recovery test is to take place administrators will plan for the test e g reconfigure the test environments restoring certain data in advance For real recovery situation administrator will not get a chance t
337. re met by the MS Exchange server 1 OBM version 5 5 8 0 or above is installed on the Exchange server 2 Databases of the Exchange server are spooled to a temporary directory before being uploaded to the offsite backup server It is recommended that the temporary directory have disk space of at least 120 of the total database size e g total size of all edb files found within the MS Exchange Server installation folder 3 It is recommended that the temporary directory be configured on a local drive 4 For Exchange server with Active Directory installed a System State backup must be performed regularly with the MS Exchange server backup 5 Backup of Exchange 2010 server in Database Availability Group DAG is not supported 15 4 2 Overview For a complete Exchange server backup backup for the following components must be performed Windows System State For Exchange server with Active Directory installed as part of the restore the system state must also be restored Running regular system state backups of the Exchange is therefore crucial as it ensures that the system state data is synchronized with the Exchange database data Microsoft Information Store Exchange 2010 The Information Store of Exchange 2010 contains the data data definitions indexes checksums flags and other information that comprise mailboxes in Exchange Mailbox databases hold data that s private to an individual user and contain mailbo
338. recover the database to Set them according to the date format set in your system e g SET RECDATE 11 15 2006 If you want to restore all databases leave RECDATE blank e g SET RECDATE S eee ee nl RECTIME The time in hour and minute you want to recover the database to Set them according to the time format set in your system e g SET RECTIME 13 00 If you want to restore all databases leave RECTIME blank e g SET RECTIME SET RECTIME 22 41 i Fk k k k k 8 Save and execute the DominoRecover sh script file afterward gt usr local obm bin DominoRecover sh 441 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Important Please ensure that you are running as the Domino user e g notes Media recovery is performed for the individual database Content of the database will be restored to the last committed transaction found in the archived transaction log Example Media Recovery Example bash 3 00S cd usr local obm bin bash 3 00S DominoRecover sh Media Recovery Utility for Lotus Domino 5 0 or above directory local notesdata already exists Recovering backup file Restart Analysis 0 MB 100 18 01 2007 03 35 56 PM Recovery Manager Restart Recovery complete 0 0 databases needed full partial recovery Media Recovery Replay 1 MB 30 50 80 100 18 01 2007 03 35 57 PM Re
339. rectory for storing backup files F General pi DiTemp Change amp ly Backup Source 69 Link 4 Backup Schedule Follow Link eb Encryption Volume Shadow Copy V Enable Volume Shadow Copy Continuous Data Protection Only for Microsoft Windows 2003 XP Vista amp 2008 _ in File Delta 2 Oi Advanced Options ol Retention Policy Compression Type Fast Compressed size larger than normal Transfer Block Size 128 kbytes Backup Filter 7 Backup File Permissions _ Command Line Tool ft Extra Backup LS ie Local Copy E Options Cancel amp There are 3 compression types available for user to select No Compression e Normal e Fast Compressed size larger than normal By default newly created backup set is configured to uses Fast compression type 83 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Note The Compression Type option is only available for OBM version 6 9 or above connecting to backup server version 6 9 or above please consults your service provider for details For existing backup set created in previous version the compression type will be Normal 6 1 5 13 Transfer Block Size Transfer block size defines the block size that the backup application will use to transfer your backup data to the backup server Backup Setting BackupSet Options I Temporary Directory for storing backup files a General 5 DiTemp Change amp ly Backup Source 69 Link E
340. rename file oracle product 10 2 0 db 1 oradata GDB1 sysaux01 dbf to new_ db location oradata GDB1 sysaux01 dbf 369 Online Backup Manager User s Guide SQL gt alter database rename file oracle product 10 2 0 db_1 oradata GDBl users01 dbf to new_db location oradata GDBl users01l dbf SQL gt alter database rename file oracle product 10 2 0 db_1 oradata GDB1 TS1 to new db location oradata GDB1 TS1 SQL gt alter database rename file oracle product 10 2 0 db 1 oradata GDB1 redo01 log new_ db location oradata GDB1 redo0l log SQL gt alter database rename file oracle product 10 2 0 db 1 oradata GDB1 redo02 log new_ db location oradata GDB1 redo02 log SQL gt alter database rename file oracle product 10 2 0 db 1 oradata GDB1 redo03 log new_ db location oradata GDB1 redo03 log SQL gt alter database rename file oracle product 10 2 0 db 1 oradata GDB1 temp01 dbf new_ db location oradata GDB1 temp01 db to to to to Example export ORACLE SID GDB1 sqlplus as sysdba SQL PLUS Release 10 2 0 1 0 Production on Fri Nov 9 17 50 30 2007 Copyright 1982 2005 Oracle All rights reserved Connected to an idle instance SQL gt startup mount ORACLE instance started Total System Global Area 285212672 bytes Fixed Size 1218992 bytes Variable Size 92276304 bytes Database Buffers 188743680 by
341. ress the OK button to complete the configuration of backup set Scheduled backup will run automatically at the configured schedule time Click Backup button on the left panel to perform a backup immediately 266 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 14 1 5 How to restore Microsoft virtual machines Refer to the following instructions to restore VM running on Microsoft Hyper V Server VM can be restored to the original location with the following condition If the VM to be restored does not exist on the original hypervisor The VM will be restored as a new virtual machine If the VM to be restored still exist on the original hypervisor The existing VM will be replaced by the backed up version Important Virtual machine backed up with the MS VM backup module can only be restored to the original Hyper V server 1 Login to the backup application s user interface EG online Backup Manager Oa x R Online Backup Manager Oe x M ina 1 J M Na Login Name username Login Name username Password ane Password iiiki Save password Save password Forgot your password Forgot your password OK amp Cancel amp Options Language English x la Backup Server http v hostname x amp Proxy Setting Use proxy to access the backup server Type Proxy Sock Port Jser Name Da Password OK Cancel amp Options 2 Select the Restore button and the corresponding backup set
342. rm a backup immediately 182 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 13 1 6 How to restore virtual machines on VMware ESXi ESX Server Refer to the following instructions to restore VM running on VMware ESXi or ESX Server VM can be restored to the original location with the following condition If the VM to be restored does not exist on the original hypervisor the VM will be restored as a new virtual machine If the VM to be restored still exist on the original hypervisor the existing VM will be replaced by the backed up version 13 1 1 6 How to restore virtual machines to the original hypervisor 1 Login to the backup application s user interface For backup client computer on Windows double click on the OBM desktop icon or right click on the system tray icon Online Backup Manager Online Backup Manager Login Name username Login Name username Password seunenne Password eeeeeees Save password Save password Forgot your password Forgot your password OK Cancel Options amp Language English Backup Server https hostname Us Proxy Setting Use proxy to access the backup server OK Cancel Options For backup client computer on Mac OS X double click on the OBM desktop icon 183 Online Backup Manager User s Guide For VMware Server installation on Linux enter the following command to start the OBM graphical user interface sh usr local obm bin
343. rmal i a Transfer Block Size 128 kbytes e Encryption O In File Delta 6 Retention Policy r w Command Line Tool tt Extra Backup gt Local Copy E Options OK Cancel amp 12 Click Change and select the temporary directory for backup Note The temporary storage directory cannot be set to a folder within a volume selected for backup Also please ensure sufficient disk space is allocated for the backup operation 13 Scheduled backup will run automatically at the configured schedule time 14 Click Backup button on the left panel to perform a backup immediately 167 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 12 5 How to restore Microsoft Windows System ShadowProtect Refer to the following instructions to restore a Windows System 1 Install OBM on the machine to be restored to 2 Login to the backup application s user interface Online Backup Manager i Online Backup Manager ckup Mana Login Name username Login Name username Password eccecoese Password eeeesace Save password _ Save password Forgot your password Forgot your password OK Cancel Options Language English Backup Server https hostname Ys Prov Setting Use proxy to access the backup server OK Cancel Options 3 Select the Restore button and the corresponding backup set 4 Select the System file to be restored and its restore destination 5 Click the Start Restore button
344. rmation dialog is disabled backup will be performed automatically when connection to the Internet is re established The availability of features listed above may be service provider dependent If a feature is not available please check with your service provider for further details and availability With the off line backup setting is enabled when the computer is connected online and the time between the last backup to the current time elapsed the Backup Interval a pop up off line backup confirmation menu will be prompted reminding the user to perform a backup Off line backup confirmation Do you want to start the backup For BackupSet now Last Backup 2012 02 28 15 41 Menu Items Description Yes Perform the backup job immediately No Do not perform the backup job The availability of features listed above may be service provider dependent If a feature is not available please check with your service provider for further details and availability 6 1 2 11 Enable System Logout Backup Reminder Enable System Logout Backup Reminder defines whether to enable the System Logout Backup Reminder feature Enable System Logout Action Backup Reminder Enabled Prompt for backup before logging out or shutting down Disabled Do not prompt for backup The availability of features listed above may be service provider dependent If a feature is not available please
345. roperties Curr t Dat Tat Shrink Database E a SQL Server Logs Detach pee Log Shipping Monitor Take Offline Replication Copy Subscription Database Security View Replication Conflicts I Support Services In the window that is displayed select the From device option Add the backup device restored from OBS refer to the procedure explained in previous section 406 Online Backup Manager User s Guide gr When the backup is restored SQL Server will attempt to restore from the devices listed below Backup set Unknown Restore from ic C Tape Edit Remove Remove All Media verification option J Only restore from media with the following name Media name Select Database differential or Transaction log according to the backup file you are restoring Restore database xj xi General Options General Options 5 Restore as database Nwind_New 7 ie Restore as database Nwind_New E Restore C Database Eilegroups or files From device Restore C Database Eilegroups or files From device m Parameters m Parameters Devices D backups nwind log bak Devices D backups nwind nwind_diff bak Select Devices Select Devices Backup number f1 View Contents Backup number fi View Contents Restore backup set Restore backup set Database complete Database differential Transac
346. rrect your settings and see if this happens again If this happens again please contact us for further investigation If further assistance is required please refer to the FAQs Source s C Backup Source But exclude the following C Backup Source Test doc Backup Quota 50G Schedule s None Filter None Retention Customization Keep deleted files for 7 day s Policy Transfer Block Size 128k bytes Pre Command s None Post Command s None Key Description User Setting Login Name Login name of the backup account Alias Alias of the backup account Language Preferred language of the backup account Contact Email address of the backup account Backup Quota Backup quota allocated for the backup account 460 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Backup Set Source Backup source setting for the backup set Schedule Backup schedule setting for the backup set Filter Backup filter setting for the backup set Retention Retention policy setting for the backup set Customization Policy Transfer Block Transfer block size setting for the backup set Size Pre Command Pre backup command setting for the backup set Post Post backup command setting for the backup set Command 21 5 Inactive User Report Inactive user report is sent to backup account inactive for more than 7 days The report serves as a reminder that no backup has be
347. rs 10 backup sets must be created with specific backup set for each computer When creating backup sets in this environment please ensure that the Run scheduled backup on this computer setting is properly configured for each computer Failure to do so may result in data lost Backup Setting BackupSet Backup Schedule a General Run scheduled backup on this computer 5 Backup Schedule Type Daily la Backup Source 4 x Backup Schedule feb Encryption Continuous Data Protection in File Delta l Retention Policy Backup Filter _ Command Line Tool ft Extra Backup La Pe 7 Local Copy E Options Remove O Properies OK Cancel 85 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 7 File Backup This chapter describes in details how to perform a file backup with OBM 7 1 File backup process amp Backup Log Backup Set BackupSet m Log 2012 02 28 15 39 39 7 Show All Type Log Time Start Windows XP test xp Pro Backup 6 7 2 0 201 2 02 28 15 39 39 Using Temporary Directory C Documents and Settings Tester temp 201 2 02 28 15 39 39 Start running pre commands 201 2 02 28 15 39 39 Finished running pre commands 201 2 02 28 15 39 39 Start creating Shadow Copy Set 201 2 02 28 15 39 40 Shadow Copy Set successfully created 201 2 02 28 15 39 45 Downloading server file list 201 2 02 28 15 41 06 Downloading server file list Completed 201 2 02 28 15 41 10 Reading backup source from hard
348. rt log Connected to Oracle Database 10g Enterprise Edition Release 10 2 0 1 0 Production With the Partitioning OLAP and Data Mining options Export file created by EXPORT V10 02 01 via conventional path import done in WE8MSWIN1252 character set and AL16UTF16 NCHAR character set importing SYSTEM s objects into SYSTEM importing OLAPSYS s objects into OLAPSYS importing SYSMAN s objects into SYSMAN importing SYSTEM s objects into SYSTEM importing OLAPSYS s objects into OLAPSYS VIII 1111117 importing VU importing OLAPSYS s objects into OLAPSYS importing SYSTEM s objects into SYSTEM importing OLAPSYS s objects into OLAPSYS importing SYSMAN s objects into SYSMAN importing SCOTT s objects into SCOTT Import terminated successfully without warnings 385 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 18 Backup Restore Microsoft SQL Server This chapter describes how to backup and restore Microsoft SQL Server with OBM 18 1 Supported versions The MS SQL Database backup module is supported for the following SQL Server versions e MS SQL 2000 e MS SQL 2005 e MS SQL 2008 R2 For more details please refer to Help Centre Article https help com openArticle aspx aid 2323 18 2 Requirements and recommendations OBM can be installed on the SQL server or a separate backup client machine For OBM installation on the SQL Server Please ensure that the following requirements are met by the SQL Ser
349. rt to Snapshot Remove Snapshot Upgrade Virtual Machine Rename Remove From Inventory Delete From Disk Settings Locate the virtual machine s folder location on the hypervisor Important Serious problem may occur if the configuration files are incorrectly modified it may prevent the virtual machine from starting Please only perform the following procedures if you have in depth knowledge on VMware product Delete the lines of the removed virtual disk e Open the corresponding VM Name vmesd file at the following location with a text editor S VM Location S VM Name vmsd e Locate the line of all non existing virtual disk Example Snapshot 1 SCSI 0 2 Disk 2 is removed snapshot lastUID 1 snapshot numSnapshots 1 snapshot current 1 snapshot0 uid 1 snapshot0 filename Windows 2008 Snapshot1 vmsn snapshot0 displayName Snapshot1 snapshot0 description snapshot0 createTimeHigh 309233 snapshot0 createTimeLow 1291281261 snapshot0O numDisks 3 snapshot0 disk0 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk 223 Online Backup Manager 8 User s Guide snapshot0 disk0 node scsi0 0 snapshot0 disk1 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 diskl1 node scsi0 1 snapshot0 disk2 fileName Windows 2008 2 vmdk snapshot0 disk2 node scsi0 2 e Remove the corresponding lines snapshot lastUID 1 snapshot numSnapsho
350. rtual disk to be restored Restore of individual virtual disk is only supported for restore to Alternation location Show files as of Job 2012 01 20 Latest x Filter Folders Name Size Date Modified Backup Server Second Virtual Hard Disk vhd 1 048 2012 01 20 11 30 01 Fa WIN N2HDCAUGNSI 5 20110819_WinkxP_ H 0 FS Snapshots D Go Virtual Hard Dis H O C Virtual Machine O initial Store AE Delete Items per page 50 k i Page 171E F gt Restore files to Original location Alternate location CAUsersiAdministrator Change amp Search amp 4 Previous Start Restore gt Cancel 4 Click Change to select the location where the virtual disk should be restored 312 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 5 Click the Start Restore button to begin the restore process 6 When the restore process is completed open Hyper V Manager I ADSI Edit Component Services Computer Management 5 Data Sources ODBC Aa DFS Management DNS Event Viewer B Failover Cluster Manager amp Fax Service Manager BD File Server Resource Manager Es Group Policy Management iSCSI Initiator EN Local Security Policy T MPIO Performance Monitor i Print Management EN Security Configuration Wizard a Server Manager Gs Services gl 4 Back cs administrator Documents Computer Network
351. rward Add the VM back into the inventory Add to Inventory Cut Copy Download Move to Rename Delete From Disk 10 Remove any existing snapshot 190 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Important The restored virtual machine does not support the reversion of previous snapshots if they contain virtual disks not restored 11 Start the virtual machine 13 1 2 6 How to restore virtual machines to another hypervisor 1 Login to the backup application s user interface For backup client computer on Windows double click on the OBM desktop icon or right click on the system tray icon Online Backup Manager i Online Backup Manager p ag Login Name username Login Name username Password eeeeceee Password eeeeseee Save password Save password Forgot your password Forgot your password OK Cancel Options amp Language English Backup Server https hostname Gs Proxy Setting Use proxy to access the backup server OK Cancel Options For backup client computer on Mac OS X double click on the OBM desktop icon For VMware Server installation on Linux enter the following command to start the OBM graphical user interface sh usr local obm bin RunOBC sh amp 191 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 2 Select the Restore button and the corresponding backup set Restore Show files as ofJob 2012 01 31 Latest
352. s Refer to the following instructions to restore Lotus Domino Notes installation on Windows 1 Install OBM on the Lotus Domino server or Lotus Notes client machine if required 2 Restore the Lotus databases files from backup restore the database backup files from the OBS server 3 Shutdown the Lotus Domino services 4 Continue to the next section for instruction to restore all databases or single database Restore all databases and files To perform a full Domino restore restore all databases and files 5 Place the restored backup files to their original directory path Database files notes ini and archived transaction logs are stored on OBS along with their full path information Place the files back to their original location location where the backup was originally performed Start the Lotus Domino services In the OBM installation bin folder open DominoRecover bat with a text editor Modify the User Defined Section according to your setup User Defined Parameters Description PROGRAM_DIR Directory containing the notes ini file For all single db restore INPUT_FILE Path to the input file For single db restore RESTOREDB Path to the database file For single db restore RECDATE The year month day to recover database For single db restore to RECTIME The time in hour and minute to recover For single db restore database to Example 428
353. s 4 Add Heip Backup Schedule Add No schedutes defined days 1 Do not delete Menu Items Description Name Enter a backup set name of your choice Admin User Enter the Login ID of the Oracle system account Admin Password Enter the password of the Oracle system account Hostname Enter the IP address or hostname of the Oracle database server Note OBM must be installed on the Oracle database server 363 Online Backup Manager User s Guide TNS Port Enter the Oracle TNS port Oracle SID Enter the Oracle SID Delete archived logs Option to delete archived log exceeded x days older than 7 Enter the Backup Source required To backup all tablespaces enter Oracle Database Server in the Backup the following files directories field Help Backup Source 10 11 12 Backup the following files directories 1 Oracle Database Server Remove Ze Add Exclude the following files directories i Add To backup or exclude individual tablespace enter Oracle Database Server Database_Name e g Oracle Database Server SYSTEM Help Backup Source Backup the following files directories 1 Oracle Database Server SYSTEM Remove Ze Add Exclude the following files directories TA Add Configure a backup schedule for unattended backups Note Multiple backup schedules of different types can be configured
354. s Name_GUID avhd lt pathname gt lt type type string gt VHD lt type gt lt drive0 gt lt drivel gt lt pathname type string gt D Hyper V Virtual Machine Name Virtual Hard Disks Second_Disk_GUID avhd lt pathname gt lt type type string gt NONE lt type gt lt drivel gt lt controller0d gt e Save the changes afterward 305 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 4 Remove the corresponding entry from the Snapshot configuration GUID xmI file e Open the corresponding snapshot s GUID xml file at the following location with a text editor S VM Location Snapshots S GUID xml e Locate the line of all non existing virtual disk lt controller0 gt lt drive0 gt lt pathname type string gt D Hyper V Virtual Machine Name Virtual Hard Disks Name_GUID vhd lt pathname gt lt type type string gt VHD lt type gt lt drive0d gt lt drivel gt lt pathname type string gt D Hyper V Virtual Machine Name Virtual Hard Disks Second_Disk_GUID vhd lt pathname gt lt type type string gt VHD lt type gt lt drivel gt lt controller0d gt e Modify the line from lt type type string gt VHD lt type gt To lt type type string gt NONE lt type gt lt controller0 gt lt drive0 gt lt pathname type string gt D Hyper V Virtual Machine Name Virtual Hard Disks Name_GUID vhd lt pathname gt lt type type string gt VHD lt type gt lt drive0d g
355. s cannot be changed while disk clean up is recommended To make these changes first use the Clean Up option in General settings 5 Start the virtual machine afterward For original virtual machine with snapshot 1 Open the Virtual Machine Library Window 2 Control click on the newly restored virtual machine select Settings 242 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Windows KP Professional 22hi Delete Start Up Start Up Settings solaris 10 Snapshots Get Info Show Windows Show in Finder Delete Create New Migrate Existing PC Learn More Select Hard Disk Close Show All Settings Add Device System Settings SB amp amp amp g General Sharing Default Applications Processors amp Display Printer Applications Menu Memory Removable Devices wow o gt S H Network Hard Disk CD DVD Sound Card USB amp Adapter IDE IDE Bluetooth Other Startup Disk Encryption Compatibility Advanced For each virtual disk that was not restored remove the corresponding hard disk by pressing Remove Hard Disk 243 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Hard Disk 2 IDE File name Virtual Disk 000001 vmdk re kz 1 00 GB wv Advanced options Revert Apply Bus type ADE ia _ Pre allocate disk space Split into 2 GB files Remove Hard Disk Hard disk settings cannot be changed while disk clean up is recommended To make these chang
356. s job is still running OK Cancel Menu Items Description Name Enter a backup schedule name of your choice Backup Select backup type Database Log File 321 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Note Select database type for full database backup or select log file type for transaction log backup Type Select backup schedule type Daily Weekly Monthly Custom Time Select backup schedule time type At Periodically Note Select backup schedule time at to perform backup at a certain time or select backup schedule time periodically to perform backup every X minutes hours Skip backup if previous job is still running Select whether to stop the backup job from running if a previous backup job is still running 10 11 12 Select an encryption setting for your backup set Press the OK button to complete the configuration of the New Backup Size Wizard Configure the temporary backup folder select Backup Setting Options Backup Set H Options a ee IS Temporary Directory for storing backup files na D iTemp Change gt Backup Source V Remove temporary files after backup E Backup Schedule Advanced Options gt Transfer Block Size 128 kbytes leb Encryption In File Delta l Retention Policy gt Command Line Tool ite Extra Backup LS F Local Copy es Options OK Cancel amp Note The temporary directory c
357. scription Domain SQL server under a domain Enter the name of the domain which the MS SQL server reside in SQL server under a workgroup Enter the computer name of the MS SQL server User Name Enter the username of the SQL administrator Windows account Password Enter the username of the SQL administrator Windows account 11 For OBM not installed on the MS SOL Server Configure the temporary directory to a network path that is accessible by the SQL database server 395 Online Backup Manager User s Guide BackupSet v Options a Sener ies Temporary Directory for storing backup files oe 192 168 5 9 Temp Change amp gt Backup Source Remove temporary files after backup Cod Backup Schedule Ci Advanced Options Transfer Block Size 128 kbytes eb Encryption t y In File Detta 6 Retention Policy p Command Line Tool i Extra Backup Ps Local Copy E3 Options OK Cancel Important Please ensure that the MS SQL Server s SQL Windows service has read write permission to the network temporary directory Please update the service s Log On setting of the services if required SQL Server MSSQL Properties Local Computer xi General Log On Recovery Dependencies Log on as C Local System account F Allow service to interact with desktop This account Jusemame Browse Password LALELE ETELETEEE Confirm password eecceeecesosees Help
358. ser s Guide After adding the complete database file to the Backup location list box click OK to return to the General page In the Select the backup sets to restore grid select the backups to restore Restore Database Northwind Me x SS suit Ch Heb LAA General Options Destination for restore Select or type the name of a new or existing database for your restore operation To database Northwind X To a point in time Most recent possible at Source for restore Specify the source and location of backup sets to restore C From database Northwind Select the backup sets to restore Type Server Mo Database Full WIN2008 R28 Server WIN2008 R2b Connection WIN2008 R2B Administrator 3 View connection properties Ready From device D temp DATABASE_AdventureWorksLT 2008 bak Database AdventureWorksLT 2008 Click the Options page and select appropriate options for the restore operation For the Recovery state setting Important If this is the final backup to be restored select Leave database ready to use by rolling back uncommitted transactions Additional transaction logs cannot be restored If there are further differential or transaction log to be applied selection one of the other two options for the Recovery completion state 413 Online Backup Manager
359. sh to begin the restore process 161 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 12 Backup Restore Windows System ShadowProtect This chapter describes in details how to backup and restore Windows System with OBM ShadowProtect System backup Module 12 1 Supported versions The ShadowProtect System backup module is supported for the following Windows platforms Windows XP Windows Server 2003 R2 Windows Vista Windows 7 Windows Server 2008 R2 Windows Small Business Server 2011 Note OBM does not support installation on Windows 2000 12 2 Requirements and recommendations Please ensure that the following requirements or recommendations are met by the backup client computer 1 OBM and ShadowpProtect are installed on the computer to be backed up 2 Sufficient disk spaces are required for the temporary storage directory of the System backup It is recommended to have free disk space of 150 x Total In use Size of all volumes selected for backup Note The temporary storage directory cannot be set to a folder within a volume selected for backup 12 3 Overview The following steps are performed during a backup job 1 Connection from the backup client to the backup server is established 2 Download the server file list from the backup server 162 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Commands are issued to ShadowProtect to create the System backup data For each volume selected for backu
360. sing StorageCraft s ShadowProtect Windows System Backup set type for Bare Metal backup of your system using Microsoft s WBAdmin MS VM Backup set type for backup of Virtual Machine on Microsoft Hyper V server VMware VM Backup set type for backup of Virtual Machine on VMware server VM Server ESX ESXi etc The availability of backup type listed above may be service provider dependent If a backup type is not available please check with your service provider for further details and availability For exact application support list please contact your service provider for further details Note Backup set type is defined at the backup set creation time and cannot be modified afterward Next few steps of a new backup set creation process including Backup Source Backup Schedule and Encryption setting configuration are discussed in the following sections of the guide 43 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 6 1 2 General E Click on the General tab to modify the Backup Set Name or User Authentication for Windows setting For backup set with backup schedule and network shared drive selected as backup source the User Authentication for Windows is a mandatory field that must be filled in Please specify a Windows domain account for the backup client application with sufficient permission to access the network location Backup Setting BackupSet General Bac
361. sistance is required please refer to the FAQs Contact username ex2k10 bsp tes Backup Quota 50G Key Description Login Name Login name of the backup account Alias Alias of the backup account Language Preferred language of the backup account Contact Email address of the backup account Backup Quota Backup quota allocated for the backup account 452 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 21 2 Forgot Password Report User can retrieve his or her password by requesting the forgotten password email via the web console Forgotten your password An email will be sent to the backup account email address with the password in hashed format A request forgotten password email contains the following information Sample was not requested by an authorized user please contact us immediately 2 What should you do after reading this email Your current password is shown under the user setting You are suggested to change your password to a more easily remembered password and delete this email to avoid any third party gaining your password Request for forgotten password Generated at Thu Jan 19 17 59 53 GMT 08 00 2012 FAQs 4 Why are you receiving this report Login Name username When a user visits the forgot password page and Password 40rcOUM6Wau VUuBX8g IPg requests the password for this backup account all Alias registered contacts for this account will receive a Language English password re
362. sof_Windows_System_Backup 10 009 2011 09 14 14 12 48 OS ga w8xr2etp 2 tems per page 50 x Page 171 s Restore files to Local Disk C m Search amp 4 Previous Start Restore Cancel 151 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 5 Continue to the next sections for instructions to restore the Windows System Important Before continuing the Windows account which you are using must be a member of the Backup Operators or Administrators group 11 5 1 Recover volumes with the Recovery Wizard Refer to the following instruction to perform a volume recovery with the Recovery Wizard 1 From the Start menu click Administrative Tools and then click Windows Server Backup 2 Inthe Actions panel under Windows Server Backup click Recover to open the Recovery Wizard fou can perform a ange backup of schedule are backup usi s appbaton You can perform a ange backup of schedule giy backup using ths appbcanor eT p bhp Orca p Rewe Messayes Activity from last werk double click om the message bo ser detas Configure Performance Settings 1 Ed Descrgtion Connect To Another Server 3 Inthe Getting Started menu specify the backup is stored on This server click Next 152 Online Backup Manager User s Guide A S Recovery Wizard Eg Getting Started Getting Started You can use this wizard to recover files applications volumes or the system state from a a
363. ss the backup server OK Cancel amp Options For backup client computer on Mac OS X double click on the OBM desktop icon For VMware Server installation on Linux enter the following command to start the OBM graphical user interface sh usr local obm bin RunOBC sh amp 2 Select the Backup Settings button and the button to start the New Backup Set Wizard 179 Online Backup Manager User s Guide New Backup Set Wizard Backup Set Name Backup Set Type File Backup MS Exchange Mail Level Backup MS SQL Server Backup MySQL Backup Oracle Database Server Backup System State Backup ShadowProtect System Backup MS VM Backup Viiware YM Backup Next gt Cancel 3 Create a VMware VM Backup set by selecting VMware VM Backup from the backup set type dropdown menu 4 Enter the corresponding information required New Backup Set Wizard Backup Set Name Backup Set Type Viware YM Backup Ym VMware Host Product VMware vSphere ESXi 3 6 4 6 Username root Password eeee Host IP Address Port 443 SSH Port 22 Next gt Cancel amp Menu Items Description Name Enter a backup set name of your choice Type Select backup set type VMware VM Backup VMware Host Version Select version VMware vSphere ESXi or VMware vSphere ESX according to your setup Username The username must be root Password Enter the password for the ro
364. sseesseresssesssees 126 Upload Pull fil WRC gs5scissees ich ecetaacddecehssececsavseedendosdadednvendesabedecetaswasatedendaaee 128 911S Noof DEI iiss tA ented ocectde ites hes a sees peaches taateges nant emus es ouch 128 912 Delta Rafi Oversees na E EE N ee eeea el aera 129 For Windows XP 2003 R2 uo cece ccccssesescecccccecesssesceccecceseusueescecesceseeeues 132 For Windows Server 2008 R2 SBS 2011 oo eee eeceeeceeeseeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 133 For Windows XP 2003 R2 cc cceeccceccccccccssessececccccecesseesscsceccsessuueesssecesceseeeues 136 For Windows 2008 R2 SBS 2011 oo ceececccceseceteceseceeeeeeseeeeaeceeeeeeeeeneees 140 For Windows 2008 R2 Domain Controllet eeeeceeeseceeeeeceeseeeeenteeeenaees 143 Recover volumes with the Recovery Wizard ceeeccessececsseceesteeeenteeeenaees 152 Recover the operating system with the Install Windows Wizard 155 Recover volumes with command 65 oven acs ves tangs sacs aSee vaginas snc taser rarevovrens 158 Recover with the Windows Recovery Environment ccccecsseeeesseeeeneees 159 Support d versions wevas ics cseheeabuccbeisiovasacaduncotes a ast EEEE EE cuss i SoSe 175 Requirements and recommendations eeeeceeecceeeeececseececeseeeesteeeeseeeeaees 175 Eaa TLIE TOA aT cade cates se es gatas EEEE E E E EEA 177 OVENVIEW o ar E ye a a A A E 178 How to backup virtual machines on VMware ESXi ESX Servert 179 How to res
365. stall package to OBM_HOME cd usr local obm gtar zxf obm nix tar gz 16 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 10 Remove the bundled Java JRE rm rf usr local obm jre32 rm rf usr local obm jre64 Install JRE v1 6 or above and make note of the JRE installation path e g usr java Create a symbolic link for JRE In s usr java usr local obm jvm Set the JAVA_HOME environment variable JAVA _HOME usr java export JAVA HOME Install OBM and its related services by using the following commands cd usr local obm bin install sh gt install log Details of the installation can be found under the install log file 17 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 3 3 3 Installing OBM on FreeBSD Note that the following steps assumed that Diablo JRE 1 6 0 is already installed Diablo JRE 1 6 0 can be downloaded from http www freebsdfoundation org downloads java shtml 1 Download the OBM tarball release from the vendor website 2 Logon as root user in the FreeBSD machine 3 Create anew OBM_Home directory e g usr local obm mkdir p usr local obm 4 Unpack the install package to 0BM_Home cd usr local obm gunzip obm nix tar gz tar xf obm nix tar 5 Remove the bundled Java JRE rm rf usr local obm jre32 rm rf usr local obm jre64
366. store other system or user database differential transaction log backup Refer to the following instructions to restore a differential or transaction log backup 1 Open SQL Server Management Studio connect to the server where the backup is to be restored Important Backups must be restored in the order in which they were created Transaction log can only be applied to database in WITH NORECOVERY recovery state If the database to be restored is not in NORECOVERY recovery state restore the previous backup using the following recovery state option 414 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Leave the database non operational and do not roll back the uncommitted transactions Additional transaction logs can be restored Expand Databases Select the corresponding user database or system database Rx Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio File Edit View Tools Window Community Help i new Query D c i lD or el S a Object Explorer Connect 99 99 mY E WIN2008 R2b SQL Server 10 0 2531 WIN2008 R2B Administrator E Databases Q System Databases Jj Database Snapshots F AdventureWorksLT2008 E E Security E Server Objects E Replication E Management E SQL Server Agent Right click the database Tasks Restore and then click Database or Transaction Log according to the backup fil
367. t lt drivel gt lt pathname type string gt D Hyper V Virtual Machine Name Virtual Hard Disks Second_Disk_GUID vhd lt pathname gt lt type type string gt NONE lt type gt lt drivel1 gt lt controller0d gt 306 Online Backup Manager User s Guide e Repeat the same step for each snapshot 5 Start the Hyper V Virtual Machine Management service Services ojx Fie Action View Help e9 mH helu m m n 4 Services Local Sh Function Discovery Resource Publication Publishes t Manual Local Service Cb Group Policy Client The servic Started Automatic Local System Health Key and Certificate Management Provides X Manual Local System Human Interface Device Access Enables ge Manual Local System Ch Hyper Image Management Service Provides I Started Automatic Local System Ch Hyper Networking Management Service Provides H Started Automatic Local System e Machine Management Manageme Started Automatic e IKE and AuthIP IPsec Keying Modules The IKEEX Manual Local System h Interactive Services Detection Enables us Manual Local System KoA Internet Connection Sharing ICS Provides n Disabled Local System ChIP Helper Provides tu Started Automatic Local System KoA IPsec Policy Agent Internet Pr Manual Network 5 Ch KtmRm For Distributed Transaction Coordinator Coordinate Manual Network 5 KoA Link Layer Topology
368. t backup set type MySQL Backup Username Enter the username of the MySQL account with all privileges Password Enter the username of the MySQL account with all privileges Host Enter the IP address or hostname of the MySQL database server Note OBM must be installed on the MySQL database server Port Enter the TCP IP port for accessing the MySQL database server default 3306 Path to mysqldump Enter the directory path of mysqldump Default location is MySQL Install Home bin 5 Select Next to proceed 6 Inthe backup source selection screen select the databases for backup 446 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 10 11 Important Do not select the information_schema database for backup it is a read only database and cannot be backed up Configure a backup schedule for unattended backups Note Multiple backup schedules of different types can be configured for the same backup set Select an encryption setting for your backup set Press the OK button to complete the configuration of backup set Scheduled backup will run automatically at the configured schedule time Click Backup button on the left panel to perform a backup immediately 447 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 20 5 How to backup MySQL server Linux Refer to the following instructions to backup MySQL database installation on Linux 1 Install OBM on the MySQL database server Note OBM must be instal
369. ta on the remove able hard disk into your backup account on their server To access the Seed Load Utility you will need to access the backup option menu gt Online Backup Manager Language English ta Save Setting Quit Online Backup Manager Backup Set Restore BackupSet A Backup File x Backup Log O i Backup to Restore Log O Offsite Backup Server Local Hard Disk Seed Load Utility ch Change View log 2 A In File Delta Type Full Cancel Menu Items Description Backup Set Dropdown menu to select backup set Local Hard Disk Local Copy Radio button to enable backup to local hard disk for local copy backup Local Hard Disk Seed Local Utility Radio button to enable backup to local 89 Online Backup Manager User s Guide hard disk for seed load backup Change Click to browse to the directory path which you would like to store the seed load backup To start a seed load backup 1 Login to the backup application s user interface Online Backup Manager Online Backup Manager ha pP Manage Login Name username Login Name username Password ecceceoece Password eeeseeoeee Save password _ Save password Forgot your password Forgot your password OK Cancel Options Language English Backup Server https hostname GS Proxy Setting _ Use proxy to access the backup server OK Canc
370. tal number and size of backup files updated in your backup set Permission Updated Files Total number and size of backup files with file permission updated in your backup set Deleted Files Total number and size of backup files deleted from your backup set Moved Files Total number and size of backup files relocated in your backup set Copied Files Total number and size of backup files copied to another location in your backup set New File List Full list of all backup files added to your backup set Updated File Full list of all backup files updated in your backup List set Permission Full list of all backup files with file permission Updated File updated in your backup set List Deleted File Full list of all backup files deleted from your backup List set Moved File List Full list of all backup files relocated in your backup set Copied File List Full list of all backup files copied to another location in your backup set 469 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 22 6 Review Storage Statistics You can review the amount of data you have stored on the backup server and uploaded to the backup server on each day by opening the Statistics panel available on the web interface To review your storage statistics for a different month just select the month from the Month drop down list Profle Backup Set File Sxnlorer Report Storag
371. tarted anes Al a etoi 330 15 4 3 How to backup Microsoft Exchange Server 2010 00 ee eeeeeeeeeeseecsseeeteeeees 331 18 5 1 Restore Microsoft SQL Server 2000 database ceeccessssssecececeeeesensenees 400 18 5 1 1 REStOre master databases cients ne tagocssdesieateretecaaca a 400 18 5 2 1 Restore other system or user database complete backup 402 18 5 3 1 Restore other system or user database differential transaction log backup 406 18 5 2 Restore Microsoft SQL Server 2005 2008 database cc ccccccccceesessrsees 408 18 5 1 2 Restore master database sieiccs ses coeesaneisageacesace eraesaadavgaden cham taeestben 408 18 5 2 2 Restore other system or user database complete backup 410 18 5 3 2 Restore other system or user database differential transaction log backup 414 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 1 Overview 1 1 Conventions Convention Descriptions Example Bold Important information Important The encrypting key is independent from a backup account s password Italic Folder path or file path C Program Files OBM Graphical Interface Backup Elements File path in Windows OBM_HOME format File path in Mac OS X OBM_HOME format Italic Command sudo uninstall sh 1 2 Definitions acronyms and abbreviations Term Abbreviation Definition OBM Online Backup Manager OBS Offsite Backup Server OBM_HOME The install locatio
372. tch all files with name containing with a B character Ends With Include Exclude all files directories with name ending with a certain pattern e g You can use doc to match all files with name ending with doc all Word Documents Regular Expression Include Exclude all files directories with name matching a regular expression To add a new pattern press the Add button in the Pattern Matching area Note Backup filter is case sensitive Filter Mode Defines whether you want to include or exclude matched files into from the backup set Also for those unmatched files you can choose to exclude if include filter type or include if exclude filter type them into from the backup set The availability of features listed above may be service provider dependent If a feature is not available please check with your service provider for further details and availability The following are a list of examples with different filter settings Example 1 To backup only Word Excel and PowerPoint documents in the document directory e g C My Documents setup the backup filter as follows Top Directory C My Documents Apply To File true Matching Type End With Matching Patterns doc xls ppt Filter Mode Include Exclude all others True Example 2 To backup all files excluding all exe dll and tmp in C Application setup the backup filter as follows Top Directory C Appli
373. ted Files Files updated since last backup job These files are now in the current data area while the older version of the same files are now in the retention area Deleted Files Files deleted since last backup job These files are now in the retention area Moved Files Files moved since last backup job These file movements have been updated on the backup server mi Copied Files Files that are copied from another file with same data in server They are copied in server instead of being uploaded again C Checksum file 0 Detta file Online Backup Manager User s Guide Key Description Backup Job Summary Login Name Login name of the backup account Backup Set Name of the backup set Backup Job Time of the backup job in the following format Year Month Day hour minute Job Status The overall status of the backup job e Backup finished successfully e Backup finished with error e Backup finished with warning e Backup interrupted by system e Backup interrupted by user Backup Time Start and end time of the backup job Backup Job Statistics New Files Total number and size of new files uploaded Updated Files Total number and size of updated files uploaded Permission Update Files Total number and size of permission updated files uploaded Deleted Files Total number and size of files deleted Moved Files Total number and size of files relocated
374. tes Redo Buffers 2973696 bytes Database mounted SQL gt alter database backup controlfile to trace as new_db location control trce reuse Database altered SQL gt alter database rename file 370 Online Backup Manager User s Guide oracle product 10 2 0 db_1 oradata GDB1 system01 dbf to new_db location oradata GDB1 system01 dbf Database altered SQL gt alter database rename file oracle product 10 2 0 db_1 oradata GDB1 undotbs01 dbf to new_db location oradata GDB1 undotbs01 dbf Database altered SQL gt alter database rename file oracle product 10 2 0 db_1 oradata GDB1 sysaux01 dbf to new_db location oradata GDB1 sysaux01 dbf Database altered SQL gt alter database rename file oracle product 10 2 0 db_1 oradata GDB1 users01 dbf to new_db location oradata GDB1 users01 dbf Database altered SQL gt alter database rename file f oracle product 10 2 0 db_1 oradata GDB1 TS1 to new_db_ location oradata GDB1 TS1 Database altered SQL gt alter database rename file oracle product 10 2 0 db_1 oradata GDB1 redo01 log to new_db_ location oradata GDB1 redo01 log Database altered SQL gt alter database rename file oracle product 10 2 0 db_1 oradata GDB1 redo02 log to new_db location oradata GDB1 redo02 1log Database altered SQL gt alter database rename file oracle product 10 2 0 db_1 oradata GDB1 redo03 log to new_db location oradata GDB1 r
375. the Backup Server field Optional For machine that requires Internet connection through proxy select the Use proxy to access the backup server option and fill in the settings within the Proxy setting section Press the Next button afterward Optional If you do not have a backup user account you can register for a trial user account with the following steps Enter the Login Name and Password of your choice Enter your Email address in the textbox provided Press the Submit button If you already have a backup user account select Already a user and logon to the server with your existing login credentials For first time login you will be guided to create a backup set Select the Backup Source for the backup set Configure a backup schedule for unattended backups For backup set with backup schedule and network shared drive selected as backup source the User Authentication for Windows is a mandatory field Select an encryption setting for your backup set Accept the default encryption settings using the backup user account s password string as encrypting key if no change are necessary Important Even with the default encryption setting selected the encryption key is independent from a backup account s password 12 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Encryption settings are set at a backup set s creation time even if the password is changed afterward the encry
376. the backup of a 10 GB Outlook pst file with 100 MB increment each day After the initial full backup the backup application would continue to generate and upload delta instead of the full file until one of the following two rules are true Number of delta files generated since the last full backup exceeded the No of Delta setting The delta ratio ratio of delta file size against the full file size exceeded the Delta Ratio setting With incremental delta delta generated by comparing the current file with the last uploaded file full or delta is around 100 MB Since the delta file size is about 100 MB daily delta ratio of 1 would not trigger a full file upload Instead OBM will continue to generate and upload delta files until day 102 full file uploaded on day 1 when the number of deltas generated exceeds the No of Delta setting All delta files are generated with respect to changes made since the last incremental or full backup This means that the last full backup file and ALL incremental delta backup files are required to restore the latest snapshot of a backup file Differential In file delta Differential Delta will facilitate ease of restore The delta is generated by comparing with the last uploaded full file only Delta generated with this method will grow daily and uses more bandwidth However for restoration the full file and a single delta is required to be restored and merged For example
377. the next backup OBM would upload the full file instead of generating a delta since the No of delta is reached This setting is to ensure that there will be a full file backup after a certain number of deltas has been generated limiting the size of the delta chain 128 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 9 1 2 5 Delta Ratio Delta Ratio defines the maximum ratio of change delta file size when compare to the last backup before OBM will force a full file upload to the backup server Delta ratio is calculated by dividing the file size of a delta by the file size of the full file e g the percentage of changes detected between the last full backup file and the current file For example if the Delta Ratio is set to 50 default setting if a file changes by more than 50 OBM would upload the full file instead of generating a delta since the Delta Ratio is reached This setting is to ensure that a full file backup is performed for file with significant changes as it is preferable to upload a full file instead to reduce the time required to restore the file 129 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 10 Backup Restore Windows System State This chapter describes in details how to backup and restore Windows System State with OBM 10 1 Supported versions The System State backup module is supported for the following Windows platforms Windows XP Windows Server 2003 R2 Windows Serv
378. then subdivide this partition in to one or more logical partitions Note Restoring a backup image to a volume overwrites all data currently on the volume Furthermore there must be sufficient disk space to restore the backup image For example a user cannot restore a 4GB backup file with only 1GB of free space Click Next to continue 172 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 13 In the Specify the restoration options dialog screen please review all of the options available All of these options are important where restoring an operating system volume on a computer Restore Specify the restoration options C Set partition active _ Restore MBR C Restore Disk Hidden Track e Set Partition Active This will make the restored drive the active partition the drive that the machine boots from e Restore MBR Restore the master boot record The master boot record is contained in the first sector of the first physical hard drive it consists of a master boot program and a partition table that describes the disk partitions The master boot program looks at the partition table to see which primary partition is active It then starts the boot program from the boot sector of the active partition You can restore the MBR from the image file that was saved with the backup image or you can restore an original Windows MBR e Restore disk signature Restores the original physical disk signature of
379. tion To demonstrate assuming that you want to synchronize the restore destination e g C Application with the backed up C Application folder restore source select the Application folder instead of the C for restore 99 Online Backup Manager User s Guide GrowMiec ore jod MOGs Latent Show ot Mes Fite Faton Nene I Backup Gere be O Pregrant een E O Progen FO Aotiatan 2 Pngnam OD Decucwrts sad Se k E Yes doe me 100007170129 O Ej venso mia M0r tte Gat Yew fpote Teck Hep Om O FF Prr lip run i Axati CJ C Vyelrann Pokters Peer Ts rma Se Restore the sormissions GttReae gt Cane GD Documents md Sette f Prag ot gt Fe fit Yew Frote tek Hep Q O F LP E ran m sara 2 Oligpiann Foiders osc I npea T e i 8 1 4 1 Follow Link Click on the Advanced button select the Follow Link checkbox to enable the follow link option Advanced Restore Options C Delete extra files A Follow Link C Resolve Link OK Cancel amp 100 Online Backup Manager User s Guide When the follow link option is enabled not only is the symbolic link or junction point restored and directories and files that the junction point links to will also be restored The following table summarizes the outcome when a restore is performed with different options Follow Link Restore to Action Enabled Original Location J
380. tion of your backup application such as the application version and backup service provider s information like company name website email address and server hostname or IP address 37 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 5 6 Backup Log All backup activities are logged to a corresponding log files To review them click on the Backup Log button Backup Log Backup Set BackupSet Log 2012 02 28 15 39 39 Show All Type Log Time Start Windows XP test xp Pro Backup 6 7 2 0 201 2 02 28 15 39 39 Using Temporary Directory C Documents and SettingsiTesteri temp 201 2 02 28 15 39 39 Start running pre commands 201 2 02 28 15 39 39 Finished running pre commands 201 2 02 28 15 39 39 Startcreating Shadow Copy Set 201 2 02 28 15 39 40 Shadow Copy Set successfully created 201 2 02 28 15 39 45 Downloading server file list 201 2 02 28 15 41 06 Downloading server file list Completed 201 2 02 28 15 41 10 Reading backup source from hard disk 201 2 02 28 15 41 10 Reading backup source from hard disk Completed 201 2 02 28 15 41 10 Uploading New Directory CA 201 2 02 28 15 41 11 Uploading New Directory C Documents and Settings 201 2 02 28 15 41 11 Uploading New Directory C Documents and Settings Tester 201 2 02 28 15 41 11 Uploading New Directory C Documents and Settings All Users 201 2 02 28 15 41 11 Uploading New Directory C Documents and
381. tion log File or filegroup File or filegroup l Read backup set information and add to backup history Database complete C Database differential Transaction log Read backup set information and add to backup history Click the Options tab and select appropriate options for the restore operation For the Recovery completion state setting 407 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Restore database 4 x General Options J Prompt before restoring each backup J Force restore over existing database Restore database files as Origi Restore As awe c Program Files Microsoft SOL Server MSSOL INST1 data nwind_new_log Idf d d Program Files Microsoft SQL ServerX MSSQL INST1 data nwind_new mdf m Recovery completion state Leave database operational No additional transaction logs can be restored C Leave database nonoperational but able to restore additional transaction logs Leave database read only and able to restore additional transaction logs Unido file d Program Files Microsoft SQL Server SMSSQL INST1 BACKI E Cancel Help Important If this is the final transaction log to be applied select Leave database operational No additional transaction logs can be restored If there are further backups to be applied afterward one of the other two options for the Recovery completion state 7 To start the restore operat
382. to 2 Original location Alternate location C Original Y s Location Change amp Search amp 4 Previous StartRestore gt Cancel amp For full instructions please refer to the above sections 13 2 2 7 How to restore individual virtual disk to a different VM 1 Login to the backup application s user interface For VMware Server installation on Windows double click on the OBM desktop icon or right click on the system tray icon 227 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Online Backup Manager Login Name username Password ecccecceoe _ Save password Forgot your password OK Cancel Options Online Backup Manager JNUINE Login Name username Password eeeeeeee _ Save password Forgot your password amp Language English Backup Server https hostname Gs Proxy Setting _ Use proxy to access the backup server OK Cancel Options For VMware Server installation on Linux enter the following command to start the OBM graphical user interface sh usr local obm bin RunOBC sh amp 2 Select the Restore button and the corresponding backup set 228 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Restore Show files as ofJob 2012 01 31 Latest O Show all files Filter Folders Name Size Date Modified F Backup Server L Win03R2 x64 flatvmdk 4 194 2012 01 31 12 23 24 O amp centos4 3 i386 O Win03R2 x64 nvram 9KB 2012 01 31 10 28 36 O
383. to begin the restore process 6 To restore a system volume operating system volume you need to start the computer in StorageCraft Recovery Environment e Insert the ShadowProtect Disc into the CD DVD drive e Restart the computer Note In some case you may need to press the required key to boot up from disc e Select the corresponding option according to the OS platform 168 Online Backup Manager User s Guide StorageCraft Recovery Environment 1 Start Vista based Recommended Recovery Environment 2 Start 2003 based Legacy Recovery Environment 3 Boot from Hard Disk 4 Reboot computer Press 1 4 or Cursor Key to Select Item Press lt Enter gt to Run To restore a non system volume non operating system volume in Windows start the ShadowProtect user interface Shadow rotect Deskto p Edition locathost thos J g s 4 P Sp 169 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 8 Click Restore to start the Restore Wizard 9 Press Next to proceed W Restore Welcome to the Restore Wizard This wizard will help you to restore entire data volumes from existing backup image files To restore the system volume you must restore by booting the ShadowProtect Recovery Environment CD To restore individual files run the Explore Backup wizard Press Next to continue i Cancel 10 Browse to the image file restored from the OBS server The destination locations ca
384. to restore a complete backup Open SQL Server Management Studio connect to the server where the backup is to be restored Expand Databases Depending on the database either selects a user database or expands System Databases and then selects a system database 410 Online Backup Manager User s Guide R Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio OF x File Edit View Tools Window Community Help Now ery Ly fb DIDIS Object Explorer Connect 42 42 a Y ES E WIN2008 R2b SQL Server 10 0 2531 V4 0 Databases 0 System Databases E Database Snapshots AdventureWorksLT2008 Ahsay Northwind pubs E Security E Server Objects E Replication E Management E SQL Server Agent Right click the database point to Tasks clicks Restore and then click Database Note SQL Server databases may be backed up on one server and restored to another server If the target database does not exist on the server right click on any database instead A new database can be created while restoring the backup New Database New Query Script Database as Policies gt Detach Take Offline Facets Bring Online Start PowerShell Shrink Reports gt Rename Delete Files and Filegroups Refresh Launch Database Mirroring Monitor Tra
385. tore Oracle Database Server oracle product 10 2 0 db_1 dbs spfileGDBl ora obm_restore Oracle Database Server oracle product 10 2 0 db_1 flash_recovery area GDB1 obm_restore Oracle Database Server oracle product 10 2 0 db_1 oradata GDB1 These files should be moved to oracle product 10 2 0 db_1 admin GDB1 oracle product 10 2 0 db_1 dbs initGDBl ora oracle product 10 2 0 db_1 dbs spfileGDBl ora oracle product 10 2 0 db_1 flash_recovery area GDB1 oracle product 102 0 db_1 oradata GDB1 367 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 6 Rename database files for database restore to a new location e Modify the PFILE file to update file path Modify all file paths to reflect the change to the new location and then save For example from background dump dest oracle OraHomel admin GDB2 bdump control files oracle OraHomel oradata GDB2 control0l ctl oracle OraHomel oradata GDB2 control02 ctl oracle OraHomel oradata GDB2 control03 ctl1 core dump dest oracle OraHomel admin GDB2 cdump user dump dest oracle OraHomel admin GDB2 udump Change to background_dump_dest new_ db location OraHomel admin GDB2 bdump control files new_db_location OraHomel oradata GDB2 control0l ctl new_db location OraHomel oradata GDB2 control02 ctl new_db_ location OraHomel oradata GDB2 control03 ct1l core dump dest new db location OraHomel admin GDB2
386. tore virtual machines on VMware ESXi ESX Servet 183 13 1 1 6 How to restore virtual machines to the original hypervisor 183 13 1 2 6 How to restore virtual machines to another hypervisor 191 How to restore individual virtual disk 0 eee eeecceeeseeeeeeececeeeeeeeeeeeenteeeeaees 197 13 1 1 7 How to restore individual virtual disk to the original VM 198 13 1 2 7 How to restore individual virtual disk to a different VM 198 SUpPPoOrted VEmsIONSta5 kee cel aided lei eee teh S e AE 204 Requirements and recommendations eesceeeecceceeececesececseeeeeseeeeeneeeenaees 204 TATICAUL OTIS esie hess Casita ghee bens gd dete e dates a i a a dete e ghey sawed ossnans 205 ODIO We asia oie sha sin Waa a Beg E oh SOG aes On 205 How to backup virtual machines on VMware Servet 206 How to restore virtual machines on VMware Servet cscccssseeeesseeesees 210 13 2 1 6 How to restore virtual machines to the original hypervisor 210 13 2 2 6 How to restore virtual machines to another hypervisor 218 How to restore individual virtual disk 20 0 0 eceeeeeceeeseceseeececeeeeeeseeeeneeeeaees 226 13 2 1 7 How to restore individual virtual disk to the original VM 226 13 2 2 7 How to restore individual virtual disk to a different VM 227 SUPPOTled Versions n steele e EE E RESE EEE 233 Requirements and recommendations
387. tore_dest you need to amend the following parameters DominoRecover bat REM HHH Start User Defined Section HHHHHFH REM HHHHHHHHHHH HAH PROGRAM DIR dsesssss sass dh ssee REM The Domino or notes program directory which REM contains notes ini SET PROGRAM DIR C Program Files Lotus Domino REM HHHHHHHHHAAAAH INPUT_FILE HHH HEAR HH EE EE AE REM The path to a input file if you want to restore one REM database only If you want to restore all databases REM leave INPUT _FILE blank SET INPUT_FILE C restore_dest admin4 nsf REM HHHHHHAHHAAAAAH RESTOREDB HHHHHHHA HAHA ERR A AH 431 Online Backup Manager User s Guide REM The path to a database file if you want to restore REM one database only If you want to restore all REM databases leave RESTOREDB blank SET RESTOREDB C Lotus Domino Data admin4 nsf REM HHHHHAHAAHAHAAHA RECDATE HHH AHR AR AERA RAAT REM The year month and day you want to recover REM the database to Set them according to the date REM format set in Windows REM e g SET RECDATE 11 15 2006 REM If you want to restore all databases leave RECDATE REM blank REM e g SET RECDATE SET RECDATE 18 01 2007 REM HHAHHHAHHAH AHHH RECTIME HHHHHHAH ARH A EAE REM The time in hour and minute you want to recover the REM database to Set them according to the ti
388. tored to the original VM or to be added to a new VM 197 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 13 1 1 7 How to restore individual virtual disk to the original VM The procedure to restore individual virtual disk to the original VM is very similar to the procedure to restore virtual machine to a new hypervisor The main different is that user must select the restore to Alternate location option and select the directory path to the original VM location Restore Show files as ofJob 2012 01 31 Latest m O Show all files Filter Folders Name Size Date Modified E 5 Backup Server Win03R2 x64 flatvmdk 4194 2012 01 31 12 23 24 O amp centos4 s i386 Win03R2 x64 nvram 9KB 2012 01 31 10 28 36 O amp centos4 8 x86_64 Win03R2 x64 vmdk 1KB 2012 01 31 10 28 30 O amp FreeBSD 8 2 arnd64 Win03R2 x64 vmsd 1KB 2012 01 31 10 28 09 D wind3r2 x64 Win03R2 x64 vmx 3KB 2012 01 31 10 28 33 O amp winkp xe6 Win03R2 x64 viet 1KB 2012 01 27 18 46 23 Win03R2 x64_1 flatymdk 4194 2012 01 31 12 23 01 Win03R2 x64_1 vmdk 1 KB 2012 01 31 10 28 31 vmware 1 log 175KB 2011 12 20 10 30 49 ymware 2 log 95KB 2011 12 21 16 32 02 ymware 3 log 259KB 2012 01 05 15 39 23 vmware 4 log 1 905 2012 01 20 17 09 08 vmware 5 log 189KB 2012 01 27 12 02 37 vinware 6 lag 1 149 2012 01 30 17 15 45 vmware log 333 KB 2012 01 31 12 23 53 O O o O o O o O o O o O O 0 Delete O Items per page 50 m Page 111 J
389. ts 1 snapshot current 1 snapshot0 uid 1 snapshot0 filename Windows 2008 Snapshot1 vmsn snapshot0 displayName Snapshoti1 snapshot0 description snapshot0 createTimeHigh 309233 snapshot0 createTimeLow 1291281261 snapshot0O numDisks 3 snapshot0 disk0 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 disk0 node scsi0 0 snapshot0 disk1 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk snapshot0 diskl1 node scsi0 1 e Perform the same steps for each snapshot e Save the changes afterward Update the number of virtual disk e Open the corresponding VM Name vmesd file at the following location with a text editor S VM Location S VM Name vmsd e Locate the numDisks parameter Example Snapshot 1 if one of the disks is removed updates the value of snapshot0 numDisks snapshot lastUID 1 snapshot numSnapshots 1 snapshot current 1 snapshot0 uid 1 snapshot0 filename Windows 2008 Snapshot1 vmsn snapshot0 displayName Snapshot1 snapshot0 description 224 Online Backup Manager snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto snapshoto User s Guide createTimeHigh 309233 createTimeLow 1291281261 numDisks 3 disk0 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk disk0 node scsi0 0 disk1 fileName Windows 2008 1 vmdk diskl node scsi0 1 e Modify the line from snapshot0 numDisks 3
390. twork 5 Ch KtmRm For Distributed Transaction Coordinator Coordinate Manual Network 5 KoA Link Layer Topology Discovery Mapper Creates 4 Manual Local Service Sh Microsoft NET Framework NGEN 2 0 50727_X64 Microsoft Disabled Local System Microsoft NET Framework NGEN v2 0 50727_X86 Microsoft Disabled Local System Gh Microsoft NET Framework NGEN v4 0 30319_x64 Microsoft Automatic D Local System Microsoft NET Framework NGEN v4 0 30319_X86 Microsoft Automatic D Local System Fh Microsoft Fibre Channel Platform Registration Service Registers t Manual Local Service Ch Microsoft iSCSI Initiator Service Manages I Manual Local System Ch Microsoft Software Shadow Copy Provider Manages s Started Manual Local System Multimedia Class Scheduler Enables rel Manual Local System Ch Net Msmq Listener Adapter Receives a Disabled Network 5 Ch Net Pipe Listener Adapter Receives a Disabled Local Service Gh Net Tep Listener Adapter Receives a Disabled Local Service GhNet Tep Port Sharing Service Provides a Disabled Local Service i Maintains a Manual Local System Extended Standard 6 Remove any existing snapshot Important The restored virtual machine does not support the reversion of previous snapshots if they contain virtual disks not restored 7 Start the virtual machine Important If the following error is displayed during the startup ple
391. ual machine 13 2 7 How to restore individual virtual disk Individual virtual disk can be restored to the original VM or to be added to a new VM 13 2 1 7 How to restore individual virtual disk to the original VM The procedure to restore individual virtual disk to the original VM is very similar to the procedure to restore virtual machine to a new hypervisor The main different is that user must select the restore to Alternate location option and select the directory path to the original VM location 226 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Restore Show files as ofJob 2011 03 28 Latest x Show all files Filter Folders _ Name Logical Path Size Date Modified g Backup Server enWinxP datastore1 6250 294 924 KB2011 03 31 16 22 bD p vmware Server 2 0 2 B env inXP datastore1 6250 1 KB2011 03 31 16 12 0 winxp envvinxXP datastore1 6250 1 181 407 KB2011 03 31 16 20 O enWinxP datastore1 6250 30 KB 2011 03 31 16 23 enWinxP datastore1 6250 4 194 304 KB 2011 03 31 16 12 B enWinxXP datastore1 6250 9 KB 2011 03 31 16 23 O enWinxXP datastore1 6250 1 KB2011 03 31 16 12 enWinxP datastore1 6250 1 KB2011 03 31 16 23 B enWinxXP datastore1 6250 3 KB2011 037 31 16 11 Bl enWinxXP datastore1 6250 2 KB2011703 31 16 11 OOOOOUNOUOUOU Delete O ltems perpage 50 x Page m gt Restore files
392. uccessfully 201 2 02 28 16 08 51 i i i i D i i i D i Logs per page 50 Page 1 1 Menu Item Description Backup Set Drop down menu for selecting which backup set Log Drop down menu for selecting which log to review in YYYY MM DD hh mm ss format Show Drop down menu to filter display of only Information Warning Error or all log entries Logs per page Drop down menu for selecting the number of log entries to display per page Page Drop down menu to switch the page number The availability of features listed above may be service provider dependent If a feature is not available please check with your service provider for further details and availability 39 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 6 Configure backup sets This chapter describes how to configure a backup set A backup set defines the configuration of a backup routine such as backup schedule backup source and encryption setting as well as other options 6 1 Backup Setting Click on the Backup Setting button to Create new backup set Select the button to add a new backup set ss Delete existing backup set Select a backup set from the drop down menu and the button to remove corresponding backup set e Modify existing backup set Select a backup set from the drop down menu and other options from the left panel to modify the backup set 40 Online Backup Manager User
393. uide 3 Create a Lotus Domino Server or Notes Client Backup set by selecting Lotus Domino Server Backup Lotus Notes Client Backup from the backup set type dropdown menu New Backup Set Wizard xi Backup Set Name Lotus BackupSet Type File Backup a File Backup a Lotus Notes Client Backup Lotus Domino Server Backup MS Exchange Server Backup MS Exchange Mail Level Backup MS SQL Server Backup MySQL Backup Oracle Database Server Backup Next gt Cancel 4 Configure the Path to notes ini field and then select Next to proceed Sow Backup Set Wizard i Hew Backup Wierd beat Backup Set PA Bacup Set Name Lots BachunSet Name Lotus Backup Set Type Lotus Derrumo Server Backup m Tyee Latus Notes Clieet Backup Lotus Mletus Paty to motes ri Path w notes ini C Program F Festi MiL otes Dominowretes iy Changa CWoeeestsupportAppD atall oceftLowe Notes Datainotes re Greg amp Net gt Cana Q Ned gt Cane Q a Note Path to notes ini on Lotus Domino server Login to the Domino administration console select the Configuration tab and expand Server select notes ini file to display the directory path Path to notes ini on Lotus Notes client machine By default the path should be located under the corresponding operating system account profile OS_Profile AppData Local Lotus Notes Data notes ini 5 Select the file and database for backup 425
394. unction points are restored to the original location Follow Link option enabled for backup Target directories and files are restored to the original location Follow link option disabled for backup Target directories and files are not restored Alternate Location Junction points are restored to the location specified Follow Link option enabled for backup Target directories and files are restored to the location specified Follow link option disabled for backup Target directories and files are not restored Disabled Original Location Junction points are restored to the original location No data is restored to the junction point s destination Alternate Location Junction points are restored to the location specified No data is restored to the junction point s destination 8 1 5 1 Resolve Link Click on the Advanced button select the Resolve Link checkbox to enable the resolve link option 101 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Advanced Restore Options Delete extra files v Follow Link v Resolve Link OK Cancel amp Note that the resolve link option is only available when the restore destination is configured to Alternate location and Resolve Link must be used in conjunction with the Follow Link option When the resolve link option is enabled the junction point would be restored and directories and files that the junction point l
395. up of system databases SQL server maintains a set of system level database which are essential for the operation of the server instance Several of the system databases must be backed up after every significant update they includes e master e model e msdb For SQL database with replication enabled e distribution This table summarizes all of the system databases 388 Online Backup Manager User s Guide System Description Backup Suggestion database required master The database that Yes Back up the master records all of the system database as often as level information of a necessary to protect the SQL server system data sufficiently for your business needs Microsoft recommends a regular backup schedule which you can supplement with manual backup after any substantial update model The template for all Yes Backup the model databases that are database only when created on the instance necessary for example of SQL server after customizing its database options Microsoft recommends that you create only full database backups of model as required Because model is small and rarely changes backing up the log is unnecessary msdb The msdb database is Yes Back up msdb whenever used by SQL Server it is updated Agent for scheduling alerts and jobs and for recording operators It also contains history tables e g backup restore history table tempdb A workspace for holding No The tem
396. up type only transaction logs are backed up to the temporary spool path The Domino server is notified of the filled log extends availability for reuse 423 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 5 Server and local file lists are compared to determine which file will be uploaded 6 Delta file is generated for modified file if necessary 7 Data are encrypted compressed and uploaded to the backup server 8 Data are removed from the temporary spool path 9 Backup completed successfully 19 5 How to backup Lotus Domino Notes Windows Refer to the following instructions to backup Lotus Domino Notes installation on Windows 1 Login to the backup application s user interface Double click on the OBM desktop icon or right click on the system tray icon E Online Backup Manager Of x online Backup Manager Oa x Login Name username Login Name username Password iaiia Password iii Save password Save password Forgot your password Forgot your password OK Cancel Options 3 Language English x i Backup Server http hostname x Gs Proxy Setting Use proxy to access the backup server Type Proxy Sock Address Port User Name Password OK Cancel amp Options Note OBM must be installed on the Lotus Domino server or Notes client machine 2 Select the Backup Settings button and the button to start the New Backup Set Wizard 424 Online Backup Manager User s G
397. ur system e g SET RECDATE 11 15 2006 If you want to restore all databases leave RECDATE blank e g SET RECDATE S Online Backup Manager User s Guide The time in hour and minute you want to recover the database to Set them according to the time format set in your system e g SET RECTIME 13 00 If you want to restore all databases leave RECTIME blank e g SET RECTIME SET RECTIME Tk He He Fe SE k Save and execute the DominoRecover sh script file afterward gt usr local obm bin DominoRecover sh Important Please ensure that you are running as the Domino user e g notes Media recovery is performed for all databases found within the Lotus data directory Content of all databases will be restored to the last committed transaction found in the archived transaction log Example bash 3 00S cd usr local obm bin bash 3 00S DominoRecover sh Media Recovery Utility for Lotus Domino 5 0 or above Please make sure that you have done the following 1 Reinstall Lotus Domino on this computer in the same directory 2 Restore Notes ini to the Lotus Domino installation directory e g local notesdata 3 Restore Domino Data directory back to the directory defined in Notes ini e g local notesdata 4 Restore all archived transaction logs to the directory defined in Notes ini e g local notesdata logdir Continue
398. uring a backup job 1 Connection from the backup client to the backup server is established 2 Download the server file list from the backup server 3 Commands are issued to the hypervisor to create snapshot of the virtual machine for backup 4 Server and local file lists are compared to determine which file will be uploaded 5 Delta file is generated for modified file if necessary 6 Existing and snapshot data are encrypted compressed and streamed to the backup server 7 Commands are issued to the hypervisor to remove snapshot created for backup 8 Backup completed successfully 13 3 5 How to backup virtual machines on VMware Fusion Refer to the following instructions to backup VM running on VMware Fusion 1 Login to the backup application s user interface 234 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Online Backup Manager Login Name username Password eeeeee Save password Forgot your password OK Cancel amp Options Online Backup Manager Login Name username Password eceooo El Save password Forgot your password Sep Li Language z English IEA Backup Server http li hostname IEA Ta Proxy Setting Use proxy to access the backup server Type Proxy Sock Address Port User Name Password OK Cancel I Options Select the Backup Settings button and the button to start the New Backup Set Wizard
399. ved log mode SQL gt alter database archivelog Open database SQL gt alter database open Example export ORACLE SID GDB1 sqlplus as sysdba SQL Plus Release 10 2 0 1 0 Production on Thu Nov 8 15 08 57 2007 Copyright c 1982 2005 Oracle All rights reserved Connected to Oracle Database 10g Enterprise Edition Release 10 2 0 1 0 Production 356 Online Backup Manager User s Guide With the Partitioning OLAP and Data Mining options SQL gt shutdown immediate Database closed Database dismounted ORACLE instance shut down SQL gt startup mount ORACLE instance started Total System Global Area 285212672 bytes Fixed Size 1218992 bytes Variable Size 96470608 bytes Database Buffers 184549376 bytes Redo Buffers 2973696 bytes Database mounted SQL gt alter database archivelog Database altered SQL gt alter database open Database altered 4 Grant JAVASYSPRIV to the system account SQL gt grant javasyspriv to system Example SQL gt grant javasyspriv to system Grant succeeded 5 Archived logs are not deleted automatically after an Oracle database backup by OBM When necessary database administrator may consider deleting the backed up archived log manually 357 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 17 3 Overview The following steps are performed during a
400. ver 1 OBM version 5 5 8 0 or above is installed on the SQL server Note MS SQL 2008 R2 is only supported for OBM version 5 5 8 0 or above 2 Databases files are spooled to a temporary directory before being uploaded to the offsite backup server It is recommended that the temporary directory have disk space of at least 120 of the total database size 3 Itis recommended that the temporary directory be configured on a local drive 4 The SQL Windows service must have read write permission to the temporary directory 5 For database with simple recovery model only full database and differential database backups are allowed To perform a transaction log backup please change the corresponding databases recovery model from simple to full 386 Online Backup Manager User s Guide For OBM installation on a separate Backup Client Machine Please ensure that the following requirements are met by the Backup Client Machine 1 4 OBM version 5 5 8 0 or above is installed on the dedicated machine for backup Note MS SQL 2008 R2 is only supported for OBM version 5 5 8 0 or above Databases files are spooled to the temporary directory before being uploaded to the offsite backup server It is recommended that the temporary directory have disk space of at least 120 of the total database size Since OBM is not installed directly on the SQL server the temporary directory configured for the backup set must be a
401. ver 1 x Commands are issued to the hypervisor to start up the virtual machine VMware Server 2 x 205 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Commands are issued to the hypervisor to create snapshot of the virtual machine for backup 8 Backup completed successfully 13 2 5 How to backup virtual machines on VMware Server Refer to the following instructions to backup VM running on VMware Server 1 Login to the backup application s user interface For VMware Server installation on Windows double click on the OBM desktop icon or right click on the system tray icon Online Backup Manager i Online Backup Manager Login Name username Login Name username Password 00000000 Password eeeeeese Save password Save password Forgot your password Forgot your password OK Cancel Options amp Language English Backup Server https hostname Gs Proxy Setting Use proxy to access the backup server OK Cancel Options For VMware Server installation on Linux enter the following command to start the OBM graphical user interface sh usr local obm bin RunOBC sh amp 2 Select the Backup Settings button and the button to start the New Backup Set Wizard 206 Online Backup Manager User s Guide New Backup Set Wizard Backup Set Name Backup Set Type File Backup MS Exchange Mail Level Backup MS SQL Server Backup MySQL Backup Oracle Database Server Backup
402. virtual machine 203 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 13 2 Backup virtual machines running on VMware Server 13 2 1 Supported versions The VMware VM backup module is supported for the following VMware Server versions VMware Server 1 x VMware Server 2 x For more details please refer to Help Centre Article https help com openArticle aspx aid 2323 13 2 2 Requirements and recommendations Please ensure that the following requirements are met by the VMware Server 1 OBM version 6 7 or above is installed on the VMware Server Note Resource allocation for both VM hosting and backup operation must be taken into consideration 2 OBM must be installed on the hypervisor 3 For VMware Server installation on Linux e The root account must be enabled e GUI environment must be installed on the hypervisor e g GOME or KDE 4 The following TCP ports must be opened on the hypervisor e Port 902 e Port 912 e Port 8222 e Port 8333 5 Consider increasing the JVM Java Virtual Machine memory allocation to improve performance of the backup operation 6 It is recommended that the datastore have disk space of the largest sized virtual machine to be backed up 7 Itis recommended that the temporary directory have disk space of at least 50 of the largest sized virtual machine to be backed up 8 Itis recommended that the temporary directory be configured on a local drive 204 Online Backup Manager
403. w delta files are merged into full file using a retention policy delta merge policy setting defined as 4 jobs for this backup set A full backup file is stored into data area F uploaded by Job 1 followed by incremental delta files I Iz I and I4 On the completion Job 5 14 the backup application will trigger a delta merge background job to execute the file merging When the OBS delta merge job runs F I will be merged to become a merged full file The data area now contains 4 snapshots including merged full file after file merging Retention Policy 4 Jobs Delta Merge Policy Job1 F Job 2 I Job 3 I Job 4 Job 5 I delta merge initiated After job 5 the backup application will initiate a delta merge for Job 1 amp Job 2 files F F I merged full file Example 2 The example below shows how delta files are merged into full file using a retention policy delta merge policy setting defined as 7 days for this backup set A full backup file is stored into data area F uploaded on Day 1 followed by incremental delta files I4 I2 Is I4 Is I6 I7 and Ig On the completion of the backup job on Day 9 Ig the backup application will trigger a delta merge background job to execute the file merging When the OBS delta merge job runs F I will be merged to become a merged full file The data area now contains 8 snapshots including merged full file after file merging Retention Policy 7 Days Delta
404. w to restore Microsoft SQL Server database Refer to the following instructions to restore Microsoft SQL Server database 1 Prepare the operating system for the MS SQL Server restore if required Install the original version of Windows and SQL Server with the same level of service pack installed as in the original system Ensure that all SQL related Windows services are up and running Install OBM if required Restore the SQL databases from backup restore the database backup files from the OBS server Continue with the following steps to restore the system database and the user databases Important It is not necessary to restore the system databases for user database recovery Please refer to the requirements and recommendations considerations for backup and restore of system databases section in the above for details 399 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 18 5 1 Restore Microsoft SQL Server 2000 database 18 5 1 1 3 4 5 Restore master database Refer to the following instructions to restore the master database Stop the SQL instance Restart the SQL instance in single user mode From a command prompt browse to the appropriate directory for the instance of SQL to start Enter the following command For default instance gt sqlservr exe c m For named instance gt sqlservr exe c m instance_name Important Only perform Step 1 and 2 if you are restori
405. wait for at least 15 minutes for the changes to be applied to the Exchange server For Exchange 2007 please refer to the following instructions 1 Add an operating system account to the Add an operating system account to the Exchange 2007 server This account must be a member of the following groups e Local Administrators Built in e Domain Admins group e Enterprise Admins group Enter the following command in Exchange Management Shell 348 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Get MailboxServer Add ADPermission User SUSER AccessRights GenericAll ExtendedRights ms exch store admin receive as send as InheritanceType All Example to grant the permission for local account system Get MailboxServer Add ADPermission User system AccessRights GenericAll ExtendedRights ms exch store admin receive as send as InheritanceType All To show added permission for an AD account Get MailboxServer Get ADPermission User SUSER Example to show added permission for local account system Get MailboxServer Get ADPermission User system To remove permission from an AD account Get MailboxServer Remove ADPermission User SUSER AccessRights GenericAll ExtendedRights ms exch store admin receive as send as InheritanceType All Example to remove permission from local account system Get
406. whenever change is made Depending on the option selected every version of a file is backed up close to real time To enable CDP click on the Continuous Data Protection tab and select the Enable Continuous Data Protection checkbox Backup Setting BackupSet a General Backup Source E Backup Schedule eb Encryption Continuous Data Protection O in Fite Detta Retention Policy Backup Filter Command Line Tool Extra Backup ib Local Copy E3 Options Continuous Data Protection Y Enable Continuous Data Protection local disks only Time Mark Interval 60 minutes Minimum Update Type Interval 10 minutes Backup file s selected by backup sources and filters Backup all files Custom vi Do not backup files defined as system files Advanced gt 4 Backup Source Backup Filter OK Cancel amp Menu Items Description Enable Continuous Data Protection Checkbox to enable or disable CDP Note CDP will only backup directories and files on local drive but not on floppy drive removable drive or network drive Time Mark Interval Defines a regular interval of time e g every x minutes with each interval containing one snapshot the first backup of each interval 56 Online Backup Manager User s Guide available for restore For example for Time Mark Interval set to 60 minutes with the file updated every 5 minutes A
407. x folders generated when a mailbox is created for that user A mailbox database is stored as an Exchange database edb file 330 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Public folder databases contain the data their definitions indexes checksums flags and other information that comprise any public folders in your Exchange organization In Exchange Server 2010 public folders are an optional feature 15 4 3 How to backup Microsoft Exchange Server 2010 Refer to follow the instructions to backup Microsoft Exchange Server 2010 1 Install OBM on the MS Exchange Server 2 Login to the backup application s user interface E Online Backup Manager Login Name Password username ett Save password Forgot your password OK amp Cancel amp Bi ks Options online Backup Manager Iof xi Login Name username Password iii Save password Forgot your password amp Language English i le Backup Server http x hostname E YS Proxy Setting Use proxy to access the backup server Type Proxy OK Cancel Options 3 Select the Backup Settings button and the button to start the New Backup Set Wizard 4 Enter the name of the backup set 5 Create a MS Exchange Server Backup set by selecting MS Exchange Server Backup from the backup set type dropdown menu 6 Select the corresponding Exchange version from the version dropdown menu 331 Online Backup Manager
408. y 16 Jan 14 Jan o ar 61 Jan 2044 01 Jan 2011 2011 S04 2011 15 Jan 07 Jan 0i Dee 04 Oct 2010 01 Jan 2011 2011 2040 2010 44Jan 314 Dee 04 Nev 043FtH1 2040 01 Jan 2010 20140 20140 2009 43 Jan 24 Dee 04 Apr 01 Jan 2040 2040 2040 2008 42 Jan 01 Jan 2010 2007 44 Jan 01 Jan 2040 2006 40 Jan 01 Jan 2010 2005 The weekly policy overrides the daily policy so the snapshots of 10 Jan 2011 11 Jan 2011 12 Jan 2011 13 Jan 2011 and 14 Jan 2011 are removed The monthly policy overrides the weekly policy so the snapshots of 24 Dec 2010 and 31 Dec 2010 are removed The same applies to the monthly quarterly and yearly policy giving a total of 11 snapshots Important The Retention Policy and Delta Merge feature is closely related as the criteria for file merging is governed by the retention policy setting configured for a backup set Please refer to the Delta Merge section in this guide for further details 6 1 9 Backup Filter Backup Filter is a set of user defined criteria to include or exclude directories and files as backup source of a backup set There are some basic rules regarding backup filters 1 Filters are applied in creation order 2 Inclusion or exclusion made by filter takes precedence over backup source selections To add a new filter press the Add button at the bottom of the right panel 65 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Backup Setting Backup
409. y Options Click Next afterward On the System Recovery Options page click System Image Recovery Perform one of the following actions e Click Use the latest available system image recommended and then click Next e Click Select a system image and then click Next If the Select a system image option is selected perform one of the following actions on the Select the location of the backup page e On the Select the date and time of system image to restore page select the version to be restored and then click Next e Click Advanced to browse for a backup on the network and then click Next On the Choose how to restore the backup page perform the following optional tasks and then click Next e Select the Format and repartition disks check box to delete existing partitions and reformat the destination disks to be the same as the backup 160 Online Backup Manager User s Guide e Click the Exclude disks button and then the checkbox beside the disk to be excluded from being formatted and partitioned e Select the Only restore system disk check box to perform an operating system only recovery e Click Install drivers to install drivers for the hardware to be recovering to e Click Advanced to specify whether the computer is restarted and the disks are checked for errors immediately after the recovery 11 Confirm the details for the restoration and then click Fini
410. y Replay 122 MB 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 02 12 2003 14 40 57 Recovery Manager Media Recovery complete for C Lotus Domino Data statrep nsf last update applied Backup file C Lotus Domino Data statrep nsf recovered C program files obm bin gt 9 Restart the Lotus Domino services 430 Online Backup Manager User s Guide Restore a single database To restore a single database 5 Place the restored database file to the original directory path Database and archived transaction logs are stored on OBS along with their full path information place them back to their original location location where the backup was originally performed Optional for media recovery Place the restored archived transaction logs to their original directory path In the OBM installation bin folder open DominoRecover bat with a text editor Modify the User Defined Section according to your setup User Defined Parameters Description PROGRAM_DIR Directory containing the notes ini file For all single db restore INPUT_FILE Path to the input file For single db restore RESTOREDB Path to the database file For single db restore RECDATE The year month day to recover For single db restore database to RECTIME The time in hour and minute to recover For single db restore database to To restore a database named admin4 nsf and have been placed to C res
411. y completion state Leave database operational No additional transaction logs can be restored C Leave database nonoperational but able to restore additional transaction logs C Leave database read only and able to restore additional transaction logs SSOLSINST1 BACKI El Urda file d Program Files Microsoft SOL Serve Cancel Help Important If this is the final backup to be restored select Leave database operational No additional transaction logs can be restored 405 Online Backup Manager User s Guide 18 5 3 1 If there are further differential or transaction log to be applied selection one of the other two options for the Recovery completion state To start the restore operation click OK Continue to the next section to restore differential or transaction log backup Restore other system or user database differential transaction log backup Refer to the following instructions to restore a differential or transaction log backup 1 2 Open SQL Server Enterprise Manager Right click the corresponding database select All Tasks and then select Restore database iy nwir New Database ii u pub New r temp All Tasks Import Data a Export Data HI Managei New Window from Here Z aul CO SQL a Maintenance Plan oO 4 ey Generate SQL Script Refresh Backup Database Restore Database es of P
412. ystem state data is synchronized with the Exchange database data Information Store Exchange 2003 2007 The Information Store of Exchange 2003 and 2007 contains both mailbox store and public folder store data The server stores data into two files edb and stm file that forms an Exchange store repository The default mailbox store on an Exchange 2003 server uses filename Priv1 edb and Privi stm the default public folder store uses the filename Pub1 edb and Pub1 stm The edb file contains tables that hold metadata for all e mail messages and other items in the Exchange store while stm stores native Internet content 15 2 3 How to backup Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 2007 Refer to the following instructions to backup Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 or 2007 1 Install OBM on the MS Exchange Server 2 Login to the backup application s user interface 319 Online Backup Manager User s Guide E Online Backup Manager miej x Chit Backup Manager Iof x ne Backup Manage line Backup Manager LoginName username Login Name username Password iiij Password Tiii C Save password Save password Forgot your password Forgot your password OK Cancel i Options amp Language English xi laj Backup Server http hostname x GS Prox Setting C Use proxy to access the backup server Type Proxy Sock Address Port User Name OK Cancel Options Select the Backup Settings button and

OBM User Guide - agentur broglie

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents